https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/access-top-rated-full-audiobooks-in-self-improvement-communication-skills--6572486https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/295/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you passionate about Self-Development, Psychology, or want to enhance Communication Skills? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we provide you with a rich resource. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and experience. You can listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices, making learning easier than ever. Don't miss the opportunity to improve yourself with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>enEducationCopyright Harley Welchhttps://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c95f43491579ec87969a17b85db33808.jpghttps://www.spreaker.com/podcast/access-top-rated-full-audiobooks-in-self-improvement-communication-skills--6572486Wed, 26 Mar 2025 09:47:18 +0000Harley WelchHarley Welchfeeds@spreaker.comPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/295/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you passionate about Self-Development, Psychology, or want to enhance Communication Skills? With over 500,000+...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/295/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you passionate about Self-Development, Psychology, or want to enhance Communication Skills? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we provide you with a rich resource. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and experience. You can listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices, making learning easier than ever. Don't miss the opportunity to improve yourself with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>cleanepisodichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-analyze-people-the-ultimate-guide-on-speed-reading-people-analysis-of-body-language-personality-types-and-human-psychology-learn--65130996https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Analyze People: The Ultimate Guide On Speed Reading People, Analysis Of Body Language, Personality Types And Human Psychology; Learn How To Understand Behaviour, Avoid Manipulation And Read Peoples Minds Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.84 of Total 43 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Learning how to analyze people and their personalities can do wonders for your relationships. Whether it’s your coworker, your significant, your family, or even a complete stranger, you will always know exactly how to respond in the best possible way. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to read and analyze the non-verbal gestures and body language of people. The information here will help you understand how to study another’s body language, understand the body language of attraction, decipher different personality types and how to communicate with them, and spot lies, manipulations, and deceptions. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - Studying a Person’s Body Language - Start with the Eyes - Hand Gestures - Arm and Leg Positions - The Body Language of Attraction - Non Verbal Signs That She’s Into You - Deciphering Personality Types to Better Understand People - Spotting Deception, Manipulation and Lies - And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336509Tue, 30 Aug 2022 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Analyze People: The Ultimate Guide On Speed Reading People, Analysis Of Body Language, Personality Types And Human Psychology; Learn How To...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Analyze People: The Ultimate Guide On Speed Reading People, Analysis Of Body Language, Personality Types And Human Psychology; Learn How To Understand Behaviour, Avoid Manipulation And Read Peoples Minds Author: Adam Brown Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 30, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.84 of Total 43 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Learning how to analyze people and their personalities can do wonders for your relationships. Whether it’s your coworker, your significant, your family, or even a complete stranger, you will always know exactly how to respond in the best possible way. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. This audiobook contains proven steps and strategies on how to read and analyze the non-verbal gestures and body language of people. The information here will help you understand how to study another’s body language, understand the body language of attraction, decipher different personality types and how to communicate with them, and spot lies, manipulations, and deceptions. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... - Studying a Person’s Body Language - Start with the Eyes - Hand Gestures - Arm and Leg Positions - The Body Language of Attraction - Non Verbal Signs That She’s Into You - Deciphering Personality Types to Better Understand People - Spotting Deception, Manipulation and Lies - And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-it-speaking-77-instant-action-ideas-to-market-monetize-and-maximize-your-expertise-by-david-newman--65130970https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375054 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do It! Speaking: 77 Instant-Action Ideas to Market, Monetize, and Maximize Your Expertise Author: David Newman Narrator: David Newman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover the principles, practices, and insider secrets of paid professional speaking success in 77 instant-access “microchapters” that will help you market your smarts, monetize your message, and dramatically expand your reach and revenue. For thought-leading CEOs, executives, consultants, and entrepreneurs, the true test of your personal brand comes down to one simple question: When you speak, do people listen? Nationally-acclaimed marketing expert and host of The Speaking Show Podcast David Newman teaches you how to build a thriving speaking career. Regardless of the speaking venue: in-person events, virtual appearances, conference stages, and any other place where you are being paid to share your expertise with an audience, the powerful articulation of your value, relevance, and impact is what makes experts stand out. But where do you start when you’re trying to build your speaking platform? In Do It! Speaking, Newman shares advice that helps you: - Develop your speaking-driven revenue streams. - Quickly commercialize your knowledge in today’s economy. - Bolster your visibility, credibility, and bank account. - Become a better messenger of your company’s message and dominate your marketplace. Do It! Speaking shows you the inside track on marketing, positioning, packaging, prospecting, outreach, sales, and how to get more and better speaking gigs on behalf of your company, your brand, and yourself.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375054Tue, 07 Jan 2020 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375054 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do It! Speaking: 77 Instant-Action Ideas to Market, Monetize, and Maximize Your Expertise Author: David Newman Narrator: David Newman Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375054 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do It! Speaking: 77 Instant-Action Ideas to Market, Monetize, and Maximize Your Expertise Author: David Newman Narrator: David Newman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover the principles, practices, and insider secrets of paid professional speaking success in 77 instant-access “microchapters” that will help you market your smarts, monetize your message, and dramatically expand your reach and revenue. For thought-leading CEOs, executives, consultants, and entrepreneurs, the true test of your personal brand comes down to one simple question: When you speak, do people listen? Nationally-acclaimed marketing expert and host of The Speaking Show Podcast David Newman teaches you how to build a thriving speaking career. Regardless of the speaking venue: in-person events, virtual appearances, conference stages, and any other place where you are being paid to share your expertise with an audience, the powerful articulation of your value, relevance, and impact is what makes experts stand out. But where do you start when you’re trying to build your speaking platform? In Do It! Speaking, Newman shares advice that helps you: - Develop your speaking-driven revenue streams. - Quickly commercialize your knowledge in today’s economy. - Bolster your visibility, credibility, and bank account. - Become a better messenger of your company’s message and dominate your marketplace. Do It! Speaking shows you the inside track on marketing, positioning, packaging, prospecting, outreach, sales, and how to get more and better speaking gigs on behalf of your company, your brand, and yourself.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-are-we-yelling-the-art-of-productive-disagreement-by-buster-benson--65130975https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are We Yelling?: The Art of Productive Disagreement Author: Buster Benson Narrator: Buster Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Have you ever walked away from an argument and suddenly thought of all the brilliant things you wish you'd said? Do you avoid certain family members and colleagues because of bitter, festering tension that you can't figure out how to address? Now, finally, there's a solution: a new framework that frees you from the trap of unproductive conflict and pointless arguing forever. If the threat of raised voices, emotional outbursts, and public discord makes you want to hide under the conference room table, you're not alone. Conflict, or the fear of it, can be exhausting. But as this powerful book argues, conflict doesn't have to be unpleasant. In fact, properly channeled, conflict can be the most valuable tool we have at our disposal for deepening relationships, solving problems, and coming up with new ideas. As the mastermind behind some of the highest-performing teams at Amazon, Twitter, and Slack, Buster Benson spent decades facilitating hard conversations in stressful environments. In this book, Buster reveals the psychological underpinnings of awkward, unproductive conflict and the critical habits anyone can learn to avoid it. Armed with a deeper understanding of how arguments, you'll be able to: - Remain confident when you're put on the spot - Diffuse tense moments with a few strategic questions - Facilitate creative solutions even when your team has radically different perspectives Why Are We Yelling will shatter your assumptions about what makes arguments productive. You'll find yourself having fewer repetitive, predictable fights once you're empowered to identify your biases, listen with an open mind, and communicate well.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374704Tue, 19 Nov 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are We Yelling?: The Art of Productive Disagreement Author: Buster Benson Narrator: Buster Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Are We Yelling?: The Art of Productive Disagreement Author: Buster Benson Narrator: Buster Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Have you ever walked away from an argument and suddenly thought of all the brilliant things you wish you'd said? Do you avoid certain family members and colleagues because of bitter, festering tension that you can't figure out how to address? Now, finally, there's a solution: a new framework that frees you from the trap of unproductive conflict and pointless arguing forever. If the threat of raised voices, emotional outbursts, and public discord makes you want to hide under the conference room table, you're not alone. Conflict, or the fear of it, can be exhausting. But as this powerful book argues, conflict doesn't have to be unpleasant. In fact, properly channeled, conflict can be the most valuable tool we have at our disposal for deepening relationships, solving problems, and coming up with new ideas. As the mastermind behind some of the highest-performing teams at Amazon, Twitter, and Slack, Buster Benson spent decades facilitating hard conversations in stressful environments. In this book, Buster reveals the psychological underpinnings of awkward, unproductive conflict and the critical habits anyone can learn to avoid it. Armed with a deeper understanding of how arguments, you'll be able to: - Remain confident when you're put on the spot - Diffuse tense moments with a few strategic questions - Facilitate creative solutions even when your team has radically different perspectives Why Are We Yelling will shatter your assumptions about what makes arguments productive. You'll find yourself having fewer repetitive, predictable fights once you're empowered to identify your biases, listen with an open mind, and communicate well.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-3-minute-rule-say-less-to-get-more-from-any-pitch-or-presentation-by-brant-pinvidic--65130965https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368021 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 3-Minute Rule: Say Less to Get More from Any Pitch or Presentation Author: Brant Pinvidic Narrator: Brant Pinvidic Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Want to deliver a pitch or presentation that grabs your audience’s ever-shrinking attention span? Ditch the colorful slides and catchy language. And follow one simple rule: Convey only what needs to be said, clearly and concisely, in three minutes or less. That’s the 3-Minute Rule. Hollywood producer and pitch master Brant Pinvidic has sold more than three hundred TV shows and movies, run a TV network, and helmed one of the largest production companies in the world with smash hits like The Biggest Loser and Bar Rescue. In his nearly twenty years of experience, he’s developed a simple, straightforward system that’shelped hundreds—from Fortune 100 CEOs to PTA presidents—use top-level Hollywood storytelling techniques to simplify their messages and say less to get more. Pinvidic proves that anyone can deliver a great pitch, for any idea, in any situation, so your audience not only remembers your message but can pass it on to their friends and colleagues. You’ll see how his methods work in a wide range of situations—from presenting investment opportunities in a biotech startup to pitching sponsorship deals for major sports stadiums, and more. Now it’s your turn. The 3-Minute Rule will equip you with an easy, foolproof method to boil down any idea to its essential elements and structure it for maximum impact. Simplify. Say less. Get More.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368021Tue, 29 Oct 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368021 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 3-Minute Rule: Say Less to Get More from Any Pitch or Presentation Author: Brant Pinvidic Narrator: Brant Pinvidic Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368021 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 3-Minute Rule: Say Less to Get More from Any Pitch or Presentation Author: Brant Pinvidic Narrator: Brant Pinvidic Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Want to deliver a pitch or presentation that grabs your audience’s ever-shrinking attention span? Ditch the colorful slides and catchy language. And follow one simple rule: Convey only what needs to be said, clearly and concisely, in three minutes or less. That’s the 3-Minute Rule. Hollywood producer and pitch master Brant Pinvidic has sold more than three hundred TV shows and movies, run a TV network, and helmed one of the largest production companies in the world with smash hits like The Biggest Loser and Bar Rescue. In his nearly twenty years of experience, he’s developed a simple, straightforward system that’shelped hundreds—from Fortune 100 CEOs to PTA presidents—use top-level Hollywood storytelling techniques to simplify their messages and say less to get more. Pinvidic proves that anyone can deliver a great pitch, for any idea, in any situation, so your audience not only remembers your message but can pass it on to their friends and colleagues. You’ll see how his methods work in a wide range of situations—from presenting investment opportunities in a biotech startup to pitching sponsorship deals for major sports stadiums, and more. Now it’s your turn. The 3-Minute Rule will equip you with an easy, foolproof method to boil down any idea to its essential elements and structure it for maximum impact. Simplify. Say less. Get More.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-fix-your-sh-t-a-straightforward-guide-to-a-better-life-by-shaa-wasmund--65130998https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350921 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fix Your Sh*t: A Straightforward Guide to a Better Life Author: Sháá Wasmund Narrator: Sháá Wasmund Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Do you dream of what you want to achieve in life - whether it's setting up your own business, getting in shape, or writing a novel - but never seem to get round to actually doing it? Does now just never feel like a good time to start? In January 2015, Shaa Wasmund made a decision: to finally get what she wanted. 3 years after packing in her business (and her salary) to take the plunge, life is everything she hoped it would be. And she has discovered that the key to getting what you want is within easy reach. It's all in the mind. In Want It Get It, entrepreneur and bestselling author Shaa Wasmund sets out her tried and tested methods for conquering fear and exploring new avenues of opportunity. In this simple and systematic guide, she will empower you to ditch the excuses and start living the life you've always wanted.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350921Thu, 26 Sep 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350921 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fix Your Sh*t: A Straightforward Guide to a Better Life Author: Sháá Wasmund Narrator: Sháá Wasmund Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350921 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Fix Your Sh*t: A Straightforward Guide to a Better Life Author: Sháá Wasmund Narrator: Sháá Wasmund Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Do you dream of what you want to achieve in life - whether it's setting up your own business, getting in shape, or writing a novel - but never seem to get round to actually doing it? Does now just never feel like a good time to start? In January 2015, Shaa Wasmund made a decision: to finally get what she wanted. 3 years after packing in her business (and her salary) to take the plunge, life is everything she hoped it would be. And she has discovered that the key to getting what you want is within easy reach. It's all in the mind. In Want It Get It, entrepreneur and bestselling author Shaa Wasmund sets out her tried and tested methods for conquering fear and exploring new avenues of opportunity. In this simple and systematic guide, she will empower you to ditch the excuses and start living the life you've always wanted.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/messengers-who-we-listen-to-who-we-don-t-and-why-by-joseph-marks-stephen-martin--65130972https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367178 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messengers: Who We Listen To, Who We Don't, And Why Author: Joseph Marks, Stephen Martin Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why are self-confident ignoramuses so often believed? Why are thoughtful experts so often given the cold shoulder? And why do apparently irrelevant details such as a person’s height, their relative wealth, or their Facebook photo influence whether or not we trust what they are saying? When deciding whether or not someone is worth listening to, we think we carefully weigh their words and arguments. But those are far from being the only factors that hold sway with us. In this groundbreaking new book behavioural experts Stephen Martin and Joseph Marks pinpoint the eight powerful traits that determine who gets heard and who gets ignored. They show how such apparently irrelevant details as a person’s appearance or their financial status influence our response to what they have to say, regardless of its wisdom or foolishness. They explain how trust is won, even when it may not be deserved. They analyse the nature of the charismatic speaker and the verbal and physical cues they employ. And they demonstrate how the tiniest of signals – from the shoes we wear, to the pitch of our voice and the warmth of our smile – can transform how others perceive us and so determine whether they are prepared to pay heed to what we have to say. Above all, Martin and Marks show how looking and sounding right is often far more persuasive than actually being right. In a world of ambiguity, uncertainty and fake news they compellingly demonstrate how, increasingly, the Messenger is the Message. ‘A tour de force. Timely and thoroughly researched.’ Professor Robert Cialdini, author of Influence and Pre-suasion ‘Messengers is engaging, informative and entertaining. It will change the way you think about who you follow and take advice from. But why would you listen to me? Read their book to find out.' Professor Tali Sharot, author of The Optimism Bias and The Influential Mind 'A powerful, profoundly illuminating exploration of one of the most important subjects of our time. Martin and Marks have a terrific talent for combining evidence and research with lively and vivid writing. Trust these messengers!' Cass R. Sunstein, Robert Walmsley University Professor, Harvard University, and author of Conformity 'Fascinating' The Economist 'Zeitgeisty' Financial Times, Business Book of the Month 'Messengers is a crucial reminder that the messenger is as important as the message. Superficial indicators count.' PR Week]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367178Thu, 19 Sep 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367178 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messengers: Who We Listen To, Who We Don't, And Why Author: Joseph Marks, Stephen Martin Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367178 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messengers: Who We Listen To, Who We Don't, And Why Author: Joseph Marks, Stephen Martin Narrator: Sam Woolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why are self-confident ignoramuses so often believed? Why are thoughtful experts so often given the cold shoulder? And why do apparently irrelevant details such as a person’s height, their relative wealth, or their Facebook photo influence whether or not we trust what they are saying? When deciding whether or not someone is worth listening to, we think we carefully weigh their words and arguments. But those are far from being the only factors that hold sway with us. In this groundbreaking new book behavioural experts Stephen Martin and Joseph Marks pinpoint the eight powerful traits that determine who gets heard and who gets ignored. They show how such apparently irrelevant details as a person’s appearance or their financial status influence our response to what they have to say, regardless of its wisdom or foolishness. They explain how trust is won, even when it may not be deserved. They analyse the nature of the charismatic speaker and the verbal and physical cues they employ. And they demonstrate how the tiniest of signals – from the shoes we wear, to the pitch of our voice and the warmth of our smile – can transform how others perceive us and so determine whether they are prepared to pay heed to what we have to say. Above all, Martin and Marks show how looking and sounding right is often far more persuasive than actually being right. In a world of ambiguity, uncertainty and fake news they compellingly demonstrate how, increasingly, the Messenger is the Message. ‘A tour de force. Timely and thoroughly researched.’ Professor Robert Cialdini, author of Influence and Pre-suasion ‘Messengers is engaging, informative and entertaining. It will change the way you think about who you follow and take advice from. But why would you listen to me? Read their book to find out.' Professor Tali Sharot, author of The Optimism Bias and The Influential Mind 'A powerful, profoundly illuminating exploration of one of the most important subjects of our time. Martin and Marks have a terrific talent for combining evidence and research with lively and vivid writing. Trust these messengers!' Cass R. Sunstein, Robert Walmsley University Professor, Harvard University, and author of Conformity 'Fascinating' The Economist 'Zeitgeisty' Financial Times, Business Book of the Month 'Messengers is a crucial reminder that the messenger is as important as the message. Superficial indicators count.' PR Week]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-soulful-art-of-persuasion-the-11-habits-that-will-make-anyone-a-master-influencer-by-jason-harris--65130969https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soulful Art of Persuasion: The 11 Habits That Will Make Anyone a Master Influencer Author: Jason Harris Narrator: Jason Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The Soulful Art of Persuasion is a revolutionary guide to becoming a master influencer in an age of distrust through the cultivation of character-building habits that are essential to both personal growth and sustained business success. This isn’t a book full of tips and life-hacks. Instead, The Soulful Art of Persuasion will develop the habits that others want to be influenced by. This book is based on a radical idea: Persuasion isn’t about facts and argument. It’s all about personal character.   Jason Harris, CEO of the powerhouse creative agency Mekanism, argues that genuine persuasion in the twenty-first century is about developing character rather than relying on the easy tactics of flattery, manipulation, and short-term gains. It is about engaging rather than insisting; it is about developing empathy and communicating your values. Based on his experience in and out of the boardroom, and drawing on the latest in-depth research on trust, influence, and habit formation, Harris shows that being persuasive in a culture plagued by deception means rejecting the ethos of the quick and embracing the commitment of putting your truest self forward and playing the long game. Through instructive and entertaining stories, Harris lays out the 11 habits that will guide readers to become authentically persuasive, including • Earning respect through collaboration • Becoming the person others want to be around • Practicing generosity through gestures big and small Persuasion today is about personal excellence, sharing the stage, and respecting other people’s motivations. In The Soulful Art of Persuasion, Jason Harris shows us the way. The 4 principles and 11 habits discussed in The Soulful Persuasion are included in the bonus PDF that accompanies this audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366035Tue, 10 Sep 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soulful Art of Persuasion: The 11 Habits That Will Make Anyone a Master Influencer Author: Jason Harris Narrator: Jason Harris Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soulful Art of Persuasion: The 11 Habits That Will Make Anyone a Master Influencer Author: Jason Harris Narrator: Jason Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The Soulful Art of Persuasion is a revolutionary guide to becoming a master influencer in an age of distrust through the cultivation of character-building habits that are essential to both personal growth and sustained business success. This isn’t a book full of tips and life-hacks. Instead, The Soulful Art of Persuasion will develop the habits that others want to be influenced by. This book is based on a radical idea: Persuasion isn’t about facts and argument. It’s all about personal character.   Jason Harris, CEO of the powerhouse creative agency Mekanism, argues that genuine persuasion in the twenty-first century is about developing character rather than relying on the easy tactics of flattery, manipulation, and short-term gains. It is about engaging rather than insisting; it is about developing empathy and communicating your values. Based on his experience in and out of the boardroom, and drawing on the latest in-depth research on trust, influence, and habit formation, Harris shows that being persuasive in a culture plagued by deception means rejecting the ethos of the quick and embracing the commitment of putting your truest self forward and playing the long game. Through instructive and entertaining stories, Harris lays out the 11 habits that will guide readers to become authentically persuasive, including • Earning respect through collaboration • Becoming the person others want to be around • Practicing generosity through gestures big and small Persuasion today is about personal excellence, sharing the stage, and respecting other people’s motivations. In The Soulful Art of Persuasion, Jason Harris shows us the way. The 4 principles and 11 habits discussed in The Soulful Persuasion are included in the bonus PDF that accompanies this audiobook.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/persuasion-convincing-others-when-facts-don-t-seem-to-matter-by-lee-hartley-carter--65130981https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuasion: Convincing Others When Facts Don't Seem to Matter Author: Lee Hartley Carter Narrator: Lee Hartley Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The secrets to persuading anyone, at work and in life, from a top communication strategist. In the post-fact, deeply divided world we live in, true persuasion is rare. Engaging with people holding differing opinions is rarer still. But for progress to take place, persuasion must happen. Whether it's convincing an employer you are right for the job, a customer that your product is the best, or your closed-minded uncle that good people can disagree, it takes the art--and science--of persuasion to move forward. So, how do you change someone's mind--or at least advance the conversation--when everyone is entrenched in their own points of view? Communication expert Lee Hartley Carter has spent nearly twenty years advising and helping the world's most well-known companies do just that. Among the counterintuitive secrets you'll learn:   *  It's not enough to understand the person you're talking to--you must truly empathize with them (yes, even them).   *  Logic alone doesn't work. Stories and emotions are what move us most.   *  When communicating in a crisis, our first instinct is almost always wrong. Filled with deeply researched insights into how we make up--and change--our minds, as well as colorful real-world examples and actionable recommendations, Persuasion will help you hone your message and craft your narrative in order to get heard and get results. *Includes a PDF of the Persuasion Plan Workbook]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374968Tue, 03 Sep 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuasion: Convincing Others When Facts Don't Seem to Matter Author: Lee Hartley Carter Narrator: Lee Hartley Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuasion: Convincing Others When Facts Don't Seem to Matter Author: Lee Hartley Carter Narrator: Lee Hartley Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The secrets to persuading anyone, at work and in life, from a top communication strategist. In the post-fact, deeply divided world we live in, true persuasion is rare. Engaging with people holding differing opinions is rarer still. But for progress to take place, persuasion must happen. Whether it's convincing an employer you are right for the job, a customer that your product is the best, or your closed-minded uncle that good people can disagree, it takes the art--and science--of persuasion to move forward. So, how do you change someone's mind--or at least advance the conversation--when everyone is entrenched in their own points of view? Communication expert Lee Hartley Carter has spent nearly twenty years advising and helping the world's most well-known companies do just that. Among the counterintuitive secrets you'll learn:   *  It's not enough to understand the person you're talking to--you must truly empathize with them (yes, even them).   *  Logic alone doesn't work. Stories and emotions are what move us most.   *  When communicating in a crisis, our first instinct is almost always wrong. Filled with deeply researched insights into how we make up--and change--our minds, as well as colorful real-world examples and actionable recommendations, Persuasion will help you hone your message and craft your narrative in order to get heard and get results. *Includes a PDF of the Persuasion Plan Workbook]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/flip-the-script-getting-people-to-think-your-idea-is-their-idea-by-oren-klaff--65130977https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368024 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flip the Script: Getting People to Think Your Idea Is Their Idea Author: Oren Klaff Narrator: Oren Klaff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: THE BESTSELLING AUTHOR OF PITCH ANYTHING IS BACK TO FLIP YOUR ENTIRE APPROACH TO PERSUASION. Is there anything worse than a high-pressure salesperson pushing you to say 'yes' (then sign on the dotted line) before you're ready? If there's one lesson Oren Klaff has learned over decades of pitching, presenting, and closing long-shot, high-stakes deals, it's that people are sick of being marketed and sold to. Most of all, they hate being told what to think. The more you push them, the more they resist. What people love, however, is coming up with a great idea on their own, even if it's the idea you were guiding them to have all along. Often, the only way to get someone to sign is to make them feel like they're smarter than you. That's why Oren is throwing out the old playbook on persuasion. Instead, he'll show you a new approach that works on this simple insight: Everyone trusts their own ideas. If, rather than pushing your idea on your buyer, you can guide them to discover it on their own, they'll believe it, trust it, and get excited about it. Then they'll buy in and feel good about the chance to work with you. That might sound easier said than done, but Oren has taught thousands of people how to do it with a series of simple steps that anyone can follow in any situation. And as you'll see in this book, Oren has been in a lot of different situations. He'll show you how he got a billionaire to take him seriously, how he got a venture capital firm to cough up capital, and how he made a skeptical Swiss banker see him as an expert in banking. He'll even show you how to become so compelling that buyers are even more attracted to you than to your product. These days, it's not enough to make a great pitch. To get attention, create trust, and close the deal, you need to flip the script.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368024Tue, 13 Aug 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368024 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flip the Script: Getting People to Think Your Idea Is Their Idea Author: Oren Klaff Narrator: Oren Klaff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368024 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flip the Script: Getting People to Think Your Idea Is Their Idea Author: Oren Klaff Narrator: Oren Klaff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: THE BESTSELLING AUTHOR OF PITCH ANYTHING IS BACK TO FLIP YOUR ENTIRE APPROACH TO PERSUASION. Is there anything worse than a high-pressure salesperson pushing you to say 'yes' (then sign on the dotted line) before you're ready? If there's one lesson Oren Klaff has learned over decades of pitching, presenting, and closing long-shot, high-stakes deals, it's that people are sick of being marketed and sold to. Most of all, they hate being told what to think. The more you push them, the more they resist. What people love, however, is coming up with a great idea on their own, even if it's the idea you were guiding them to have all along. Often, the only way to get someone to sign is to make them feel like they're smarter than you. That's why Oren is throwing out the old playbook on persuasion. Instead, he'll show you a new approach that works on this simple insight: Everyone trusts their own ideas. If, rather than pushing your idea on your buyer, you can guide them to discover it on their own, they'll believe it, trust it, and get excited about it. Then they'll buy in and feel good about the chance to work with you. That might sound easier said than done, but Oren has taught thousands of people how to do it with a series of simple steps that anyone can follow in any situation. And as you'll see in this book, Oren has been in a lot of different situations. He'll show you how he got a billionaire to take him seriously, how he got a venture capital firm to cough up capital, and how he made a skeptical Swiss banker see him as an expert in banking. He'll even show you how to become so compelling that buyers are even more attracted to you than to your product. These days, it's not enough to make a great pitch. To get attention, create trust, and close the deal, you need to flip the script.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/surrounded-by-idiots-the-four-types-of-human-behaviour-or-how-to-understand-those-who-cannot-be-understood-by-thomas-erikson--65130983https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359890 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Idiots: The Four Types of Human Behaviour (or, How to Understand Those Who Cannot Be Understood) Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 64 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 20 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin Do you ever think you're the only one making any sense? Or tried to reason with your partner with disastrous results? Do long, rambling answers drive you crazy? Or does your colleague's abrasive manner get your back up? You are not alone. After a disastrous meeting with a highly successful entrepreneur, who was genuinely convinced he was 'surrounded by idiots', communication expert and bestselling author, Thomas Erikson dedicated himself to understanding how people function and why we often struggle to connect with certain types of people. Originally published in Swedish in 2014 as Omgiven Av Idioter, Erikon's Surrounded by Idiots is already an international phenomenon, selling over 1.5 million copies worldwide, of which over 750,000 copies have been sold in Sweden alone. It offers a simple, yet ground-breaking method for assessing the personalities of people we communicate with - in and out of the office - based on four personality types (Red, Blue, Green and Yellow), and provides insights into how we can adjust the way(s) we speak and share information. Narrated by David John, Erikson will help you understand yourself better, hone communication and social skills, handle conflict with confidence, improve dynamics with your boss and team, and get the best out of the people you deal with and manage. He also shares simple tricks on body language, improving written communication and advice on when to back away or when to push on, and when to speak up or indeed shut up. Packed with 'aha!' and 'oh no!' moments, Surrounded by Idiots will help you understand and influence those around you, even people you currently think are beyond all comprehension. And with a bit of luck you can also be confident that the idiot out there isn't you! © Thomas Erikson 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359890Tue, 30 Jul 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359890 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Idiots: The Four Types of Human Behaviour (or, How to Understand Those Who Cannot Be Understood) Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359890 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surrounded by Idiots: The Four Types of Human Behaviour (or, How to Understand Those Who Cannot Be Understood) Author: Thomas Erikson Narrator: David John Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 64 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 20 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin Do you ever think you're the only one making any sense? Or tried to reason with your partner with disastrous results? Do long, rambling answers drive you crazy? Or does your colleague's abrasive manner get your back up? You are not alone. After a disastrous meeting with a highly successful entrepreneur, who was genuinely convinced he was 'surrounded by idiots', communication expert and bestselling author, Thomas Erikson dedicated himself to understanding how people function and why we often struggle to connect with certain types of people. Originally published in Swedish in 2014 as Omgiven Av Idioter, Erikon's Surrounded by Idiots is already an international phenomenon, selling over 1.5 million copies worldwide, of which over 750,000 copies have been sold in Sweden alone. It offers a simple, yet ground-breaking method for assessing the personalities of people we communicate with - in and out of the office - based on four personality types (Red, Blue, Green and Yellow), and provides insights into how we can adjust the way(s) we speak and share information. Narrated by David John, Erikson will help you understand yourself better, hone communication and social skills, handle conflict with confidence, improve dynamics with your boss and team, and get the best out of the people you deal with and manage. He also shares simple tricks on body language, improving written communication and advice on when to back away or when to push on, and when to speak up or indeed shut up. Packed with 'aha!' and 'oh no!' moments, Surrounded by Idiots will help you understand and influence those around you, even people you currently think are beyond all comprehension. And with a bit of luck you can also be confident that the idiot out there isn't you! © Thomas Erikson 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-guide-to-public-speaking-build-your-confidence-find-your-voice-and-inspire-your-audience-by-amanda-hennessey--65130976https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367955 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Guide to Public Speaking: Build Your Confidence, Find Your Voice, and Inspire Your Audience Author: Amanda Hennessey Narrator: Rebecca Rush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you part of the 73% of the population that experiences anxiety from public speaking? Face your fears with this valuable guide that combines real-world case studies and practice activities to help build your confidence. You may not be afraid of heights or spiders but making a speech in front of a large crowd—whether it’s a wedding party, an awards ceremony, or even doing a presentation in the office—is sure to get your heart pounding and your palms sweaty. But with Your Guide to Public Speaking in hand, there’s no need to fear public speaking a second longer. This practical and indispensable guide teaches you to understand and work with your audience, take control of your own emotions, and create the perfect materials to supplement your speech and help drive your message home. With practice activities, real-world case studies, tips you never thought you needed—and more!—you’ll find everything you need to become a speech master in no time at all. From preparing for a video conference, rallying for support for a cause that’s important to you, or facing down multiple interviews, you can banish those fears and feel empowered no matter what the situation with Your Guide to Public Speaking.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367955Tue, 14 May 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367955 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Guide to Public Speaking: Build Your Confidence, Find Your Voice, and Inspire Your Audience Author: Amanda Hennessey Narrator: Rebecca Rush...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367955 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Guide to Public Speaking: Build Your Confidence, Find Your Voice, and Inspire Your Audience Author: Amanda Hennessey Narrator: Rebecca Rush Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you part of the 73% of the population that experiences anxiety from public speaking? Face your fears with this valuable guide that combines real-world case studies and practice activities to help build your confidence. You may not be afraid of heights or spiders but making a speech in front of a large crowd—whether it’s a wedding party, an awards ceremony, or even doing a presentation in the office—is sure to get your heart pounding and your palms sweaty. But with Your Guide to Public Speaking in hand, there’s no need to fear public speaking a second longer. This practical and indispensable guide teaches you to understand and work with your audience, take control of your own emotions, and create the perfect materials to supplement your speech and help drive your message home. With practice activities, real-world case studies, tips you never thought you needed—and more!—you’ll find everything you need to become a speech master in no time at all. From preparing for a video conference, rallying for support for a cause that’s important to you, or facing down multiple interviews, you can banish those fears and feel empowered no matter what the situation with Your Guide to Public Speaking.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/silent-agreements-how-to-free-your-relationships-of-unspoken-expectations-by-michele-l-owens-sonia-r-banks-linda-d-anderson--65131002https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348107 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silent Agreements: How to Free Your Relationships of Unspoken Expectations Author: Michele L. Owens, Sonia R. Banks, Linda D. Anderson Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Silent Agreements will help readers define the unspoken beliefs and expectations that might be causing dissatisfaction, unhappiness, and resentment in their relationships, giving them the tools to explore these agreements and work toward healthier communication with a partner, friend, boss, or family member. If you have relationships, you've likely been part of silent agreements. Silent agreements are the implicit 'rules' of your relationships that arise from unspoken beliefs and expectations that both parties hold, stemming from your earliest experiences and reinforced as you mature. They can sound something like 'The person who makes more money should pay for the dates,' or 'My boss doesn't offer me a raise, and he knows I won't ask for one.' These agreements can hinder your relationships, remaining undiscussed due to fear, aversion to conflict, feelings of obligation, or guilt. Because expectations so rarely line up and neither person will address the issue, a silent agreement can cause unhappiness and resentment on both sides. Clinical psychologists Drs. Anderson, Banks, and Owens will help you explore your agreements and work towards healthier communication with a partner, friend, boss, or family member. In the process, you'll learn more about your own motivations and how to dismantle the the beliefs that don't serve you. With guidelines and advice on how to have productive conversations about sex, money, commitment, family, the workplace, and health, this book will help you lift the silence and resolve those land-mine issues before they do irreparable damage.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348107Tue, 07 May 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348107 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silent Agreements: How to Free Your Relationships of Unspoken Expectations Author: Michele L. Owens, Sonia R. Banks, Linda D. Anderson Narrator: Bahni...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348107 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Silent Agreements: How to Free Your Relationships of Unspoken Expectations Author: Michele L. Owens, Sonia R. Banks, Linda D. Anderson Narrator: Bahni Turpin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Silent Agreements will help readers define the unspoken beliefs and expectations that might be causing dissatisfaction, unhappiness, and resentment in their relationships, giving them the tools to explore these agreements and work toward healthier communication with a partner, friend, boss, or family member. If you have relationships, you've likely been part of silent agreements. Silent agreements are the implicit 'rules' of your relationships that arise from unspoken beliefs and expectations that both parties hold, stemming from your earliest experiences and reinforced as you mature. They can sound something like 'The person who makes more money should pay for the dates,' or 'My boss doesn't offer me a raise, and he knows I won't ask for one.' These agreements can hinder your relationships, remaining undiscussed due to fear, aversion to conflict, feelings of obligation, or guilt. Because expectations so rarely line up and neither person will address the issue, a silent agreement can cause unhappiness and resentment on both sides. Clinical psychologists Drs. Anderson, Banks, and Owens will help you explore your agreements and work towards healthier communication with a partner, friend, boss, or family member. In the process, you'll learn more about your own motivations and how to dismantle the the beliefs that don't serve you. With guidelines and advice on how to have productive conversations about sex, money, commitment, family, the workplace, and health, this book will help you lift the silence and resolve those land-mine issues before they do irreparable damage.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-altman-close-million-dollar-negotiating-tactics-from-america-s-top-selling-real-estate-agent-by-josh-altman--65131004https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380673 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Altman Close: Million-Dollar Negotiating Tactics from America's Top-Selling Real Estate Agent Author: Josh Altman Narrator: Austin Rising Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Land the deals you want and develop your instincts with million-dollar negotiation techniques. After selling over $3 billion in real estate, including the most expensive one-bedroom house in history, Josh Altman, costar of the hit show Million-Dollar Listing Los Angeles, wants to teach you the real estate sales and negotiation tactics that have made him one of America's top agents. Buying or selling a house, whether for a client or yourself, is one of the most important (and most stressful) deals anyone can make, demanding emotional intelligence and a solid set of negotiating skills. But by mastering the same techniques that sell multi-million-dollar homes in Bel Air and Beverly Hills, you can attract buyers and close deals on any property. Josh breaks down the art of real estate into three simple parts. First, he'll help you get business in the door during the Opening. Then he takes you step-by-step through the Work: everything between the first handshake and the last. And finally, the Close, the last step that ensures all your hard work pays off as you seal the deal.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380673Tue, 09 Apr 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380673 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Altman Close: Million-Dollar Negotiating Tactics from America's Top-Selling Real Estate Agent Author: Josh Altman Narrator: Austin Rising Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380673 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Altman Close: Million-Dollar Negotiating Tactics from America's Top-Selling Real Estate Agent Author: Josh Altman Narrator: Austin Rising Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Land the deals you want and develop your instincts with million-dollar negotiation techniques. After selling over $3 billion in real estate, including the most expensive one-bedroom house in history, Josh Altman, costar of the hit show Million-Dollar Listing Los Angeles, wants to teach you the real estate sales and negotiation tactics that have made him one of America's top agents. Buying or selling a house, whether for a client or yourself, is one of the most important (and most stressful) deals anyone can make, demanding emotional intelligence and a solid set of negotiating skills. But by mastering the same techniques that sell multi-million-dollar homes in Bel Air and Beverly Hills, you can attract buyers and close deals on any property. Josh breaks down the art of real estate into three simple parts. First, he'll help you get business in the door during the Opening. Then he takes you step-by-step through the Work: everything between the first handshake and the last. And finally, the Close, the last step that ensures all your hard work pays off as you seal the deal.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/soft-is-the-new-hard-how-to-communicate-effectively-under-pressure-by-leah-mether--65130979https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soft is the new hard - how to communicate effectively under pressure Author: Leah Mether Narrator: Leah Mether, Dave Stokes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Leaders! Do you have days when you feel like you're communicating with toddlers rather than adults in the workplace? Are you tired of dealing with sulking, tantrums, personality clashes and poor performance? If you are not getting the results you need as a high-performance leader, this book is for you. In it, you will learn a new approach to communication that will radically improve your leadership effectiveness. Communication is the KING of the so-called "soft" skills that are essential in the modern workplace. Yet most of us have had little or no training in how to communicate effectively, particularly under pressure. We haven't been taught the FOUNDATIONS of GREAT communication. In Soft is the New Hard: How to Communicate Effectively Under Pressure, communications and soft-skills specialist, Leah Mether, gives you the complete solution: a step-by-step process that underpins communication and lays the foundations for success. Mether's proven strategies will help you: · defuse conflict · manage yourself under pressure · inspire individuals and teams to action · influence decisions and outcomes · lead your team through change, restructure or transition · deliver difficult messages · communicate clearly in an emergency or crisis No-one is a perfect communicator, everyone can improve. And with this book, Mether shows you how.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379968Mon, 01 Apr 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soft is the new hard - how to communicate effectively under pressure Author: Leah Mether Narrator: Leah Mether, Dave Stokes Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soft is the new hard - how to communicate effectively under pressure Author: Leah Mether Narrator: Leah Mether, Dave Stokes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Leaders! Do you have days when you feel like you're communicating with toddlers rather than adults in the workplace? Are you tired of dealing with sulking, tantrums, personality clashes and poor performance? If you are not getting the results you need as a high-performance leader, this book is for you. In it, you will learn a new approach to communication that will radically improve your leadership effectiveness. Communication is the KING of the so-called "soft" skills that are essential in the modern workplace. Yet most of us have had little or no training in how to communicate effectively, particularly under pressure. We haven't been taught the FOUNDATIONS of GREAT communication. In Soft is the New Hard: How to Communicate Effectively Under Pressure, communications and soft-skills specialist, Leah Mether, gives you the complete solution: a step-by-step process that underpins communication and lays the foundations for success. Mether's proven strategies will help you: · defuse conflict · manage yourself under pressure · inspire individuals and teams to action · influence decisions and outcomes · lead your team through change, restructure or transition · deliver difficult messages · communicate clearly in an emergency or crisis No-one is a perfect communicator, everyone can improve. And with this book, Mether shows you how.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiation-books-the-only-negotiating-handbook-you-ll-ever-need-by-john-m-rosen--65130963https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Books: The Only Negotiating Handbook You'll Ever Need Author: John M. Rosen Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you someone who needs to brush up on your negotiating skills? Are you tired of always being the one who is left doing most of the compromising? This book could easily change your life! If you are someone who has tried and failed at negotiating something, in any walk of life, then you will probably look back and think what a wasted opportunity you had. Losing out on a pay rise or having to settle for something that was less than you wanted, simply because your negotiating position was poor, is frustrating. So this new book, Negotiation Books: The Only Negotiating Handbook You'll Ever Need, will change the way you look at negotiating and will provide you with all the tips and trick you'll need to succeed, including: - Basic Negotiation Tips - Is a Negotiation Ever Truly Finished? - Negotiation and Your Reputation - Negotiation not Desperation - Negotiations from Around the World - Personal Negotiations Whether in business or in your personal relationships, or even for casual encounters, this book will provide the answers you need to one of the most perplexing problems in the modern world. Get a copy now and start improving your negotiating tactics today!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374592Tue, 12 Mar 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Books: The Only Negotiating Handbook You'll Ever Need Author: John M. Rosen Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Books: The Only Negotiating Handbook You'll Ever Need Author: John M. Rosen Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you someone who needs to brush up on your negotiating skills? Are you tired of always being the one who is left doing most of the compromising? This book could easily change your life! If you are someone who has tried and failed at negotiating something, in any walk of life, then you will probably look back and think what a wasted opportunity you had. Losing out on a pay rise or having to settle for something that was less than you wanted, simply because your negotiating position was poor, is frustrating. So this new book, Negotiation Books: The Only Negotiating Handbook You'll Ever Need, will change the way you look at negotiating and will provide you with all the tips and trick you'll need to succeed, including: - Basic Negotiation Tips - Is a Negotiation Ever Truly Finished? - Negotiation and Your Reputation - Negotiation not Desperation - Negotiations from Around the World - Personal Negotiations Whether in business or in your personal relationships, or even for casual encounters, this book will provide the answers you need to one of the most perplexing problems in the modern world. Get a copy now and start improving your negotiating tactics today!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/posture-learn-how-to-have-a-power-posture-that-will-help-you-achieve-your-goals-in-life-by-mark-j-wayne--65130966https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/371150 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Posture: Learn How To Have A Power Posture That Will Help You Achieve Your Goals In Life Author: Mark J. Wayne Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 20, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Do you sometimes find it difficult to achieve your goals? Does your posture play a significant part in your failure? Do you want to learn the secrets of getting what you want? Achieving goals in life can be hard work. Usually there will be some other force, perhaps another person, that is in the way and prevents you from your dream. For some people, overcoming these barriers comes as second nature. But what if aren't like that? Inside the pages of this book, Posture: Learn How to Have a Power Posture That Will Help You Achieve Your Goals in Life, you will learn that your body is one of the most powerful tools you possess, with chapters that include: - Persuasion Basics - Know How To Pick Your Battles - Know What You Want The Outcome To Be - Empathize And Identify With Who you Are Speaking To - Speak Confidently - The Importance Of Learning From Your Encounter By learning the tips and techniques contained inside Posture, you will soon be on the way to being more assertive when it comes to negotiating what you want from life. Get a copy and start learning now!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/371150Wed, 20 Feb 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/371150 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Posture: Learn How To Have A Power Posture That Will Help You Achieve Your Goals In Life Author: Mark J. Wayne Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/371150 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Posture: Learn How To Have A Power Posture That Will Help You Achieve Your Goals In Life Author: Mark J. Wayne Narrator: John Hays Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 20, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Do you sometimes find it difficult to achieve your goals? Does your posture play a significant part in your failure? Do you want to learn the secrets of getting what you want? Achieving goals in life can be hard work. Usually there will be some other force, perhaps another person, that is in the way and prevents you from your dream. For some people, overcoming these barriers comes as second nature. But what if aren't like that? Inside the pages of this book, Posture: Learn How to Have a Power Posture That Will Help You Achieve Your Goals in Life, you will learn that your body is one of the most powerful tools you possess, with chapters that include: - Persuasion Basics - Know How To Pick Your Battles - Know What You Want The Outcome To Be - Empathize And Identify With Who you Are Speaking To - Speak Confidently - The Importance Of Learning From Your Encounter By learning the tips and techniques contained inside Posture, you will soon be on the way to being more assertive when it comes to negotiating what you want from life. Get a copy and start learning now!]]>65cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sales-is-my-passion-by-amaro-araujo--65130964https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368854 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales is my passion Author: Amaro Araujo Narrator: John Hawkes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Sales management best practices on preparation, negotiation, and closing deals with confidence. This book is an A to Z guide to the sales process and will provide you with a solid foundation to help you become an expert sales executive and master the art of closing deals. Sales isn't a 'by the book' process, but this book will provide you with the insights, knowledge, skills, attitudes, and behaviors that will make all the difference in your life in sales. It's divided into three parts: the science, the deal-making process, and the practicality. At the end of each topic, there's a short summary or bullet points. It's a kind of 'quick reference kit' that you can consult at any time for a practical application or implementation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368854Tue, 29 Jan 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368854 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales is my passion Author: Amaro Araujo Narrator: John Hawkes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368854 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales is my passion Author: Amaro Araujo Narrator: John Hawkes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Sales management best practices on preparation, negotiation, and closing deals with confidence. This book is an A to Z guide to the sales process and will provide you with a solid foundation to help you become an expert sales executive and master the art of closing deals. Sales isn't a 'by the book' process, but this book will provide you with the insights, knowledge, skills, attitudes, and behaviors that will make all the difference in your life in sales. It's divided into three parts: the science, the deal-making process, and the practicality. At the end of each topic, there's a short summary or bullet points. It's a kind of 'quick reference kit' that you can consult at any time for a practical application or implementation.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/taking-minutes-of-meetings-by-joanna-gutmann--65130961https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Minutes of Meetings Author: Joanna Gutmann Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Taking Minutes of Meetings guides you through the entire process behind minute taking: arranging the meeting; writing the agenda; creating the optimum environment; structuring the meeting and writing notes up accurately.The minute-taker is one of the most important and powerful people in a meeting and you can use this opportunity to develop your knowledge, broaden your horizons and build credibility within the organization. Taking Minutes of Meetings is an easy to read “dip-in, dip-out” guide which shows you how to confidently arrange meetings and produce minutes. It provides hands-on advice about the sections of a meeting as well as tips on how to create an agenda, personal preparation, best practice advice on taking notes and how to improve your accuracy. Brand new chapters of this 4th edition include guidance on using technology to maximize effectiveness and practical help with taking minutes for a variety of different types of meetings.The Creating Success series of books... With over one million copies sold, the hugely popular Creating Success series covers a wide variety of topics and is written by an expert team of internationally best-selling authors and business experts. This indispensable business skills collection is packed with new features, practical content and inspiring guidance for readers across all stages of their careers.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361372Tue, 22 Jan 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Minutes of Meetings Author: Joanna Gutmann Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: January...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking Minutes of Meetings Author: Joanna Gutmann Narrator: Nancy Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 22, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Taking Minutes of Meetings guides you through the entire process behind minute taking: arranging the meeting; writing the agenda; creating the optimum environment; structuring the meeting and writing notes up accurately.The minute-taker is one of the most important and powerful people in a meeting and you can use this opportunity to develop your knowledge, broaden your horizons and build credibility within the organization. Taking Minutes of Meetings is an easy to read “dip-in, dip-out” guide which shows you how to confidently arrange meetings and produce minutes. It provides hands-on advice about the sections of a meeting as well as tips on how to create an agenda, personal preparation, best practice advice on taking notes and how to improve your accuracy. Brand new chapters of this 4th edition include guidance on using technology to maximize effectiveness and practical help with taking minutes for a variety of different types of meetings.The Creating Success series of books... With over one million copies sold, the hugely popular Creating Success series covers a wide variety of topics and is written by an expert team of internationally best-selling authors and business experts. This indispensable business skills collection is packed with new features, practical content and inspiring guidance for readers across all stages of their careers.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-surprising-science-of-meetings-how-you-can-lead-your-team-to-peak-performance-by-dr-steven-g-rogelberg--65131030https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367766 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Surprising Science of Meetings: How You Can Lead Your Team to Peak Performance Author: Dr. Steven G. Rogelberg Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 18, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A recent estimate suggests that employees endure a staggering 55 million meetings a day in the United States. This tremendous time investment yields only modest returns. No organization made up of human beings is immune from the all-too-common meeting gripes: those that fail to engage, those that inadvertently encourage participants to tune out, and those that blatantly disregard participants' time. Most companies and leaders view poor meetings as an inevitable cost of doing business. But managers can take heart: researchers now have a clear understanding of the key drivers that make meetings successful. In The Surprising Science of Meetings, Steven G. Rogelberg, researcher and consultant to some of the world's most successful companies, draws from extensive research, analytics and data mining, and survey interviews with over 5,000 employees across a range of industries to share the proven practices and techniques that help managers and employees enhance the quality of their meetings. For those who lead and participate in meetings, Rogelberg provides immediate direction, guidance, and relief, offering a how-to guide to change your working life starting today.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367766Fri, 18 Jan 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367766 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Surprising Science of Meetings: How You Can Lead Your Team to Peak Performance Author: Dr. Steven G. Rogelberg Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367766 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Surprising Science of Meetings: How You Can Lead Your Team to Peak Performance Author: Dr. Steven G. Rogelberg Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 18, 2019 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A recent estimate suggests that employees endure a staggering 55 million meetings a day in the United States. This tremendous time investment yields only modest returns. No organization made up of human beings is immune from the all-too-common meeting gripes: those that fail to engage, those that inadvertently encourage participants to tune out, and those that blatantly disregard participants' time. Most companies and leaders view poor meetings as an inevitable cost of doing business. But managers can take heart: researchers now have a clear understanding of the key drivers that make meetings successful. In The Surprising Science of Meetings, Steven G. Rogelberg, researcher and consultant to some of the world's most successful companies, draws from extensive research, analytics and data mining, and survey interviews with over 5,000 employees across a range of industries to share the proven practices and techniques that help managers and employees enhance the quality of their meetings. For those who lead and participate in meetings, Rogelberg provides immediate direction, guidance, and relief, offering a how-to guide to change your working life starting today.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/engage-a-practical-guide-to-understanding-influencing-and-connecting-with-people-by-duncan-fish--65130994https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367225 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engage - A practical guide to understanding, influencing and connecting with people Author: Duncan Fish Narrator: Duncan Fish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Many highly skilled professionals find that, after a few years in their industry, their career starts to hit a ceiling. It's not a lack of technical skills that's holding them back but a lack of people skills. These days, just being highly skilled at your job is not enough. You also need to be able to connect with, influence and lead people. If you're in this situation, this is the book for you. Using his proven ENGAGE Model, Executive Coach Duncan Fish will show you how to: prepare mentally for social encounters make an awesome first impression master the art small talk and never run out of things to say project authority and confidence with your body language influence using a variety of linguistic techniques develop and deepen mutually beneficial relationships be a leader who empowers and inspires others. It's time to stop sitting on the sidelines. It's time to stop missing out on life's opportunities. It's time to Engage.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367225Thu, 10 Jan 2019 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367225 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engage - A practical guide to understanding, influencing and connecting with people Author: Duncan Fish Narrator: Duncan Fish Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367225 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Engage - A practical guide to understanding, influencing and connecting with people Author: Duncan Fish Narrator: Duncan Fish Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Many highly skilled professionals find that, after a few years in their industry, their career starts to hit a ceiling. It's not a lack of technical skills that's holding them back but a lack of people skills. These days, just being highly skilled at your job is not enough. You also need to be able to connect with, influence and lead people. If you're in this situation, this is the book for you. Using his proven ENGAGE Model, Executive Coach Duncan Fish will show you how to: prepare mentally for social encounters make an awesome first impression master the art small talk and never run out of things to say project authority and confidence with your body language influence using a variety of linguistic techniques develop and deepen mutually beneficial relationships be a leader who empowers and inspires others. It's time to stop sitting on the sidelines. It's time to stop missing out on life's opportunities. It's time to Engage.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/taking-the-work-out-of-networking-an-introvert-s-guide-to-making-connections-that-count-by-karen-wickre--65130982https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking the Work Out of Networking: An Introvert's Guide to Making Connections That Count Author: Karen Wickre Narrator: Karen Wickre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “For introverts who panic at the idea of networking, Wickre’s book is a deep, calming breath.” —Sophia Dembling, author of The Introvert’s Way Former Google executive, editorial director of Twitter, self-described introvert, and “the best-connected Silicon Valley figure you’ve never heard of” (Walt Mossberg, Wall Street Journal), offers networking advice for anyone who has ever canceled a coffee date due to social anxiety. Learn to nurture a vibrant circle of reliable contacts without leaving your comfort zone. Networking has garnered a reputation as a sort of necessary evil. Some people relish the opportunity to boldly work the room, introduce themselves to strangers, and find common career ground—but for many others, the experience is awkward, or even terrifying. The common networking advice for introverts are variations on the theme of overcoming or “fixing” their quiet tendencies. But Karen Wickre is a self-described introvert who has worked in Silicon Valley for thirty years. She shows you how to embrace your quiet nature and “make genuine connections that last, that we can nurture across the world for all kinds of purposes” (Chris Anderson, head of TED). Karen’s “embrace your quiet side” approach is for anyone who finds themselves shying away from traditional networking activities, or for those who would rather be curled up with a good book on a Friday night than out at a party. With compelling arguments and creative strategies, this “practical, easy-to-use” (Sree Sreenivasan, former chief digital officer of Columbia University) book is a perfect guide.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350658Tue, 27 Nov 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking the Work Out of Networking: An Introvert's Guide to Making Connections That Count Author: Karen Wickre Narrator: Karen Wickre Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking the Work Out of Networking: An Introvert's Guide to Making Connections That Count Author: Karen Wickre Narrator: Karen Wickre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “For introverts who panic at the idea of networking, Wickre’s book is a deep, calming breath.” —Sophia Dembling, author of The Introvert’s Way Former Google executive, editorial director of Twitter, self-described introvert, and “the best-connected Silicon Valley figure you’ve never heard of” (Walt Mossberg, Wall Street Journal), offers networking advice for anyone who has ever canceled a coffee date due to social anxiety. Learn to nurture a vibrant circle of reliable contacts without leaving your comfort zone. Networking has garnered a reputation as a sort of necessary evil. Some people relish the opportunity to boldly work the room, introduce themselves to strangers, and find common career ground—but for many others, the experience is awkward, or even terrifying. The common networking advice for introverts are variations on the theme of overcoming or “fixing” their quiet tendencies. But Karen Wickre is a self-described introvert who has worked in Silicon Valley for thirty years. She shows you how to embrace your quiet nature and “make genuine connections that last, that we can nurture across the world for all kinds of purposes” (Chris Anderson, head of TED). Karen’s “embrace your quiet side” approach is for anyone who finds themselves shying away from traditional networking activities, or for those who would rather be curled up with a good book on a Friday night than out at a party. With compelling arguments and creative strategies, this “practical, easy-to-use” (Sree Sreenivasan, former chief digital officer of Columbia University) book is a perfect guide.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/charisma-the-ultimate-guide-to-master-personal-magnetism-and-talk-to-anyone-effortlessly-by-jim-m-marshall--65131011https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361058 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charisma: The Ultimate Guide to Master Personal Magnetism and Talk To Anyone Effortlessly Author: Jim M. Marshall Narrator: Matt Montanez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The power of charisma. Boost confidence & self-esteem. Charm and influence people. Become charismatic. Communication. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Have you ever asked yourself why people who have the same qualifications and experience achieve totally different results in life? Some of them climb the career ladder effortlessly and accomplish their goals, while others struggle on the lower rungs. Why is it that you are allured to someone and feel more excited and motivated, whereas in another person's company, you lack energy, enthusiasm and feel discouraged? In this audio program you will learn the number one secret of all great, charismatic people. And that secret is to be a highly confident, engaging and memorable. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Power of Charisma Different Faces of Charisma Making A Connection Studying Charisma You Are What You Speak Find Your Charisma Source Increasing Your Charisma Let's Get to Work And basically everything you need to know to become charismatic. Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361058Tue, 20 Nov 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361058 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charisma: The Ultimate Guide to Master Personal Magnetism and Talk To Anyone Effortlessly Author: Jim M. Marshall Narrator: Matt Montanez Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361058 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charisma: The Ultimate Guide to Master Personal Magnetism and Talk To Anyone Effortlessly Author: Jim M. Marshall Narrator: Matt Montanez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The power of charisma. Boost confidence & self-esteem. Charm and influence people. Become charismatic. Communication. Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. Have you ever asked yourself why people who have the same qualifications and experience achieve totally different results in life? Some of them climb the career ladder effortlessly and accomplish their goals, while others struggle on the lower rungs. Why is it that you are allured to someone and feel more excited and motivated, whereas in another person's company, you lack energy, enthusiasm and feel discouraged? In this audio program you will learn the number one secret of all great, charismatic people. And that secret is to be a highly confident, engaging and memorable. Here Is A Preview Of What You'll Learn... Power of Charisma Different Faces of Charisma Making A Connection Studying Charisma You Are What You Speak Find Your Charisma Source Increasing Your Charisma Let's Get to Work And basically everything you need to know to become charismatic. Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/instant-voice-training-by-the-instant-series--65130986https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361075 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Voice Training Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: (NOTE: Be sure to download the accompanying reference guide upon purchasing. You'll need it to go through the audio. If you can't access it, just contact us directly at audio@instantseries.com.) How to Train Your Voice Instantly! In a world...where your 'voice' totally matters - what do you do if you don't have the sexiest voice, the most commanding voice, the most articulate voice...or are simply not happy with the voice you have? There is a myriad of reasons to why you would want/need to have a better voice: * You want to be listened to more instead of falling on deaf ears by other people who can't understand you or can't stand the sound of your voice. * You want to have a better voice for occupational reason if you're a singer, actor, speaker, etc., in order to get ahead professionally. * You want to overcome speech impairments that are causing you to stutter or mispronounce your words and creating all sorts of problems for you. Are you familiar with the proverb 'it's not what you say, but how you say it' and how your actual words only make up '7% of communication'? Well, your voice makes up a remaining majority of that. Thus, how you come across to others is determined by your voice, even more so than appearance. You certainly can retrain your voice to give it more control in how you want it to sound from tone, pitch, volume, and even accent by doing a series of vocal training exercises. Within 'Instant Voice Training': * How to bring your voice forward via doing 'mouth pull-ups' to unleash your dynamic, vibrant powerful voice. * How to determine the type of voice you have and the best approach to calibrate it for best utilization. * How to apply singing techniques to your speaking voice to propel your vocal projection to a whole new level. * Plus, custom practical 'how-to' strategies, techniques, applications and exercises on how to improve your voice. ...and much more. Your voice is the ultimate weapon in your arsenal. It can move mountains. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361075Tue, 20 Nov 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361075 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Voice Training Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361075 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Voice Training Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: (NOTE: Be sure to download the accompanying reference guide upon purchasing. You'll need it to go through the audio. If you can't access it, just contact us directly at audio@instantseries.com.) How to Train Your Voice Instantly! In a world...where your 'voice' totally matters - what do you do if you don't have the sexiest voice, the most commanding voice, the most articulate voice...or are simply not happy with the voice you have? There is a myriad of reasons to why you would want/need to have a better voice: * You want to be listened to more instead of falling on deaf ears by other people who can't understand you or can't stand the sound of your voice. * You want to have a better voice for occupational reason if you're a singer, actor, speaker, etc., in order to get ahead professionally. * You want to overcome speech impairments that are causing you to stutter or mispronounce your words and creating all sorts of problems for you. Are you familiar with the proverb 'it's not what you say, but how you say it' and how your actual words only make up '7% of communication'? Well, your voice makes up a remaining majority of that. Thus, how you come across to others is determined by your voice, even more so than appearance. You certainly can retrain your voice to give it more control in how you want it to sound from tone, pitch, volume, and even accent by doing a series of vocal training exercises. Within 'Instant Voice Training': * How to bring your voice forward via doing 'mouth pull-ups' to unleash your dynamic, vibrant powerful voice. * How to determine the type of voice you have and the best approach to calibrate it for best utilization. * How to apply singing techniques to your speaking voice to propel your vocal projection to a whole new level. * Plus, custom practical 'how-to' strategies, techniques, applications and exercises on how to improve your voice. ...and much more. Your voice is the ultimate weapon in your arsenal. It can move mountains. **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/instant-public-speaking-by-the-instant-series--65130980https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Public Speaking Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: (NOTE: Be sure to download the accompanying reference guide upon purchasing. You'll need it to go through the audio. If you can't access it, just contact us directly at audio@instantseries.com.) How to Prepare and Deliver a Speech in 24 Hours or Less Instantly! So you have to prepare for a speech, huh? Even worse...you have to do it by tomorrow, and you haven't even started preparing? Ah the humanity! You have to choose your speech topic, come up with your presentation ideas, then write your speech and rehearse your performance to make absolutely sure it's impeccable in front of your audience - and you have to do all of this by the next day. Can you just feel the panic yet? Yikes! Fear not; not all hope is lost. You CAN create and deliver a memorable convincing speech all within '24 hours or less.' 'Impossible! You say?' Not necessary. What is speaking? It's nothing more than talking, and you have been doing that all your life; however, add the word 'public' to it - and it is YOU who become your own worst enemy when it comes to the art of public speaking. The point is...you have an upcoming speech to make but haven't started on it - so that's where 'Instant Public Speaking' comes in! Within 'Instant Public Speaking': * How to use the 'instant idea chain' as an effective brainstorming method to come up with ideas at the speed of bullets. * How to craft the perfect speech fast with all the necessary components you'll be needing to address for the desired outcome you want. * How to practice and do the all-important speech rehearsal to ensure very little room for errors during the moment of the actual speech. * Plus, custom practical 'how-to' strategies, techniques, applications and exercises on how to write and make a speech. ...and much more. Think of it like having your very own invisible public speaking coach hanging around your shoulder as you only have 24 hours from speech to delivery. Now go knock their socks off with 'Instant Public Speaking'! **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361073Tue, 20 Nov 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Public Speaking Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361073 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Public Speaking Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: (NOTE: Be sure to download the accompanying reference guide upon purchasing. You'll need it to go through the audio. If you can't access it, just contact us directly at audio@instantseries.com.) How to Prepare and Deliver a Speech in 24 Hours or Less Instantly! So you have to prepare for a speech, huh? Even worse...you have to do it by tomorrow, and you haven't even started preparing? Ah the humanity! You have to choose your speech topic, come up with your presentation ideas, then write your speech and rehearse your performance to make absolutely sure it's impeccable in front of your audience - and you have to do all of this by the next day. Can you just feel the panic yet? Yikes! Fear not; not all hope is lost. You CAN create and deliver a memorable convincing speech all within '24 hours or less.' 'Impossible! You say?' Not necessary. What is speaking? It's nothing more than talking, and you have been doing that all your life; however, add the word 'public' to it - and it is YOU who become your own worst enemy when it comes to the art of public speaking. The point is...you have an upcoming speech to make but haven't started on it - so that's where 'Instant Public Speaking' comes in! Within 'Instant Public Speaking': * How to use the 'instant idea chain' as an effective brainstorming method to come up with ideas at the speed of bullets. * How to craft the perfect speech fast with all the necessary components you'll be needing to address for the desired outcome you want. * How to practice and do the all-important speech rehearsal to ensure very little room for errors during the moment of the actual speech. * Plus, custom practical 'how-to' strategies, techniques, applications and exercises on how to write and make a speech. ...and much more. Think of it like having your very own invisible public speaking coach hanging around your shoulder as you only have 24 hours from speech to delivery. Now go knock their socks off with 'Instant Public Speaking'! **Contact Customer Service for Additional Content**]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/reports-proposals-and-procedures-a-write-it-well-guide-by-natasha-terk--65131092https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359360 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reports, Proposals, and Procedures: A Write It Well Guide Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Stina Nielsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: This book helps you plan and write reports, proposals, procedures and other professional documents. You'll review a range of techniques to communicate complex information clearly. You'll also review ways to use your writing to extend your analytical, problem-solving, teamwork, and leadership skills.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359360Tue, 13 Nov 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359360 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reports, Proposals, and Procedures: A Write It Well Guide Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Stina Nielsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359360 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reports, Proposals, and Procedures: A Write It Well Guide Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Stina Nielsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: This book helps you plan and write reports, proposals, procedures and other professional documents. You'll review a range of techniques to communicate complex information clearly. You'll also review ways to use your writing to extend your analytical, problem-solving, teamwork, and leadership skills.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/instant-communication-skills-by-the-instant-series--65130962https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Communication Skills Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: How to Improve Communications Skills Instantly! Are you having trouble being heard or problem being misunderstood? Nowadays, it's more mandatory than ever to have good communication skill! Do you find it hard to talk to people, or when you do, you don't know exactly what to say and can't get the words out, not speaking very well, causing you frustrations? If you lack communication skills, you will have a hard time conveying your message, meeting people, and being taken seriously at work, home, and in life. Don't let the handicap of poor communication skills hold you back in anything. Within 'Instant Communication Skills': * This one quickest and easiest thing you can do now to improve your communication skills so you can come off more attractive. * The crucial 'think-on-your-feet communication' and how to work on it so to not only communicate better but faster, especially if it's a matter of life or death. * Best practices of how to be a better communicator so everybody will want to talk to and be around you, and putting them into action. * What to do in when you're having a conversation in your communication to magnetically build an instant connection, and how to do it. * Even cover the art of written communication and ways to be more effective at it without doing it wrong. * Plus, custom practical 'how-to' strategies, techniques, applications and exercises to improve your communication skills. ...and much more. Become a much more effective communicator now!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359968Wed, 07 Nov 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Communication Skills Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Communication Skills Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 7, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: How to Improve Communications Skills Instantly! Are you having trouble being heard or problem being misunderstood? Nowadays, it's more mandatory than ever to have good communication skill! Do you find it hard to talk to people, or when you do, you don't know exactly what to say and can't get the words out, not speaking very well, causing you frustrations? If you lack communication skills, you will have a hard time conveying your message, meeting people, and being taken seriously at work, home, and in life. Don't let the handicap of poor communication skills hold you back in anything. Within 'Instant Communication Skills': * This one quickest and easiest thing you can do now to improve your communication skills so you can come off more attractive. * The crucial 'think-on-your-feet communication' and how to work on it so to not only communicate better but faster, especially if it's a matter of life or death. * Best practices of how to be a better communicator so everybody will want to talk to and be around you, and putting them into action. * What to do in when you're having a conversation in your communication to magnetically build an instant connection, and how to do it. * Even cover the art of written communication and ways to be more effective at it without doing it wrong. * Plus, custom practical 'how-to' strategies, techniques, applications and exercises to improve your communication skills. ...and much more. Become a much more effective communicator now!]]>65cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/communication-in-the-workplace-by-baden-eunson--65131118https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359040 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication in the Workplace Author: Baden Eunson Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Communication in the Workplace is a revealing snapshot of how organizations really work. In workplaces throughout Australia and across the planet, billions of messages are sent in various forms every day, but not all of them get though. Of those that do, may are misunderstood, Communication breakdown is just as common as communication effectiveness, but it doesn't have to be that way. Become a more effective communicator by finding out how messages can be sent—and distorted—by differing channels, including: memos emails meetings teleconferencing instant messaging Expert communicator Baden Eunson shares insights about the informal organization, networking, how to know when messages are being lost due to cultures of silence, silos or empires (and what to do about it), and explains how knowledge management can help you get your message across.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359040Tue, 06 Nov 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359040 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication in the Workplace Author: Baden Eunson Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359040 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communication in the Workplace Author: Baden Eunson Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Communication in the Workplace is a revealing snapshot of how organizations really work. In workplaces throughout Australia and across the planet, billions of messages are sent in various forms every day, but not all of them get though. Of those that do, may are misunderstood, Communication breakdown is just as common as communication effectiveness, but it doesn't have to be that way. Become a more effective communicator by finding out how messages can be sent—and distorted—by differing channels, including: memos emails meetings teleconferencing instant messaging Expert communicator Baden Eunson shares insights about the informal organization, networking, how to know when messages are being lost due to cultures of silence, silos or empires (and what to do about it), and explains how knowledge management can help you get your message across.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/professional-writing-skills-a-write-it-well-guide-by-natasha-terk--65131054https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359037 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Professional Writing Skills: A Write It Well Guide Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Erin Deward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A bestseller since 1990 and fully updated in 2010, Professional Writing Skills: A Write It Well Guide, provides a step-by-step process for planning business letters, memos, e-mail, and other business documents. Learn how to position your message from the reader s point of view, write persuasively, include the right information, and organize the information logically. Expanded sections on language, punctuation, and grammar offer busy professionals the tools they need to get their message across clearly, concisely, and professionally.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359037Tue, 06 Nov 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359037 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Professional Writing Skills: A Write It Well Guide Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Erin Deward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359037 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Professional Writing Skills: A Write It Well Guide Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Erin Deward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A bestseller since 1990 and fully updated in 2010, Professional Writing Skills: A Write It Well Guide, provides a step-by-step process for planning business letters, memos, e-mail, and other business documents. Learn how to position your message from the reader s point of view, write persuasively, include the right information, and organize the information logically. Expanded sections on language, punctuation, and grammar offer busy professionals the tools they need to get their message across clearly, concisely, and professionally.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/essential-grammar-a-write-it-well-guide-3rd-revised-edition-by-natasha-terk--65131031https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Essential Grammar: A Write It Well Guide 3rd Revised edition Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Faulty grammar can slow you down and diminish your credibility as a business writer. Essential Grammar has just one objective: to help you use correct English in the documents you write for work. Correct writing is an excellent way to boost your professional credibility. Here are some of the skills the book helps you master: ● Writing grammatically correct sentences ● Using the right forms of pronouns and verbs ● Distinguishing between commonly confused words ● Knowing when and where to use punctuation marks]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359035Tue, 06 Nov 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Essential Grammar: A Write It Well Guide 3rd Revised edition Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Essential Grammar: A Write It Well Guide 3rd Revised edition Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Faulty grammar can slow you down and diminish your credibility as a business writer. Essential Grammar has just one objective: to help you use correct English in the documents you write for work. Correct writing is an excellent way to boost your professional credibility. Here are some of the skills the book helps you master: ● Writing grammatically correct sentences ● Using the right forms of pronouns and verbs ● Distinguishing between commonly confused words ● Knowing when and where to use punctuation marks]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-contagious-commandments-ten-steps-to-brand-bravery-by-paul-kemp-robertson-chris-barth--65131007https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332082 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Contagious Commandments: Ten Steps to Brand Bravery Author: Paul Kemp-Robertson, Chris Barth Narrator: Chris Barth, Paul Kemp-Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audio edition of The Contagious Commandments written and read by Paul Kemp-Robertson and Chris Barth. Contagion may alarm doctors but marketers thrive on it. Some concepts are so compelling you have to share them. But what makes an idea so infectious you can't keep it to yourself? And how can brands produce these kinds of ideas intentionally rather than by chance? Contagious, the globally renowned intelligence resource for the marketing industry, is dedicated to identifying and interrogating the world's most exceptional creative trends. And in The Contagious Commandments, Paul Kemp-Robertson and Chris Barth condense this valuable research into ten strategic takeaways for your own marketing revolution. Taking inspiration from disruptive campaigns from the likes of Patagonia, Nike, Safaricom, BrewDog, LEGO, Kenco, and dozens more, The Contagious Commandments explores how companies fuse creativity, technology and behavioural psychology to achieve truly original marketing ideas that have a positive impact on society and profits - and how your brand can too.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332082Thu, 01 Nov 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332082 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Contagious Commandments: Ten Steps to Brand Bravery Author: Paul Kemp-Robertson, Chris Barth Narrator: Chris Barth, Paul Kemp-Robertson Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332082 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Contagious Commandments: Ten Steps to Brand Bravery Author: Paul Kemp-Robertson, Chris Barth Narrator: Chris Barth, Paul Kemp-Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 1, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audio edition of The Contagious Commandments written and read by Paul Kemp-Robertson and Chris Barth. Contagion may alarm doctors but marketers thrive on it. Some concepts are so compelling you have to share them. But what makes an idea so infectious you can't keep it to yourself? And how can brands produce these kinds of ideas intentionally rather than by chance? Contagious, the globally renowned intelligence resource for the marketing industry, is dedicated to identifying and interrogating the world's most exceptional creative trends. And in The Contagious Commandments, Paul Kemp-Robertson and Chris Barth condense this valuable research into ten strategic takeaways for your own marketing revolution. Taking inspiration from disruptive campaigns from the likes of Patagonia, Nike, Safaricom, BrewDog, LEGO, Kenco, and dozens more, The Contagious Commandments explores how companies fuse creativity, technology and behavioural psychology to achieve truly original marketing ideas that have a positive impact on society and profits - and how your brand can too.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/writing-at-work-strategies-for-today-s-coworkers-clients-and-customers-by-natasha-terk--65131018https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358374 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Writing at Work: Strategies for Today's Coworkers, Clients, and Customers Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Jesse Vilinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 20 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Writing at Work covers everything professionals need to know about writing on the job today. HR and L&D managers can use this new course to train experienced employees who already know the basics of business writing but could use a refresher.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358374Tue, 30 Oct 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358374 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Writing at Work: Strategies for Today's Coworkers, Clients, and Customers Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Jesse Vilinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358374 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Writing at Work: Strategies for Today's Coworkers, Clients, and Customers Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Jesse Vilinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 20 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Writing at Work covers everything professionals need to know about writing on the job today. HR and L&D managers can use this new course to train experienced employees who already know the basics of business writing but could use a refresher.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/effective-email-concise-clear-writing-to-advance-your-business-needs-by-natasha-terk--65131060https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Email: Concise, Clear Writing to Advance Your Business Needs Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In today's fast-paced, competitive business environment, we all need to communicate clearly and use our time productively. Even seasoned writers will find tips, tools, and ideas in this book that can improve the quality—and reduce the quantity—of email in the workplace. This book will help you write concise, clear emails that advance your business needs: ● Explore how social media is and is not a helpful guide for business email ● Use email to improve project management as a team leader or team member ● Adapt email for mobile devices and keep attachments user-friendly Save everyone time with concise, clear language.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356699Tue, 23 Oct 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Email: Concise, Clear Writing to Advance Your Business Needs Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356699 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Effective Email: Concise, Clear Writing to Advance Your Business Needs Author: Natasha Terk Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In today's fast-paced, competitive business environment, we all need to communicate clearly and use our time productively. Even seasoned writers will find tips, tools, and ideas in this book that can improve the quality—and reduce the quantity—of email in the workplace. This book will help you write concise, clear emails that advance your business needs: ● Explore how social media is and is not a helpful guide for business email ● Use email to improve project management as a team leader or team member ● Adapt email for mobile devices and keep attachments user-friendly Save everyone time with concise, clear language.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/speak-with-impact-how-to-command-the-room-and-influence-others-by-allison-shapira--65130985https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speak with Impact: How to Command the Room and Influence Others Author: Allison Shapira Narrator: Allison Shapira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: When you know what to say and how to say it, people listen. Find your powerful voice, and step into leadership. Speak with impact.  Every day, you have an opportunity to use your voice to have a positive impact -- at work or in your community. You can inspire and persuade your audience -- or you can distract and put them to sleep. Presentation styles where leaders are nervous, ramble, and robotic can ruin a talk on even the most critical topics. As your performances become weak, your career prosects start to dim. To get ahead and make an impact, you need to deliver well-crafted messages with confidence and authenticity. You must?sound?as capable as you are. Public speaking is a skill, not a talent. With the right guidance, anyone can be a powerful speaker. Written by former opera singer turned CEO and TEDx speaker Allison Shapira, Speak with Impact unravels the mysteries of commanding attention in any setting, professional or personal. Whether it’s speaking up at a meeting, presenting to clients, or talking to large groups, this book’s easy-to-use frameworks, examples and exercises will help you: - Engage your audience through storytelling and humor  - Use breathing techniques to overcome stage fright  - Strengthen and project your voice by banishing filler words/uptalk  - Use effective body language and build your executive presence  - Compose a clear message and deliver confident, authentic presentations  Learn to conquer fear, capture attention, motivate action, and take charge of your career with?Speak with Impact.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344199Tue, 16 Oct 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speak with Impact: How to Command the Room and Influence Others Author: Allison Shapira Narrator: Allison Shapira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speak with Impact: How to Command the Room and Influence Others Author: Allison Shapira Narrator: Allison Shapira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: When you know what to say and how to say it, people listen. Find your powerful voice, and step into leadership. Speak with impact.  Every day, you have an opportunity to use your voice to have a positive impact -- at work or in your community. You can inspire and persuade your audience -- or you can distract and put them to sleep. Presentation styles where leaders are nervous, ramble, and robotic can ruin a talk on even the most critical topics. As your performances become weak, your career prosects start to dim. To get ahead and make an impact, you need to deliver well-crafted messages with confidence and authenticity. You must?sound?as capable as you are. Public speaking is a skill, not a talent. With the right guidance, anyone can be a powerful speaker. Written by former opera singer turned CEO and TEDx speaker Allison Shapira, Speak with Impact unravels the mysteries of commanding attention in any setting, professional or personal. Whether it’s speaking up at a meeting, presenting to clients, or talking to large groups, this book’s easy-to-use frameworks, examples and exercises will help you: - Engage your audience through storytelling and humor  - Use breathing techniques to overcome stage fright  - Strengthen and project your voice by banishing filler words/uptalk  - Use effective body language and build your executive presence  - Compose a clear message and deliver confident, authentic presentations  Learn to conquer fear, capture attention, motivate action, and take charge of your career with?Speak with Impact.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-talk-to-anyone-at-work-72-little-tricks-for-big-success-communicating-on-the-job-by-leil-lowndes--65130978https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354223 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Anyone at Work: 72 Little Tricks for Big Success Communicating on the Job Author: Leil Lowndes Narrator: Leil Lowndes, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 28 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of How to Talk to Anyone comes a book dedicated to helping business professionals at any level communicate for success on the job You face tough communication challenges every day at work, both in person and online―a toxic boss, backstabbing coworkers, office politics, and much more. Here are immediate, effective, eye-opening actions you can take to resolve those infuriating problems. You will find stories and examples drawn from corporate communications consultant Leil Lowndes’s more than 20 years of training business professionals, from entry-level new hires to CEOs. To succeed today, you must exhibit these crucial qualities, the 5 Cs: CONFIDENCE 10 ways to show your boss and colleagues you are 100 percent self-assured and can achieve whatever you want―and reinforce this image throughout your entire working relationship CARING 14 strategies to demonstrate you care about your colleagues and the company because “people don’t care how much you know until they know how much you care” CLARITY 12 techniques to get your ideas across clearly―and ensure you understand everybody you work with CREDIBILITY 14 methods to win the trust and respect of everyone at your company―and impress people who find you on the web COEXISTENCE (WITH CRUEL BOSSES & CRAZY COLLEAGUES) 21 tactics to confront the number one workplace nightmare and come out shining Plus one final astonishing technique to guarantee success and happiness in your professional life. After you’ve mastered the unique “bag of little tricks” in this book, you will know How to Talk to Anyone at Work!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354223Tue, 16 Oct 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354223 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Anyone at Work: 72 Little Tricks for Big Success Communicating on the Job Author: Leil Lowndes Narrator: Leil Lowndes, Joyce Bean...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354223 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Anyone at Work: 72 Little Tricks for Big Success Communicating on the Job Author: Leil Lowndes Narrator: Leil Lowndes, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 28 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of How to Talk to Anyone comes a book dedicated to helping business professionals at any level communicate for success on the job You face tough communication challenges every day at work, both in person and online―a toxic boss, backstabbing coworkers, office politics, and much more. Here are immediate, effective, eye-opening actions you can take to resolve those infuriating problems. You will find stories and examples drawn from corporate communications consultant Leil Lowndes’s more than 20 years of training business professionals, from entry-level new hires to CEOs. To succeed today, you must exhibit these crucial qualities, the 5 Cs: CONFIDENCE 10 ways to show your boss and colleagues you are 100 percent self-assured and can achieve whatever you want―and reinforce this image throughout your entire working relationship CARING 14 strategies to demonstrate you care about your colleagues and the company because “people don’t care how much you know until they know how much you care” CLARITY 12 techniques to get your ideas across clearly―and ensure you understand everybody you work with CREDIBILITY 14 methods to win the trust and respect of everyone at your company―and impress people who find you on the web COEXISTENCE (WITH CRUEL BOSSES & CRAZY COLLEAGUES) 21 tactics to confront the number one workplace nightmare and come out shining Plus one final astonishing technique to guarantee success and happiness in your professional life. After you’ve mastered the unique “bag of little tricks” in this book, you will know How to Talk to Anyone at Work!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/conversation-marketing-how-to-be-relevant-and-engage-your-customer-by-speaking-human-by-kevin-lund--65131064https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355632 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conversation Marketing: How to Be Relevant and Engage Your Customer by Speaking Human Author: Kevin Lund Narrator: Austin Rising Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Each of us sees more than 5,000 marketing messages every day. In such a crowded marketplace, brands are scrambling to find new ways to cut through the clutter to reach consumers. With such intense competition, it's critical to stand apart beyond service and price. Conversation Marketing will help you connect your brands, not just to the minds of your consumers, but to their hearts. Slick slogans and catchy ads may still work in some instances, but today's discerning consumers demand more. They want information and a reason to connect with a brand before they act. They want a conversation. Conversation Marketing gives you and your company the powerful tools and strategies now required, including: ● How to earn your audience's attention and provide value at every touch point ● How to tell a meaningful story ● How to give your customers agency in the conversation and accept that they're in charge ● How to listen, not sell Change your strategy and your tone and you can change your results. Applying the rules from Conversation Marketing will help brands become publishers, increase sales, and establish a lifelong connection with their customers.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355632Tue, 09 Oct 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355632 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conversation Marketing: How to Be Relevant and Engage Your Customer by Speaking Human Author: Kevin Lund Narrator: Austin Rising Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355632 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conversation Marketing: How to Be Relevant and Engage Your Customer by Speaking Human Author: Kevin Lund Narrator: Austin Rising Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Each of us sees more than 5,000 marketing messages every day. In such a crowded marketplace, brands are scrambling to find new ways to cut through the clutter to reach consumers. With such intense competition, it's critical to stand apart beyond service and price. Conversation Marketing will help you connect your brands, not just to the minds of your consumers, but to their hearts. Slick slogans and catchy ads may still work in some instances, but today's discerning consumers demand more. They want information and a reason to connect with a brand before they act. They want a conversation. Conversation Marketing gives you and your company the powerful tools and strategies now required, including: ● How to earn your audience's attention and provide value at every touch point ● How to tell a meaningful story ● How to give your customers agency in the conversation and accept that they're in charge ● How to listen, not sell Change your strategy and your tone and you can change your results. Applying the rules from Conversation Marketing will help brands become publishers, increase sales, and establish a lifelong connection with their customers.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/never-be-lied-to-again-how-to-get-the-truth-in-5-minutes-or-less-in-any-conversation-or-situation-by-david-j-lieberman--65130993https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346249 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Be Lied to Again: How to Get the Truth In 5 Minutes Or Less In Any Conversation Or Situation Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: William Dufris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “If you want to find out whether your boyfriend is cheating, your boss is getting away with murder, or the life-insurance salesman is playing you for a fool, read on.” —Cosmopolitan How many times have you been manipulated or taken advantage of by someone's lies? Are you tired of being deceived, tricked, and fooled? Finally, renowned behaviorist David J. Lieberman tells listeners how to stop the lies and uncover the truth -- in any conversation or situation. In a simple, user-friendly format, Dr. Lieberman gives you the tools to determine, with uncanny accuracy, if you are being lied to. Utilizing newly developed techniques in hypnosis and psycholinguistics, this audiobook also shows you how to easily influence anyone to tell the truth -- within minutes. Use it in any situation, from casual conversation to in-depth interviews. Never Be Lied to Again is chock-full of colorful examples and engaging scenarios to help you keep from being taken advantage of and give you that extra edge. Use these groundbreaking techniques to take control of every personal and business situation...and never be lied to again.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346249Tue, 09 Oct 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346249 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Be Lied to Again: How to Get the Truth In 5 Minutes Or Less In Any Conversation Or Situation Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: William Dufris...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346249 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Be Lied to Again: How to Get the Truth In 5 Minutes Or Less In Any Conversation Or Situation Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: William Dufris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “If you want to find out whether your boyfriend is cheating, your boss is getting away with murder, or the life-insurance salesman is playing you for a fool, read on.” —Cosmopolitan How many times have you been manipulated or taken advantage of by someone's lies? Are you tired of being deceived, tricked, and fooled? Finally, renowned behaviorist David J. Lieberman tells listeners how to stop the lies and uncover the truth -- in any conversation or situation. In a simple, user-friendly format, Dr. Lieberman gives you the tools to determine, with uncanny accuracy, if you are being lied to. Utilizing newly developed techniques in hypnosis and psycholinguistics, this audiobook also shows you how to easily influence anyone to tell the truth -- within minutes. Use it in any situation, from casual conversation to in-depth interviews. Never Be Lied to Again is chock-full of colorful examples and engaging scenarios to help you keep from being taken advantage of and give you that extra edge. Use these groundbreaking techniques to take control of every personal and business situation...and never be lied to again.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/storyworthy-engage-teach-persuade-and-change-your-life-through-the-power-of-storytelling-by-matthew-dicks--65130990https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342453 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storyworthy: Engage, Teach, Persuade, and Change Your Life through the Power of Storytelling Author: Matthew Dicks Narrator: John Glouchevitch, Matthew Dicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A five-time Moth GrandSLAM winner and bestselling novelist shows how to tell a great story — and why doing so matters. Whether we realize it or not, we are always telling stories. On a first date or job interview, at a sales presentation or therapy appointment, with family or friends, we are constantly narrating events and interpreting emotions and actions. In this compelling book, storyteller extraordinaire Matthew Dicks presents wonderfully straightforward and engaging tips and techniques for constructing, telling, and polishing stories that will hold the attention of your audience (no matter how big or small). He shows that anyone can learn to be an appealing storyteller, that everyone has something “storyworthy” to express, and, perhaps most important, that the act of creating and telling a tale is a powerful way of understanding and enhancing your own life.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342453Tue, 25 Sep 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342453 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storyworthy: Engage, Teach, Persuade, and Change Your Life through the Power of Storytelling Author: Matthew Dicks Narrator: John Glouchevitch, Matthew...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342453 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Storyworthy: Engage, Teach, Persuade, and Change Your Life through the Power of Storytelling Author: Matthew Dicks Narrator: John Glouchevitch, Matthew Dicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A five-time Moth GrandSLAM winner and bestselling novelist shows how to tell a great story — and why doing so matters. Whether we realize it or not, we are always telling stories. On a first date or job interview, at a sales presentation or therapy appointment, with family or friends, we are constantly narrating events and interpreting emotions and actions. In this compelling book, storyteller extraordinaire Matthew Dicks presents wonderfully straightforward and engaging tips and techniques for constructing, telling, and polishing stories that will hold the attention of your audience (no matter how big or small). He shows that anyone can learn to be an appealing storyteller, that everyone has something “storyworthy” to express, and, perhaps most important, that the act of creating and telling a tale is a powerful way of understanding and enhancing your own life.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/social-intelligence-the-new-science-of-success-by-karl-albrecht--65131045https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354039 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Intelligence: The New Science of Success Author: Karl Albrecht Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Karl Albrecht defines social intelligence (SI) as the ability to get along well with others while winning their cooperation. SI is a combination of sensitivity to the needs and interests of others, sometimes called your 'social radar,' an attitude of generosity and consideration, and a set of practical skills for interacting successfully with people in any setting. Social Intelligence provides a highly accessible and comprehensive model for describing, assessing, and developing social intelligence at a personal level. This book is filled with intriguing concepts, enlightening examples, stories, cases, situational strategies, and a self-assessment tool—all designed to help you learn to navigate social situations more successfully.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354039Wed, 19 Sep 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354039 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Intelligence: The New Science of Success Author: Karl Albrecht Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354039 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Intelligence: The New Science of Success Author: Karl Albrecht Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Karl Albrecht defines social intelligence (SI) as the ability to get along well with others while winning their cooperation. SI is a combination of sensitivity to the needs and interests of others, sometimes called your 'social radar,' an attitude of generosity and consideration, and a set of practical skills for interacting successfully with people in any setting. Social Intelligence provides a highly accessible and comprehensive model for describing, assessing, and developing social intelligence at a personal level. This book is filled with intriguing concepts, enlightening examples, stories, cases, situational strategies, and a self-assessment tool—all designed to help you learn to navigate social situations more successfully.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sales-differentiation-19-powerful-strategies-to-win-more-deals-at-the-prices-you-want-by-lee-b-salz--65130987https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344168 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales Differentiation: 19 Powerful Strategies to Win More Deals at the Prices You Want Author: Lee B. Salz Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: 'If we don't drop our price, we will lose the deal.'  That's the desperate cry from salespeople as they try to win deals in competitive marketplaces. While the easy answer is to lower the price, the company sacrifices margin--oftentimes unnecessarily. To win deals at the prices you want, the strategy needed is differentiation. Most executives think marketing is the sole source of differentiation. But what about the sales function of the company? This commonly neglected differentiation opportunity provides a multitude of ways to stand out from the competition. This groundbreaking augiobook teaches you how to develop those strategies. In Sales Differentiation, sales management strategist, Lee B. Salz presents nineteen easy-to-implement concepts to help salespeople win deals while protecting margins. These concepts apply to any salesperson in any industry and are based on the foundation that 'how you sell, not just what you sell, differentiates you.'  The strategies are presented in easy-to-understand stories and can quickly be put into practice. Divided into two sections, the 'what you sell' chapters help salespeople:  - Recognize that the expression 'we are the best' causes differentiation to backfire. - Avoid the introspective question that frustrates salespeople and ask the right question to fire them up. - Understand what their true differentiators are and how to effectively position them with buyers. - Find differentiators in every nook and cranny of the company using the six components of the 'Sales Differentiation Universe.' - Create strategies to position differentiators so buyers see value in them. The 'how you sell' section teaches salespeople how to provide meaningful value to buyers and differentiate themselves in every stage of the sales process. This section helps salespeople: - Develop strategies to engage buyers and turn buyer objections into sales differentiation opportunities. - Shape buyer decision criteria around differentiators. - Turn a commoditized Request for Proposal (RFP) process into a differentiation opportunity.  - Use a buyer request for references as a way to stand out from the competition. - Leverage the irrefutable, most powerful differentiator...themselves. Whether you've been selling for twenty years or are new to sales, the tools you learn in Sales Differentiation will help you knock-out the competition, build profitable new relationships, and win deals at the prices you want. Accompanying charts are available in the audio book companion PDF download.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344168Tue, 18 Sep 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344168 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales Differentiation: 19 Powerful Strategies to Win More Deals at the Prices You Want Author: Lee B. Salz Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344168 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales Differentiation: 19 Powerful Strategies to Win More Deals at the Prices You Want Author: Lee B. Salz Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: 'If we don't drop our price, we will lose the deal.'  That's the desperate cry from salespeople as they try to win deals in competitive marketplaces. While the easy answer is to lower the price, the company sacrifices margin--oftentimes unnecessarily. To win deals at the prices you want, the strategy needed is differentiation. Most executives think marketing is the sole source of differentiation. But what about the sales function of the company? This commonly neglected differentiation opportunity provides a multitude of ways to stand out from the competition. This groundbreaking augiobook teaches you how to develop those strategies. In Sales Differentiation, sales management strategist, Lee B. Salz presents nineteen easy-to-implement concepts to help salespeople win deals while protecting margins. These concepts apply to any salesperson in any industry and are based on the foundation that 'how you sell, not just what you sell, differentiates you.'  The strategies are presented in easy-to-understand stories and can quickly be put into practice. Divided into two sections, the 'what you sell' chapters help salespeople:  - Recognize that the expression 'we are the best' causes differentiation to backfire. - Avoid the introspective question that frustrates salespeople and ask the right question to fire them up. - Understand what their true differentiators are and how to effectively position them with buyers. - Find differentiators in every nook and cranny of the company using the six components of the 'Sales Differentiation Universe.' - Create strategies to position differentiators so buyers see value in them. The 'how you sell' section teaches salespeople how to provide meaningful value to buyers and differentiate themselves in every stage of the sales process. This section helps salespeople: - Develop strategies to engage buyers and turn buyer objections into sales differentiation opportunities. - Shape buyer decision criteria around differentiators. - Turn a commoditized Request for Proposal (RFP) process into a differentiation opportunity.  - Use a buyer request for references as a way to stand out from the competition. - Leverage the irrefutable, most powerful differentiator...themselves. Whether you've been selling for twenty years or are new to sales, the tools you learn in Sales Differentiation will help you knock-out the competition, build profitable new relationships, and win deals at the prices you want. Accompanying charts are available in the audio book companion PDF download.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiating-with-a-bully-take-charge-and-turn-the-tables-on-people-trying-to-push-you-around-by-greg-williams--65131057https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346215 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating with a Bully: Take Charge and Turn the Tables on People Trying to Push You Around Author: Greg Williams Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: August 7, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Everyone has felt bullied at some point in their lives, whether by a family member, childhood acquaintance, colleague, boss, or client. You know you have been bullied when you feel pressured, demeaned, and angered. You walked away from a negotiation feeling like you lost ground. You gave into demands and agreed to something that was not in your best interests. And you resented the way you felt. Negotiating with a Bully will teach you how to skillfully deal with bullies in different forms and environments. You'll explore the mindset of a bully and understand the motivations and behavior so that you can gain an advantage over him or her. Negotiating with a Bully will give you the answers you need to become a more effective negotiator when you are confronted by a bully. You will learn how to quickly and easily: Recognize the tactics of a bully—before you yield ground in a negotiation; Employ an arsenal of negotiation strategies, including some you may have never considered using before; Plan a negotiation with a bully so that you feel prepared to tackle the situation; Interpret the body language of the bully—and his or her target—to better assess his or her intentions.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346215Tue, 07 Aug 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346215 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating with a Bully: Take Charge and Turn the Tables on People Trying to Push You Around Author: Greg Williams Narrator: Mirron Willis Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346215 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating with a Bully: Take Charge and Turn the Tables on People Trying to Push You Around Author: Greg Williams Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: August 7, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Everyone has felt bullied at some point in their lives, whether by a family member, childhood acquaintance, colleague, boss, or client. You know you have been bullied when you feel pressured, demeaned, and angered. You walked away from a negotiation feeling like you lost ground. You gave into demands and agreed to something that was not in your best interests. And you resented the way you felt. Negotiating with a Bully will teach you how to skillfully deal with bullies in different forms and environments. You'll explore the mindset of a bully and understand the motivations and behavior so that you can gain an advantage over him or her. Negotiating with a Bully will give you the answers you need to become a more effective negotiator when you are confronted by a bully. You will learn how to quickly and easily: Recognize the tactics of a bully—before you yield ground in a negotiation; Employ an arsenal of negotiation strategies, including some you may have never considered using before; Plan a negotiation with a bully so that you feel prepared to tackle the situation; Interpret the body language of the bully—and his or her target—to better assess his or her intentions.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/151-quick-ideas-to-improve-your-people-skills-by-stephanie-mcfarland-robert-e-dittmer--65131056https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 151 Quick Ideas to Improve Your People Skills Author: Stephanie Mcfarland, Robert E. Dittmer Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Do you work with other people? Fellow employees; your boss; customers; vendors; colleagues? Of course, we all work in organizations comprised of people. People with whom we must have strong, positive relationships in order to ensure our own success as well as the organization's. Do we get any training or education on this key skill at our companies? Rarely. 151 Quick Ideas to Improve Your People Skills is constructed to help everyone do a better, more effective job of working with others. These ideas are culled from the study of human behavior, relationships, and communication. Everything here will help you be more effective, efficient and in control of your relationships with people. In this book you will: ● Learn the difference between social intelligence and technical knowledge ● Create friends, allies, and supporters ● Learn how to analyze tough personal situations and solve them ● Understand when and how to negotiate]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343885Tue, 24 Jul 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 151 Quick Ideas to Improve Your People Skills Author: Stephanie Mcfarland, Robert E. Dittmer Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 151 Quick Ideas to Improve Your People Skills Author: Stephanie Mcfarland, Robert E. Dittmer Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: July 24, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Do you work with other people? Fellow employees; your boss; customers; vendors; colleagues? Of course, we all work in organizations comprised of people. People with whom we must have strong, positive relationships in order to ensure our own success as well as the organization's. Do we get any training or education on this key skill at our companies? Rarely. 151 Quick Ideas to Improve Your People Skills is constructed to help everyone do a better, more effective job of working with others. These ideas are culled from the study of human behavior, relationships, and communication. Everything here will help you be more effective, efficient and in control of your relationships with people. In this book you will: ● Learn the difference between social intelligence and technical knowledge ● Create friends, allies, and supporters ● Learn how to analyze tough personal situations and solve them ● Understand when and how to negotiate]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/powered-by-storytelling-excavate-craft-and-present-stories-to-transform-business-communication-by-murray-nossel-phd--65130967https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powered by Storytelling: Excavate, Craft, and Present Stories to Transform Business Communication Author: Murray Nossel, Phd Narrator: Murray Nossel, Phd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: HARNESS THE UNIVERSAL POWER OF STORYTELLING TO IMPROVE ALL OF YOUR BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS. What’s your story? It’s a question human beings have been asking each other since we first gathered around a campfire. Millennia later, this human need for storytelling hasn’t changed. We communicate most effectively through our personal stories―and our professional success depends on it. This groundbreaking guide shows you how to tap into the timeless power of storytelling to transform your business. Here, executive coach, motivational speaker, and psychologist Murray Nossel, PhD, distills decades of experience into a simple method that will enable you to: - Find the right story for a particular audience and purpose. - Leverage your own experiences, memories, history, and heritage. - Create, develop, and craft a universal story that resonates. - Connect with business associates on a more personal, relatable level. - Share your corporate vision and goals―and get others on board. - Resolve workplace conflicts and find workable solutions. - Boost creativity, spread ideas, and spark true innovation. - Improve teamwork and collaboration through listening and learning. - Integrate storytelling into all your communications for ongoing success. You’ll learn the proven three-step method Murray’s firm, Narativ, uses with its clients, ranging from Fortune 500 companies to nonprofits. First, you excavate your personal memories and experiences to generate story ideas that suit your particular needs. Second, you craft and shape these elements into a classic story structure that really connects with audiences. Third, you present your story to your business audience using simple performance techniques that anyone can master. A fundamental element of this method is a focus on listening: the ability to hear yourself, as well as the feedback provided by a given audience―because it is your audience’s listening that shapes your telling. Everyone needs to communicate well to succeed in business. And everyone has a story to tell. Powered by Storytelling shows you how to tell your story, connect with your audience, and achieve results.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339939Tue, 24 Jul 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powered by Storytelling: Excavate, Craft, and Present Stories to Transform Business Communication Author: Murray Nossel, Phd Narrator: Murray Nossel,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Powered by Storytelling: Excavate, Craft, and Present Stories to Transform Business Communication Author: Murray Nossel, Phd Narrator: Murray Nossel, Phd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: HARNESS THE UNIVERSAL POWER OF STORYTELLING TO IMPROVE ALL OF YOUR BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS. What’s your story? It’s a question human beings have been asking each other since we first gathered around a campfire. Millennia later, this human need for storytelling hasn’t changed. We communicate most effectively through our personal stories―and our professional success depends on it. This groundbreaking guide shows you how to tap into the timeless power of storytelling to transform your business. Here, executive coach, motivational speaker, and psychologist Murray Nossel, PhD, distills decades of experience into a simple method that will enable you to: - Find the right story for a particular audience and purpose. - Leverage your own experiences, memories, history, and heritage. - Create, develop, and craft a universal story that resonates. - Connect with business associates on a more personal, relatable level. - Share your corporate vision and goals―and get others on board. - Resolve workplace conflicts and find workable solutions. - Boost creativity, spread ideas, and spark true innovation. - Improve teamwork and collaboration through listening and learning. - Integrate storytelling into all your communications for ongoing success. You’ll learn the proven three-step method Murray’s firm, Narativ, uses with its clients, ranging from Fortune 500 companies to nonprofits. First, you excavate your personal memories and experiences to generate story ideas that suit your particular needs. Second, you craft and shape these elements into a classic story structure that really connects with audiences. Third, you present your story to your business audience using simple performance techniques that anyone can master. A fundamental element of this method is a focus on listening: the ability to hear yourself, as well as the feedback provided by a given audience―because it is your audience’s listening that shapes your telling. Everyone needs to communicate well to succeed in business. And everyone has a story to tell. Powered by Storytelling shows you how to tell your story, connect with your audience, and achieve results.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/networking-express-by-knowit-express-laura-stafford--65130974https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346453 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Networking Express Author: Knowit Express, Laura Stafford Narrator: Knowit Express Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 20, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Know How to Network with People for Business, Career, and Success The art of networking needs no introduction - you already know just how important it is and if you don't, you will eventually experience first-hand as to why it's so vital - but the inner-working of networking does need introduction because not a lot of people know how to do it, for essentially that's what networking is...introducing yourself and meeting people who could potentially help you. To get what you want and be successful in this day and age, you need to connect with others, and to do that...you must network! If the thought of networking makes you queasy, perhaps you just never quite got along with people, didn't fit in back in school or only cared about being around those at the top of the popularity pole. For the sake of networking, you must put all these aside. Networking requires you to take a mature acceptance of other people. In the real world, you must try to get along with everybody. They could be your new friend who introduces you to the right people to jump-start your career, your new boss who offers you a better job opportunity, your new investor who bankrolls your business startup, etc. You will never know who that one person might be to give you that lucky break, if you're unable to approach them with open arms to begin with. The issue then becomes how to network effectively. It's no longer a one person's road to success. We're all interconnected striving for the same purpose of improving our lives. Let others help you get there and you help them as well by networking.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346453Fri, 20 Jul 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346453 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Networking Express Author: Knowit Express, Laura Stafford Narrator: Knowit Express Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346453 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Networking Express Author: Knowit Express, Laura Stafford Narrator: Knowit Express Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 20, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Know How to Network with People for Business, Career, and Success The art of networking needs no introduction - you already know just how important it is and if you don't, you will eventually experience first-hand as to why it's so vital - but the inner-working of networking does need introduction because not a lot of people know how to do it, for essentially that's what networking is...introducing yourself and meeting people who could potentially help you. To get what you want and be successful in this day and age, you need to connect with others, and to do that...you must network! If the thought of networking makes you queasy, perhaps you just never quite got along with people, didn't fit in back in school or only cared about being around those at the top of the popularity pole. For the sake of networking, you must put all these aside. Networking requires you to take a mature acceptance of other people. In the real world, you must try to get along with everybody. They could be your new friend who introduces you to the right people to jump-start your career, your new boss who offers you a better job opportunity, your new investor who bankrolls your business startup, etc. You will never know who that one person might be to give you that lucky break, if you're unable to approach them with open arms to begin with. The issue then becomes how to network effectively. It's no longer a one person's road to success. We're all interconnected striving for the same purpose of improving our lives. Let others help you get there and you help them as well by networking.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/first-impression-express-by-knowit-express-alice-young--65130968https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345820 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Impression Express Author: Knowit Express, Alice Young Narrator: Knowit Express Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 19, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Know How to Charm and Connect with People Upon Meeting Them, and Create a Lasting Impression Do you get butterflies in your stomach whenever you enter a room full of people? Do you become nervous with the thought of having to engage with a fellow stranger? Do you sweat like a pig at any attempt of connecting with others? Don't worry, you're not alone! This is all too common. It's normal that we all want to make a good first impression upon other people. Why? Because the first impression is the last impression you'll get in determining whether you make a new friend, attract a business partner, land a prospective client, etc. But why are we so afraid of this all-dreaded first impression, and with getting it right? It's because of the fear of failure in messing it up. Nobody likes to be humiliated and feel embarrassed in the presence of others with the risk of being rejected, being as painful as inflicted physical pain. Don't blame yourself for this; it's not your fault you feel these kinds of emotions. We are biologically fearful of being ostracized from a group because of the lesser chance of survival back in ancestral days being the one-man tribe. That's why we need to connect with others but at the same time are fearful to do so. Good news is, if you aren't the most attractive person or know how to make a good impression right now, you can easily learn to charm the living daylight out of anybody and get people to like you upon meeting them to make a positive lasting impression that will linger within their minds long after the interaction is over using common cues and simple strategies. With any first impression, you only get one shot at it! So don't mess it up. Make it count the first time around.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345820Thu, 19 Jul 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345820 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Impression Express Author: Knowit Express, Alice Young Narrator: Knowit Express Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345820 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Impression Express Author: Knowit Express, Alice Young Narrator: Knowit Express Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 19, 2018 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Know How to Charm and Connect with People Upon Meeting Them, and Create a Lasting Impression Do you get butterflies in your stomach whenever you enter a room full of people? Do you become nervous with the thought of having to engage with a fellow stranger? Do you sweat like a pig at any attempt of connecting with others? Don't worry, you're not alone! This is all too common. It's normal that we all want to make a good first impression upon other people. Why? Because the first impression is the last impression you'll get in determining whether you make a new friend, attract a business partner, land a prospective client, etc. But why are we so afraid of this all-dreaded first impression, and with getting it right? It's because of the fear of failure in messing it up. Nobody likes to be humiliated and feel embarrassed in the presence of others with the risk of being rejected, being as painful as inflicted physical pain. Don't blame yourself for this; it's not your fault you feel these kinds of emotions. We are biologically fearful of being ostracized from a group because of the lesser chance of survival back in ancestral days being the one-man tribe. That's why we need to connect with others but at the same time are fearful to do so. Good news is, if you aren't the most attractive person or know how to make a good impression right now, you can easily learn to charm the living daylight out of anybody and get people to like you upon meeting them to make a positive lasting impression that will linger within their minds long after the interaction is over using common cues and simple strategies. With any first impression, you only get one shot at it! So don't mess it up. Make it count the first time around.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/decoding-the-workplace-50-keys-to-understanding-people-in-organizations-by-john-ballard-phd--65131044https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decoding the Workplace: 50 Keys to Understanding People in Organizations Author: John Ballard PhD Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: This highly readable career development book reveals dynamic aspects of the workplace that are hidden to many, ignored by others—factors that can make or break careers. ● Provides easy-to-read information that allows readers to better understand the workplace around them, the behavior of others, and even themselves ● Offers proven advice that can help readers be more effective, regardless of what stage they are in their careers ● Discusses fifty keys for unlocking the workplace and illustrates key concepts through dozens of stories and practical examples ● Presents insights grounded in what management scholars know about human behavior, management, and the workplace]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336951Tue, 19 Jun 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decoding the Workplace: 50 Keys to Understanding People in Organizations Author: John Ballard PhD Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/336951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Decoding the Workplace: 50 Keys to Understanding People in Organizations Author: John Ballard PhD Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 19, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: This highly readable career development book reveals dynamic aspects of the workplace that are hidden to many, ignored by others—factors that can make or break careers. ● Provides easy-to-read information that allows readers to better understand the workplace around them, the behavior of others, and even themselves ● Offers proven advice that can help readers be more effective, regardless of what stage they are in their careers ● Discusses fifty keys for unlocking the workplace and illustrates key concepts through dozens of stories and practical examples ● Presents insights grounded in what management scholars know about human behavior, management, and the workplace]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/quantum-negotiation-the-art-of-getting-what-you-need-by-karen-s-walch-joerg-schmitz-stephan-m-mardyks--65131066https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333961 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quantum Negotiation: The Art of Getting What You Need Author: Karen S. Walch, Joerg Schmitz, Stephan M. Mardyks Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Quantum Negotiation is a handbook for getting what you need using a mindset and behaviors based on a refreshingly expansive perspective on negotiation. Rather that viewing every negotiation as an antagonistic and combative relationship, this book shows you how to move beyond the traditional pseudo win-win to construct a deal in which all parties get what they need. By exploring who we are as negotiators in the context of social conditioning, this model examines the cognitive, psychological, social, physical, and spiritual aspects of negotiation to help you produce more sustainable, prosperous, and satisfying agreements. We often think of negotiation as taking place in a boardroom, a car dealership, or any other contract-centered situation; in reality, we are negotiating every time we ask for something we need or want. Building more robust negotiation behaviors that resonate beyond the boardroom requires a deep engagement with others and a clear mindset of interdependence. This book helps you shift your perspective and build these important skills through a journey of discovery, reflection, and action.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333961Tue, 22 May 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333961 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quantum Negotiation: The Art of Getting What You Need Author: Karen S. Walch, Joerg Schmitz, Stephan M. Mardyks Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333961 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quantum Negotiation: The Art of Getting What You Need Author: Karen S. Walch, Joerg Schmitz, Stephan M. Mardyks Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Quantum Negotiation is a handbook for getting what you need using a mindset and behaviors based on a refreshingly expansive perspective on negotiation. Rather that viewing every negotiation as an antagonistic and combative relationship, this book shows you how to move beyond the traditional pseudo win-win to construct a deal in which all parties get what they need. By exploring who we are as negotiators in the context of social conditioning, this model examines the cognitive, psychological, social, physical, and spiritual aspects of negotiation to help you produce more sustainable, prosperous, and satisfying agreements. We often think of negotiation as taking place in a boardroom, a car dealership, or any other contract-centered situation; in reality, we are negotiating every time we ask for something we need or want. Building more robust negotiation behaviors that resonate beyond the boardroom requires a deep engagement with others and a clear mindset of interdependence. This book helps you shift your perspective and build these important skills through a journey of discovery, reflection, and action.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/kissinger-the-negotiator-lessons-from-dealmaking-at-the-highest-level-by-james-k-sebenius-r-nicholas-burns-robert-h-mnookin--65130995https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kissinger the Negotiator: Lessons from Dealmaking at the Highest Level Author: James K. Sebenius, R. Nicholas Burns, Robert H. Mnookin Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Foreword by Henry Kissinger In this groundbreaking, definitive guide to the art of negotiation, three Harvard professors offer a comprehensive examination of one of the most successful dealmakers of all time, Henry Kissinger, and some of his most impressive achievements, including the Paris Peace Accords for which he won the 1973 Nobel Peace Prize. Political leaders, diplomats, and business executives around the world—including every President from John F. Kennedy to Donald J. Trump—have sought the counsel of Henry Kissinger, a brilliant diplomat and political scientist whose unprecedented achievements as a negotiator have been universally acknowledged. Now, Kissinger the Negotiator provides a groundbreaking analysis of Kissinger’s overall approach to making deals and his skill in resolving conflicts—expertise that holds powerful and enduring lessons. Based on in-depth interviews with Kissinger himself about some of his most difficult negotiations and an extensive study of his writings, James K. Sebenius of Harvard Business School, R. Nicholas Burns of the Kennedy School of Government, and Robert H. Mnookin of Harvard Law School crystallize the key elements of the former Secretary of State’s approach. Taut and instructive, Kissinger the Negotiator mines the long and fruitful career of this elder statesman and shows how his strategies not only apply to contemporary diplomatic challenges but also to other realms of negotiation, including business, public policy, and law. Essential reading for current and future leaders, Kissinger the Negotiator is an invaluable guide to reaching agreements.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329743Tue, 08 May 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kissinger the Negotiator: Lessons from Dealmaking at the Highest Level Author: James K. Sebenius, R. Nicholas Burns, Robert H. Mnookin Narrator: Fred...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329743 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kissinger the Negotiator: Lessons from Dealmaking at the Highest Level Author: James K. Sebenius, R. Nicholas Burns, Robert H. Mnookin Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Foreword by Henry Kissinger In this groundbreaking, definitive guide to the art of negotiation, three Harvard professors offer a comprehensive examination of one of the most successful dealmakers of all time, Henry Kissinger, and some of his most impressive achievements, including the Paris Peace Accords for which he won the 1973 Nobel Peace Prize. Political leaders, diplomats, and business executives around the world—including every President from John F. Kennedy to Donald J. Trump—have sought the counsel of Henry Kissinger, a brilliant diplomat and political scientist whose unprecedented achievements as a negotiator have been universally acknowledged. Now, Kissinger the Negotiator provides a groundbreaking analysis of Kissinger’s overall approach to making deals and his skill in resolving conflicts—expertise that holds powerful and enduring lessons. Based on in-depth interviews with Kissinger himself about some of his most difficult negotiations and an extensive study of his writings, James K. Sebenius of Harvard Business School, R. Nicholas Burns of the Kennedy School of Government, and Robert H. Mnookin of Harvard Law School crystallize the key elements of the former Secretary of State’s approach. Taut and instructive, Kissinger the Negotiator mines the long and fruitful career of this elder statesman and shows how his strategies not only apply to contemporary diplomatic challenges but also to other realms of negotiation, including business, public policy, and law. Essential reading for current and future leaders, Kissinger the Negotiator is an invaluable guide to reaching agreements.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-go-giver-influencer-a-little-story-about-a-most-persuasive-idea-go-giver-book-3-by-john-david-mann-bob-burg--65131021https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Go-Giver Influencer: A Little Story About a Most Persuasive Idea (Go-Giver, Book 3) Author: John David Mann, Bob Burg Narrator: Ana Gabriel Mann, John David Mann, Bob Burg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling authors of The Go-Giver, Go-Givers Sell More, and The Go-Giver Leader comes another compelling parable about the paradox of getting ahead by placing other people's interests first. The Go-Giver Influencer is a story about two young, ambitious businesspeople: Gillian Waters, the chief buyer for Smith & Banks, a midsized company that operates a national chain of pet accessory stores; and Jackson Hill, the founder of Angels Clothed in Fur, a small but growing manufacturer of all-natural pet foods. Each has something the other wants. To Jackson, Smith & Banks represents the possibility of reaching more animals with his products--if he can negotiate terms and conditions that will protect his company's integrity. To Gillian, Angels Clothed in Fur could give her company a distinctive, uniquely high-quality line that will help them stand out from their competitors--if Angels Clothed in Fur can be persuaded to give them an exclusive. At first, the negotiations are adversarial and frustrating. Then, coincidentally, Gillian and Jackson each encounter a mysterious yet kindly mentor. Over the next week, while neither one realizes the other is doing the same, both Gillian and Jackson learn the heart of both mentors' philosophies: The Five Secrets of Genuine Influence. The story ends in a way that surprises everyone--and with lessons we can all apply in our efforts to resolve conflicts and influence others.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329427Tue, 10 Apr 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Go-Giver Influencer: A Little Story About a Most Persuasive Idea (Go-Giver, Book 3) Author: John David Mann, Bob Burg Narrator: Ana Gabriel Mann,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Go-Giver Influencer: A Little Story About a Most Persuasive Idea (Go-Giver, Book 3) Author: John David Mann, Bob Burg Narrator: Ana Gabriel Mann, John David Mann, Bob Burg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling authors of The Go-Giver, Go-Givers Sell More, and The Go-Giver Leader comes another compelling parable about the paradox of getting ahead by placing other people's interests first. The Go-Giver Influencer is a story about two young, ambitious businesspeople: Gillian Waters, the chief buyer for Smith & Banks, a midsized company that operates a national chain of pet accessory stores; and Jackson Hill, the founder of Angels Clothed in Fur, a small but growing manufacturer of all-natural pet foods. Each has something the other wants. To Jackson, Smith & Banks represents the possibility of reaching more animals with his products--if he can negotiate terms and conditions that will protect his company's integrity. To Gillian, Angels Clothed in Fur could give her company a distinctive, uniquely high-quality line that will help them stand out from their competitors--if Angels Clothed in Fur can be persuaded to give them an exclusive. At first, the negotiations are adversarial and frustrating. Then, coincidentally, Gillian and Jackson each encounter a mysterious yet kindly mentor. Over the next week, while neither one realizes the other is doing the same, both Gillian and Jackson learn the heart of both mentors' philosophies: The Five Secrets of Genuine Influence. The story ends in a way that surprises everyone--and with lessons we can all apply in our efforts to resolve conflicts and influence others.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/putting-stories-to-work-mastering-business-storytelling-by-shawn-callahan--65130992https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333273 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putting Stories to Work - Mastering Business Storytelling Author: Shawn Callahan Narrator: Shawn Callahan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The most successful leaders are storytellers. By mastering business storytelling, they achieve extraordinary business results. As a modern-day leader, you know you should develop this skill, but you don't have the time to do this in an ad-hoc way. What you need is a practical, reliable method to follow, one that will allow your business to reap the benefits of storytelling as soon as possible. In Putting Stories to Work, Shawn Callahan gives you a clear process for mastering business storytelling. He demolishes the thinking that storytelling has no place at work, reminding us that sharing stories is what we all do naturally, every day, and that it's one of the most powerful tools for getting things done. You just need to adapt this natural superpower to boost your business. Shawn's story mastery process of Discover, Remember, Share and Refresh is based on over two decades' work with high-achieving global companies. In Putting Stories to Work, each step is spelled out in detail, backed up by research, and, needless to say, illustrated by plenty of great stories. Learn how to find and share stories to connect with new people. How to explain why change is needed. How to influence opinions and promote success. And much more. Most importantly, learn how to take the latent skill of storytelling and turn it into a potent business habit. Imagine your colleagues telling the story of how you took the most diverse and opinionated group of experts and had them all working towards the same goal. Or the one about how you persuaded the executive team to change their minds and got a great result for the business. Or the one where everyone got inspired and turned things around. Imagine that your people all know exactly what the company strategy is and how they're making a difference to the organisation. As the successful film executive Peter Guber put it: 'Storytelling is not show business. It's good business'.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333273Sat, 31 Mar 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333273 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putting Stories to Work - Mastering Business Storytelling Author: Shawn Callahan Narrator: Shawn Callahan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333273 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putting Stories to Work - Mastering Business Storytelling Author: Shawn Callahan Narrator: Shawn Callahan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The most successful leaders are storytellers. By mastering business storytelling, they achieve extraordinary business results. As a modern-day leader, you know you should develop this skill, but you don't have the time to do this in an ad-hoc way. What you need is a practical, reliable method to follow, one that will allow your business to reap the benefits of storytelling as soon as possible. In Putting Stories to Work, Shawn Callahan gives you a clear process for mastering business storytelling. He demolishes the thinking that storytelling has no place at work, reminding us that sharing stories is what we all do naturally, every day, and that it's one of the most powerful tools for getting things done. You just need to adapt this natural superpower to boost your business. Shawn's story mastery process of Discover, Remember, Share and Refresh is based on over two decades' work with high-achieving global companies. In Putting Stories to Work, each step is spelled out in detail, backed up by research, and, needless to say, illustrated by plenty of great stories. Learn how to find and share stories to connect with new people. How to explain why change is needed. How to influence opinions and promote success. And much more. Most importantly, learn how to take the latent skill of storytelling and turn it into a potent business habit. Imagine your colleagues telling the story of how you took the most diverse and opinionated group of experts and had them all working towards the same goal. Or the one about how you persuaded the executive team to change their minds and got a great result for the business. Or the one where everyone got inspired and turned things around. Imagine that your people all know exactly what the company strategy is and how they're making a difference to the organisation. As the successful film executive Peter Guber put it: 'Storytelling is not show business. It's good business'.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/improve-your-communication-skills-by-alan-barker--65130971https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Your Communication Skills Author: Alan Barker Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Improve Your Communication Skills is your practical guide to effective verbal, non-verbal and written communication in business. Full of proven tips and techniques, it will help you keep the interest of a large audience, impress a potential employer or simply win the argument at an important meeting.Better communication skills can have a direct impact on your career development. This book provides vital guidance on improving your conversations, building rapport with colleagues, learning skills of persuasion, giving effective presentations, writing effective emails, letters and reports, and networking successfully. Now in its 4th edition, essential new content includes communicating across borders and virtual teams, influencing others subtly and managing difficult conversations, as well as helpful checklists and exercises.With the help of Improve Your Communication Skills, you will be able to achieve verbal, vocal and visual success—getting your message across every time.The Creating Success series of books... With over one million copies sold, the hugely popular Creating Success series covers a wide variety of topics and is written by an expert team of internationally best-selling authors and business experts. This indispensable business skills collection is packed with new features, practical content and inspiring guidance for readers across all stages of their careers.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329292Tue, 27 Mar 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Your Communication Skills Author: Alan Barker Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: March...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improve Your Communication Skills Author: Alan Barker Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Improve Your Communication Skills is your practical guide to effective verbal, non-verbal and written communication in business. Full of proven tips and techniques, it will help you keep the interest of a large audience, impress a potential employer or simply win the argument at an important meeting.Better communication skills can have a direct impact on your career development. This book provides vital guidance on improving your conversations, building rapport with colleagues, learning skills of persuasion, giving effective presentations, writing effective emails, letters and reports, and networking successfully. Now in its 4th edition, essential new content includes communicating across borders and virtual teams, influencing others subtly and managing difficult conversations, as well as helpful checklists and exercises.With the help of Improve Your Communication Skills, you will be able to achieve verbal, vocal and visual success—getting your message across every time.The Creating Success series of books... With over one million copies sold, the hugely popular Creating Success series covers a wide variety of topics and is written by an expert team of internationally best-selling authors and business experts. This indispensable business skills collection is packed with new features, practical content and inspiring guidance for readers across all stages of their careers.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/truth-how-the-many-sides-to-every-story-shape-our-reality-by-hector-macdonald--65131006https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328917 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Simon Ludders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Truth by Hector Macdonald, read by Simon Ludders. For fans of Nudge, Black Box Thinking and The Art of Thinking Clearly, a fascinating dive into the many ways in which ‘competing truths’ shape our opinions, behaviours and beliefs. True or false? It’s rarely that simple. There is more than one truth about most things. Eating meat is nutritious but it’s also damaging to the environment. The Internet disseminates knowledge but it also spreads hatred. As communicators, we select the truths that are most useful to our agenda. We can select truths constructively to inspire organisations, encourage children, and drive progressive change. Or we can select truths that give a false impression of reality, misleading people without actually lying. Others can do the same, motivating or deceiving us with the truth. Truths are neutral but can also be highly versatile tools that we can use for good or ill. Hector Macdonald here explores how truth is used and abused in politics, business, the media and everyday life. Combining great storytelling with practical takeaways and a litany of fascinating, funny and insightful case studies, Truth is a sobering and engaging read about how profoundly our mindsets and actions are influenced by the truths that those around us choose to tell.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328917Thu, 08 Mar 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328917 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Simon Ludders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328917 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Truth: How the Many Sides to Every Story Shape Our Reality Author: Hector Macdonald Narrator: Simon Ludders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Truth by Hector Macdonald, read by Simon Ludders. For fans of Nudge, Black Box Thinking and The Art of Thinking Clearly, a fascinating dive into the many ways in which ‘competing truths’ shape our opinions, behaviours and beliefs. True or false? It’s rarely that simple. There is more than one truth about most things. Eating meat is nutritious but it’s also damaging to the environment. The Internet disseminates knowledge but it also spreads hatred. As communicators, we select the truths that are most useful to our agenda. We can select truths constructively to inspire organisations, encourage children, and drive progressive change. Or we can select truths that give a false impression of reality, misleading people without actually lying. Others can do the same, motivating or deceiving us with the truth. Truths are neutral but can also be highly versatile tools that we can use for good or ill. Hector Macdonald here explores how truth is used and abused in politics, business, the media and everyday life. Combining great storytelling with practical takeaways and a litany of fascinating, funny and insightful case studies, Truth is a sobering and engaging read about how profoundly our mindsets and actions are influenced by the truths that those around us choose to tell.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-be-heard-secrets-for-powerful-speaking-and-listening-by-julian-treasure--65131074https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328635 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Heard: Secrets for Powerful Speaking and Listening Author: Julian Treasure Narrator: Julian Treasure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Learn communication skills secrets from one of the most successful TED Talks stars of all time. Transform your communication skills: Have you ever felt like you’re talking, but nobody is listening? Renowned five time TED Talks speaker and author Julian Treasure reveals how to speak so that people listen – and how to listen so that people feel heard. As this leading sound expert demonstrates via interviews with world-class speakers, professional performers and CEOs atop their field, the secret lies in developing simple habits that can transform our communication skills, the quality of our relationships and our impact in the world. Effective speaking, listening, and understanding skills: How to be Heard includes never-before-seen exercises to develop your communication skills that are as effective at home as in the boardroom or conference call. Julian Treasure offers an inspiring vision for a sonorous world of effective speaking, listening and understanding. Communication skills secrets and tips discussed in How to be Heard include : Sound affects us all: how to make it work for you and improve your wellbeing, effectiveness and happiness. Why listening matters. How listening and speaking affect one another. The seven deadly sins of speaking and listening, and how to avoid them; the four cornerstones of powerful speaking and listening. How to listen and why we don’t. Your listening filters, and how to use them. Five simple exercises to achieve conscious listening. Tips from great listeners. Inner listening. Your voice: the instrument we all play, and how to play it beautifully. The power of your vocal toolbox and how to build your speaking power; tricks of great speakers; simple exercises and practices to develop your voice. Saying what you mean: how to plan and structure content so you always hit the bullseye. Clean language. Secrets of rhetoric; great speeches unpacked; exercises and methods to achieve clarity, precision and impact. Five danger words to avoid. Stagecraft: how to deliver a great talk. Practice, preparation, tools and aids, common mistakes and how to avoid them, stage presence - how to act and talk like a top professional speaker and win over any audience. The five most common errors and how to avoid them.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328635Tue, 06 Mar 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328635 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Heard: Secrets for Powerful Speaking and Listening Author: Julian Treasure Narrator: Julian Treasure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328635 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Heard: Secrets for Powerful Speaking and Listening Author: Julian Treasure Narrator: Julian Treasure Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: March 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Learn communication skills secrets from one of the most successful TED Talks stars of all time. Transform your communication skills: Have you ever felt like you’re talking, but nobody is listening? Renowned five time TED Talks speaker and author Julian Treasure reveals how to speak so that people listen – and how to listen so that people feel heard. As this leading sound expert demonstrates via interviews with world-class speakers, professional performers and CEOs atop their field, the secret lies in developing simple habits that can transform our communication skills, the quality of our relationships and our impact in the world. Effective speaking, listening, and understanding skills: How to be Heard includes never-before-seen exercises to develop your communication skills that are as effective at home as in the boardroom or conference call. Julian Treasure offers an inspiring vision for a sonorous world of effective speaking, listening and understanding. Communication skills secrets and tips discussed in How to be Heard include : Sound affects us all: how to make it work for you and improve your wellbeing, effectiveness and happiness. Why listening matters. How listening and speaking affect one another. The seven deadly sins of speaking and listening, and how to avoid them; the four cornerstones of powerful speaking and listening. How to listen and why we don’t. Your listening filters, and how to use them. Five simple exercises to achieve conscious listening. Tips from great listeners. Inner listening. Your voice: the instrument we all play, and how to play it beautifully. The power of your vocal toolbox and how to build your speaking power; tricks of great speakers; simple exercises and practices to develop your voice. Saying what you mean: how to plan and structure content so you always hit the bullseye. Clean language. Secrets of rhetoric; great speeches unpacked; exercises and methods to achieve clarity, precision and impact. Five danger words to avoid. Stagecraft: how to deliver a great talk. Practice, preparation, tools and aids, common mistakes and how to avoid them, stage presence - how to act and talk like a top professional speaker and win over any audience. The five most common errors and how to avoid them.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/thank-you-for-arguing-third-edition-what-aristotle-lincoln-and-homer-simpson-can-teach-us-about-the-art-of-persuasion-by-jay-heinrichs--65131023https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311553 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thank You for Arguing, Third Edition: What Aristotle, Lincoln, and Homer Simpson Can Teach Us About the Art of Persuasion Author: Jay Heinrichs Narrator: Jay Heinrichs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A master class in the art of persuasion, as taught by professors ranging from Bart Simpson to Winston Churchill, newly revised and updated. The time-tested secrets taught in this book include Cicero's three-step strategy for moving an audience to action, and Honest Abe's Shameless Trick for lowering an audience's expectations. And it's also replete with contemporary techniques such as politicians' use of code language to appeal to specfic groups and an eye-opening assortment of persuasive tricks, including the Eddie Haskell Ploy, the Belushi Paradigm, Stalin's Timing Secret, and the Yoda Technique.    Whether you're an inveterate lover of language books or just want to win a lot more anger-free arguments on the page, at the podium, or over a beer, Thank You for Arguing is for you. Warm, witty, erudite, and truly enlightening, it not only teaches you how to recognize a paralipsis when you hear it, but also how to wield the weapons of persuasion the next time you really, really, want to get your own way.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311553Tue, 02 Jan 2018 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311553 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thank You for Arguing, Third Edition: What Aristotle, Lincoln, and Homer Simpson Can Teach Us About the Art of Persuasion Author: Jay Heinrichs...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311553 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thank You for Arguing, Third Edition: What Aristotle, Lincoln, and Homer Simpson Can Teach Us About the Art of Persuasion Author: Jay Heinrichs Narrator: Jay Heinrichs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A master class in the art of persuasion, as taught by professors ranging from Bart Simpson to Winston Churchill, newly revised and updated. The time-tested secrets taught in this book include Cicero's three-step strategy for moving an audience to action, and Honest Abe's Shameless Trick for lowering an audience's expectations. And it's also replete with contemporary techniques such as politicians' use of code language to appeal to specfic groups and an eye-opening assortment of persuasive tricks, including the Eddie Haskell Ploy, the Belushi Paradigm, Stalin's Timing Secret, and the Yoda Technique.    Whether you're an inveterate lover of language books or just want to win a lot more anger-free arguments on the page, at the podium, or over a beer, Thank You for Arguing is for you. Warm, witty, erudite, and truly enlightening, it not only teaches you how to recognize a paralipsis when you hear it, but also how to wield the weapons of persuasion the next time you really, really, want to get your own way.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-story-how-to-tell-your-story-so-the-world-listens-by-bobette-buster--65130973https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311581 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Story: How to tell your story so the world listens Author: Bobette Buster Narrator: Bobette Buster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Today's world wants to know you and the real story behind why you do what you do. Whether you have a product to sell, a company mission to share or an audience to entertain, people are far more likely to engage and connect if you deliver a well-crafted story with an emotional core. Bobette Buster is a story consultant, lecturer and screenwriter who works with the major studios and in top film programs all over the world. In this, her first book, she shares the tools and principles used by some of the world's best storytellers and helps you apply them to your own. Find out: How to source, structure and shape your story Ways to discover the essence of your story Why forming an emotional connection with your audience can take a story from good to great So, what's your story? 'Bobette is a truly fantastic teacher, a mainstay in the USC Peter Stark Program where she has made such a tremendous impact on students. No one understands story better than her.' Larry Turman, Director, USC Peter Stark Program and Producer of The Graduate ©2013 Bobette Buster (P)2017 Do Books Audio]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311581Thu, 30 Nov 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311581 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Story: How to tell your story so the world listens Author: Bobette Buster Narrator: Bobette Buster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311581 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Story: How to tell your story so the world listens Author: Bobette Buster Narrator: Bobette Buster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 30, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Today's world wants to know you and the real story behind why you do what you do. Whether you have a product to sell, a company mission to share or an audience to entertain, people are far more likely to engage and connect if you deliver a well-crafted story with an emotional core. Bobette Buster is a story consultant, lecturer and screenwriter who works with the major studios and in top film programs all over the world. In this, her first book, she shares the tools and principles used by some of the world's best storytellers and helps you apply them to your own. Find out: How to source, structure and shape your story Ways to discover the essence of your story Why forming an emotional connection with your audience can take a story from good to great So, what's your story? 'Bobette is a truly fantastic teacher, a mainstay in the USC Peter Stark Program where she has made such a tremendous impact on students. No one understands story better than her.' Larry Turman, Director, USC Peter Stark Program and Producer of The Graduate ©2013 Bobette Buster (P)2017 Do Books Audio]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/develop-your-presentation-skills-by-theo-theobald--65131009https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312327 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Develop Your Presentation Skills Author: Theo Theobald Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Develop Your Presentation Skills offers step-by-step realistic advice to improve your confidence, prepare effectively and nail that presentation.Going beyond just handling nerves and presenting PowerPoint slides, Develop Your Presentation Skills provides you with a practical toolkit for developing a belting presentation and improving your confidence along the way. It includes practical help with unpicking the original brief, understanding just what the audience wants, facing your performance demons and constructing compelling content that will keep your audience rapt with attention.Complete with anecdotes and expert input to help you avoid disaster, this new edition also includes two brand new chapters, which help you to deliver a presentation “stripped bare” and to use new media to engage with your audience. Develop Your Presentation Skills will help you find your voice and use it with style; to inform, to persuade, to impress. The creating success series of books... With over one million copies sold, the hugely popular Creating Success series covers a wide variety of topics and is written by an expert team of internationally best-selling authors and business experts. This indispensable business skills collection is packed with new features, practical content and inspiring guidance for readers across all stages of their careers.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312327Tue, 28 Nov 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312327 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Develop Your Presentation Skills Author: Theo Theobald Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/312327 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Develop Your Presentation Skills Author: Theo Theobald Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 28, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Develop Your Presentation Skills offers step-by-step realistic advice to improve your confidence, prepare effectively and nail that presentation.Going beyond just handling nerves and presenting PowerPoint slides, Develop Your Presentation Skills provides you with a practical toolkit for developing a belting presentation and improving your confidence along the way. It includes practical help with unpicking the original brief, understanding just what the audience wants, facing your performance demons and constructing compelling content that will keep your audience rapt with attention.Complete with anecdotes and expert input to help you avoid disaster, this new edition also includes two brand new chapters, which help you to deliver a presentation “stripped bare” and to use new media to engage with your audience. Develop Your Presentation Skills will help you find your voice and use it with style; to inform, to persuade, to impress. The creating success series of books... With over one million copies sold, the hugely popular Creating Success series covers a wide variety of topics and is written by an expert team of internationally best-selling authors and business experts. This indispensable business skills collection is packed with new features, practical content and inspiring guidance for readers across all stages of their careers.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-achieve-success-with-body-language-by-james-david-rockefeller--65131000https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313799 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Achieve Success With Body Language Author: James David Rockefeller Narrator: Weston Gritt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 21, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Almost all of us look for nonverbal cues about what the other person is thinking or is about to say or how they are feeling. We often estimate correctly whether the person in front of us is lying or telling the truth. In fact, we often use the other person's gestures and body language to ascertain whether he or she can be trusted or not. This is what body language is all about. Simply put, body language is just the language of the body. People often think that they show emotions only through their face or through their facial expressions. But that is not the truth. While facial expressions do play a huge role, actually our entire body participates in showing or hiding our mental and emotional state. If there is something you would like to hide, you would not just need to control what you say or do, but you would also deal with the body's own unconscious cues. If you want to make a good first impression and you are nervous, your body could actually let you down. This guide is aimed at helping you understand what body language is and how you can use it to your own advantage. It will teach you that you can learn to read the non-verbal unconscious cues of others and be able to know more about them than what they reveal. You will also learn how you can control your own non-verbal cues to reveal exactly what you want and nothing more than that. Let's just begin learning this new language.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313799Tue, 21 Nov 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313799 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Achieve Success With Body Language Author: James David Rockefeller Narrator: Weston Gritt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313799 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Achieve Success With Body Language Author: James David Rockefeller Narrator: Weston Gritt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: November 21, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Almost all of us look for nonverbal cues about what the other person is thinking or is about to say or how they are feeling. We often estimate correctly whether the person in front of us is lying or telling the truth. In fact, we often use the other person's gestures and body language to ascertain whether he or she can be trusted or not. This is what body language is all about. Simply put, body language is just the language of the body. People often think that they show emotions only through their face or through their facial expressions. But that is not the truth. While facial expressions do play a huge role, actually our entire body participates in showing or hiding our mental and emotional state. If there is something you would like to hide, you would not just need to control what you say or do, but you would also deal with the body's own unconscious cues. If you want to make a good first impression and you are nervous, your body could actually let you down. This guide is aimed at helping you understand what body language is and how you can use it to your own advantage. It will teach you that you can learn to read the non-verbal unconscious cues of others and be able to know more about them than what they reveal. You will also learn how you can control your own non-verbal cues to reveal exactly what you want and nothing more than that. Let's just begin learning this new language.]]>65cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/life-s-a-pitch-how-to-sell-yourself-and-your-brilliant-ideas-by-stephen-bayley-roger-mavity--65131015https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life's a Pitch: How to Sell Yourself and Your Brilliant Ideas Author: Stephen Bayley, Roger Mavity Narrator: Roy Mcmillan, Roger Mavity, Stephen Bayley, Emily Bevan, Wayne Forester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Life's a Pitch by Stephen Bayley and Roger Mavity, read by the authors with Roy McMillan, Wayne Forester and Emily Bevan. The pitch is the absolute essence of modern business. Ideas are the most valuable commodity in the modern economy and it is human skill which develops them. However the skills of the pitch are not only relevant to the world of business, rather they apply to just about every significant personal transaction in your life... So whether at a sales conference in corporate conference room hell or over lunch at a glamorous restaurant, Life's a Pitch tells you how to handle human transactions. A pitch is not a meeting, it's a drama. A pitch is not about transferring information, it's about transferring power. It is business, but it is also theatre. Part inspirational manual for business, part guidebook to a successful and happy social life, Life's a Pitch is written as the result of an accumulated half century of (mostly successful) pitching by the authors. Ground-breaking and genre-busting, it will transform the way you think about the art of persuasion for ever.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306587Thu, 26 Oct 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life's a Pitch: How to Sell Yourself and Your Brilliant Ideas Author: Stephen Bayley, Roger Mavity Narrator: Roy Mcmillan, Roger Mavity, Stephen...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life's a Pitch: How to Sell Yourself and Your Brilliant Ideas Author: Stephen Bayley, Roger Mavity Narrator: Roy Mcmillan, Roger Mavity, Stephen Bayley, Emily Bevan, Wayne Forester Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 26, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Life's a Pitch by Stephen Bayley and Roger Mavity, read by the authors with Roy McMillan, Wayne Forester and Emily Bevan. The pitch is the absolute essence of modern business. Ideas are the most valuable commodity in the modern economy and it is human skill which develops them. However the skills of the pitch are not only relevant to the world of business, rather they apply to just about every significant personal transaction in your life... So whether at a sales conference in corporate conference room hell or over lunch at a glamorous restaurant, Life's a Pitch tells you how to handle human transactions. A pitch is not a meeting, it's a drama. A pitch is not about transferring information, it's about transferring power. It is business, but it is also theatre. Part inspirational manual for business, part guidebook to a successful and happy social life, Life's a Pitch is written as the result of an accumulated half century of (mostly successful) pitching by the authors. Ground-breaking and genre-busting, it will transform the way you think about the art of persuasion for ever.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-to-the-point-sharpen-your-message-and-make-your-words-matter-by-joel-schwartzberg--65131043https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get to the Point!: Sharpen Your Message and Make Your Words Matter Author: Joel Schwartzberg Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: October 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In this indispensable guide for anyone who must communicate in speech or writing, Schwartzberg shows that most of us fail to convince because we don't have a point-a concrete contention that we can argue, defend, illustrate, and prove. He lays out, step-by-step, how to develop one. In Joel's Schwartzberg's ten-plus years as a strategic communications trainer, the biggest obstacle he's come across-one that connects directly to nervousness, stammering, rambling, and epic fail-is that most speakers and writers don't have a point. They typically have just a title, a theme, a topic, an idea, an assertion, a catchphrase, or even something much less. A point is something more. It's a contention you can propose, argue, defend, illustrate, and prove. A point offers a position of potential value. 'Global warming is real' is not a point. 'Scientific evidence shows that global warming is a real, human-generated problem that will have a devastating environmental and financial impact' is a point. When we have a point, our influence snaps into place. We communicate belief, conviction, and urgency. This book shows you how to identify your point, leverage it, stick to it, and sell it and how to train others to identify and successfully make their own points.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303390Mon, 16 Oct 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get to the Point!: Sharpen Your Message and Make Your Words Matter Author: Joel Schwartzberg Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get to the Point!: Sharpen Your Message and Make Your Words Matter Author: Joel Schwartzberg Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 53 minutes Release date: October 16, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In this indispensable guide for anyone who must communicate in speech or writing, Schwartzberg shows that most of us fail to convince because we don't have a point-a concrete contention that we can argue, defend, illustrate, and prove. He lays out, step-by-step, how to develop one. In Joel's Schwartzberg's ten-plus years as a strategic communications trainer, the biggest obstacle he's come across-one that connects directly to nervousness, stammering, rambling, and epic fail-is that most speakers and writers don't have a point. They typically have just a title, a theme, a topic, an idea, an assertion, a catchphrase, or even something much less. A point is something more. It's a contention you can propose, argue, defend, illustrate, and prove. A point offers a position of potential value. 'Global warming is real' is not a point. 'Scientific evidence shows that global warming is a real, human-generated problem that will have a devastating environmental and financial impact' is a point. When we have a point, our influence snaps into place. We communicate belief, conviction, and urgency. This book shows you how to identify your point, leverage it, stick to it, and sell it and how to train others to identify and successfully make their own points.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-make-small-talk-conversation-starters-exercises-and-scenarios-by-melissa-wadsworth--65131034https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306175 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make Small Talk: Conversation Starters, Exercises, and Scenarios Author: Melissa Wadsworth Narrator: Robin Eller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Learn how to improve your basic conversation skills and engage in pleasant small talk for more positive face-to-face interactions in this simple, visually engaging guide. With today’s focus on technology and digital communication, face-to-face small talk is becoming increasingly difficult. How do you start a conversation with a stranger? What do you need to do to make a great first impression? What should you do when the conversation starts to drift off? In How to Make Small Talk, you’ll learn the art of small talk for all types of situations. With simple advice, engaging visuals, and brief exercises, this book makes it easy to improve your casual chitchat skills. From professional networking to first dates to casual run-ins with a neighbor, you’ll always be able to strike up a great conversation and leave a positive, lasting impression.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306175Tue, 10 Oct 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306175 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make Small Talk: Conversation Starters, Exercises, and Scenarios Author: Melissa Wadsworth Narrator: Robin Eller Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306175 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Make Small Talk: Conversation Starters, Exercises, and Scenarios Author: Melissa Wadsworth Narrator: Robin Eller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Learn how to improve your basic conversation skills and engage in pleasant small talk for more positive face-to-face interactions in this simple, visually engaging guide. With today’s focus on technology and digital communication, face-to-face small talk is becoming increasingly difficult. How do you start a conversation with a stranger? What do you need to do to make a great first impression? What should you do when the conversation starts to drift off? In How to Make Small Talk, you’ll learn the art of small talk for all types of situations. With simple advice, engaging visuals, and brief exercises, this book makes it easy to improve your casual chitchat skills. From professional networking to first dates to casual run-ins with a neighbor, you’ll always be able to strike up a great conversation and leave a positive, lasting impression.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dealing-with-angry-people-by-sarah-connor--65131020https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dealing with Angry People Author: Sarah Connor Narrator: Sarah Connor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: October 7, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: This audiobook will equip you with proven techniques to successfully communicate with angry people and protect yourself from violence Have you ever been angry? I'm sure you have. How did it feel? What caused it? Did you lash out physically at furniture or people or just fume quietly? Have you ever experienced an angry customer, or patient, or family member and been at a loss as to how to calm things down? Upon reflection have you maybe sometimes escalated the anger in the other person by arguing or speaking over or interrupting their angry rant? Have you ever seen someone reach a point where they do kick furniture about or even raise a hand to strike you? This audiobook is designed to give you an understanding of what anger is and when encountered in someone else what to do and what not to do to calm things down and reach a more rational way forward. Psychologists recognise three types of anger: 1. There is hasty and sudden anger often connected to the impulse for self-preservation. It is shared by human and other animals, and it occurs when the animal, the person, is tormented or trapped. 2. Then there is the more common settled and deliberate anger possibly a reaction to perceived deliberate harm or unfair treatment by others. 3. And finally, dispositional anger often related more to character traits than to instincts or cognitions. Irritability, sullenness and churlishness are examples of this In this audiobook we will be focusing mostly on type 2 where the anger is settled and deliberate, possibly a reaction to perceived deliberate harm or unfair treatment. Of course you may encounter all three types. Some examples of the type 2 kind of anger might include a customer, who is complaining about the standard of the product they have purchased, or the householder who is angry at the engineer who is trying to get their electricity supply back on, or their heating repaired on a cold winter's day. Whether they are right or wrong, their perception is that you or your organisation is to blame and they will vent their anger and hopefully not their violence, on you. You might work in a shop, or a bank, or you might be a social worker visiting your clients at their homes? You might be a nurse or Doctor dealing with unruly patients in Emergency on a Saturday night, or a police officer for whom the angry person is a frequent occurrence. Whatever your role in life you are going to encounter an angry person at some point. Be prepared. The H.E.A.R.T system used by courtesy of Mindcool Author: Alan MacQuarrie]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308147Sat, 07 Oct 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dealing with Angry People Author: Sarah Connor Narrator: Sarah Connor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: October 7,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/308147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dealing with Angry People Author: Sarah Connor Narrator: Sarah Connor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: October 7, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: This audiobook will equip you with proven techniques to successfully communicate with angry people and protect yourself from violence Have you ever been angry? I'm sure you have. How did it feel? What caused it? Did you lash out physically at furniture or people or just fume quietly? Have you ever experienced an angry customer, or patient, or family member and been at a loss as to how to calm things down? Upon reflection have you maybe sometimes escalated the anger in the other person by arguing or speaking over or interrupting their angry rant? Have you ever seen someone reach a point where they do kick furniture about or even raise a hand to strike you? This audiobook is designed to give you an understanding of what anger is and when encountered in someone else what to do and what not to do to calm things down and reach a more rational way forward. Psychologists recognise three types of anger: 1. There is hasty and sudden anger often connected to the impulse for self-preservation. It is shared by human and other animals, and it occurs when the animal, the person, is tormented or trapped. 2. Then there is the more common settled and deliberate anger possibly a reaction to perceived deliberate harm or unfair treatment by others. 3. And finally, dispositional anger often related more to character traits than to instincts or cognitions. Irritability, sullenness and churlishness are examples of this In this audiobook we will be focusing mostly on type 2 where the anger is settled and deliberate, possibly a reaction to perceived deliberate harm or unfair treatment. Of course you may encounter all three types. Some examples of the type 2 kind of anger might include a customer, who is complaining about the standard of the product they have purchased, or the householder who is angry at the engineer who is trying to get their electricity supply back on, or their heating repaired on a cold winter's day. Whether they are right or wrong, their perception is that you or your organisation is to blame and they will vent their anger and hopefully not their violence, on you. You might work in a shop, or a bank, or you might be a social worker visiting your clients at their homes? You might be a nurse or Doctor dealing with unruly patients in Emergency on a Saturday night, or a police officer for whom the angry person is a frequent occurrence. Whatever your role in life you are going to encounter an angry person at some point. Be prepared. The H.E.A.R.T system used by courtesy of Mindcool Author: Alan MacQuarrie]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-moments-why-certain-experiences-have-extraordinary-impact-by-dan-heath-chip-heath--65131035https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303919 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Moments: Why Certain Experiences Have Extraordinary Impact Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling authors of Switch and Made to Stick explore why certain brief experiences can jolt, elevate and change us - and how we can learn to create such extraordinary moments in our life and work. What if a teacher could design a lesson that he knew his students would remember twenty years later? What if a doctor or nurse knew how to orchestrate moments that would bring more comfort to patients? What if you had a better sense of how to create memories that matter for your children? Many of the defining moments in our lives are the result of accident or luck - but why leave our most meaningful, memorable moments to chance when we can create them? In The Power of Moments, Chip and Dan Heath explore the stories of people who have created standout moments, from the owners who transformed an utterly mediocre hotel into one of the best-loved properties in Los Angeles by conjuring moments of magic for guests, to the scrappy team that turned around one of the worst elementary schools in the country by embracing an intervention that lasts less than an hour. Filled with remarkable tales and practical insights, The Power of Moments proves we all have the power to transform ordinary experiences into unforgettable ones.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303919Thu, 05 Oct 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303919 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Moments: Why Certain Experiences Have Extraordinary Impact Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303919 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Moments: Why Certain Experiences Have Extraordinary Impact Author: Dan Heath, Chip Heath Narrator: Jeremy Bobb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling authors of Switch and Made to Stick explore why certain brief experiences can jolt, elevate and change us - and how we can learn to create such extraordinary moments in our life and work. What if a teacher could design a lesson that he knew his students would remember twenty years later? What if a doctor or nurse knew how to orchestrate moments that would bring more comfort to patients? What if you had a better sense of how to create memories that matter for your children? Many of the defining moments in our lives are the result of accident or luck - but why leave our most meaningful, memorable moments to chance when we can create them? In The Power of Moments, Chip and Dan Heath explore the stories of people who have created standout moments, from the owners who transformed an utterly mediocre hotel into one of the best-loved properties in Los Angeles by conjuring moments of magic for guests, to the scrappy team that turned around one of the worst elementary schools in the country by embracing an intervention that lasts less than an hour. Filled with remarkable tales and practical insights, The Power of Moments proves we all have the power to transform ordinary experiences into unforgettable ones.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-need-to-talk-how-to-have-conversations-that-matter-by-celeste-headlee--65131016https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302103 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need to Talk: How to Have Conversations That Matter Author: Celeste Headlee Narrator: Celeste Headlee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “WE NEED TO TALK.” They are, perhaps, the most dreaded four words in the English language. But in her timely, insightful, and wonderfully practical audiobook, We Need to Talk, Celeste Headlee—who earns a living by talking on the airwaves of National Public Radio—makes the case that they are urgently needed. Today most of us communicate from behind electronic screens, and studies show that Americans feel less connected and more divided than ever before. The blame for some of this disconnect can be attributed to our political landscape, but the erosion of our conversational skills as a society lies with us as individuals. And the only way forward, says Headlee, is to start talking to each other. In We Need to Talk, she outlines the strategies that have made her a better conversationalist—and offers simple tools that can improve anyone’s communication. For example:  - BE THERE OR GO ELSEWHERE. Human beings are incapable of multitasking, and this is especially true of tasks that involve language. Think you can type up a few emails while on a business call, or hold a conversation with your child while texting your spouse? Think again. - CHECK YOUR BIAS. The belief that your intelligence protects you from erroneous assumptions can end up making you more vulnerable to them. We all have blind spots that affect the way we view others. Check your bias before you judge someone else. - HIDE YOUR PHONE. Don’t just put down your phone, put it away. New research suggests that the mere presence of a cell phone can negatively impact the quality of a conversation. Whether you’re struggling to communicate with your kid’s teacher at school, an employee at work, or the people you love the most—Headlee offers smart strategies that can help us all have conversations that matter.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302103Tue, 19 Sep 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302103 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need to Talk: How to Have Conversations That Matter Author: Celeste Headlee Narrator: Celeste Headlee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302103 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need to Talk: How to Have Conversations That Matter Author: Celeste Headlee Narrator: Celeste Headlee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: September 19, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “WE NEED TO TALK.” They are, perhaps, the most dreaded four words in the English language. But in her timely, insightful, and wonderfully practical audiobook, We Need to Talk, Celeste Headlee—who earns a living by talking on the airwaves of National Public Radio—makes the case that they are urgently needed. Today most of us communicate from behind electronic screens, and studies show that Americans feel less connected and more divided than ever before. The blame for some of this disconnect can be attributed to our political landscape, but the erosion of our conversational skills as a society lies with us as individuals. And the only way forward, says Headlee, is to start talking to each other. In We Need to Talk, she outlines the strategies that have made her a better conversationalist—and offers simple tools that can improve anyone’s communication. For example:  - BE THERE OR GO ELSEWHERE. Human beings are incapable of multitasking, and this is especially true of tasks that involve language. Think you can type up a few emails while on a business call, or hold a conversation with your child while texting your spouse? Think again. - CHECK YOUR BIAS. The belief that your intelligence protects you from erroneous assumptions can end up making you more vulnerable to them. We all have blind spots that affect the way we view others. Check your bias before you judge someone else. - HIDE YOUR PHONE. Don’t just put down your phone, put it away. New research suggests that the mere presence of a cell phone can negatively impact the quality of a conversation. Whether you’re struggling to communicate with your kid’s teacher at school, an employee at work, or the people you love the most—Headlee offers smart strategies that can help us all have conversations that matter.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mastering-business-negotiation-a-working-guide-to-making-deals-and-resolving-conflict-by-alexander-hiam-roy-j-lewicki--65131150https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306409 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Business Negotiation: A Working Guide to Making Deals and Resolving Conflict Author: Alexander Hiam, Roy J. Lewicki Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Mastering Business Negotiation is a great resource for any leader or manager who needs practical strategies and ideas when conducting business negotiations. Grounded in solid research, the authors-experts in the field of business negotiation-reduce the huge volume of available information into an important audio for busy executives who need to prepare for everyday negotiations as well as for more demanding and complex negotiation situations. Mastering Business Negotiation offers down-to-earth advice for learning to play the negotiation game and shows how to Understand the game so you can better control what happens Predict the sequence of negotiation activities and move from disagreement toward agreement Identify the strategies and tactics of other playersin the game Apply the rules of the game-the 'do's and don'ts'that will ultimately lead to success No matter what you call negotiation-bargaining, haggling, horse trading, or managing differences-the basic skills and techniques of the master negotiator outlined in this book are essential for resolving conflicts, handling difficult conversations, protecting oneself against a competitive adversary, or negotiating a good business deal. The techniques and suggestions outlined can also be used for more informal day-to-day negotiations on the job such as selling, buying, and team building.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306409Wed, 13 Sep 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306409 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Business Negotiation: A Working Guide to Making Deals and Resolving Conflict Author: Alexander Hiam, Roy J. Lewicki Narrator: Tim Andres...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306409 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mastering Business Negotiation: A Working Guide to Making Deals and Resolving Conflict Author: Alexander Hiam, Roy J. Lewicki Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Mastering Business Negotiation is a great resource for any leader or manager who needs practical strategies and ideas when conducting business negotiations. Grounded in solid research, the authors-experts in the field of business negotiation-reduce the huge volume of available information into an important audio for busy executives who need to prepare for everyday negotiations as well as for more demanding and complex negotiation situations. Mastering Business Negotiation offers down-to-earth advice for learning to play the negotiation game and shows how to Understand the game so you can better control what happens Predict the sequence of negotiation activities and move from disagreement toward agreement Identify the strategies and tactics of other playersin the game Apply the rules of the game-the 'do's and don'ts'that will ultimately lead to success No matter what you call negotiation-bargaining, haggling, horse trading, or managing differences-the basic skills and techniques of the master negotiator outlined in this book are essential for resolving conflicts, handling difficult conversations, protecting oneself against a competitive adversary, or negotiating a good business deal. The techniques and suggestions outlined can also be used for more informal day-to-day negotiations on the job such as selling, buying, and team building.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-get-what-you-pitch-for-control-any-situation-create-fierce-agreement-and-get-what-you-want-in-life-by-tim-vandehey-anthony-sullivan--65131025https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302180 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Get What You Pitch For: Control Any Situation, Create Fierce Agreement, and Get What You Want In Life Author: Tim Vandehey, Anthony Sullivan Narrator: Anthony Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: TV's most popular pitchman reveals the secrets of pitching to get what you want in virtually any situation. Anthony 'Sully' Sullivan went from selling car washers in rainy Welsh street markets to selling to audiences of millions around the world as the face of OxiClean. How did he do it? Convincing people to give you what you want is an art form that takes charisma and confidence. But no great pitchman achieves success based on those quali­ties alone. The good ones make themselves great with practice and discipline, mastering a series of skills that Sullivan dubs the ten 'Pitch Powers.' These are essen­tial techniques he's learned in more than twenty-five years 'on the joint' (that's pitchman-speak for the area where you're selling). For the first time ever, Sullivan reveals the secrets behind his seemingly superhuman ability to persuade others--even if they start out regarding you with sus­picion or even hostility. Do it right and you'll change minds, open doors, get opportunities, turn adversar­ies into allies, make more money, and gain the kind of confidence that makes other people want to know you. From the first Pitch Power ('Know Your Acceptable Outcomes') to the last ('Finish with Confidence')--with invaluable strategies along the way on using your flubs to get a laugh, how to deal with push-back, and more--Sullivan reveals that pitching is all about engaging a person face-to-face and eye-to-eye so they feel like you're speaking directly to them, even if there are fifty other people in the room. It's turning a crowd of strangers with their arms folded into a legion of fans ready to say 'yes' enthusiastically to whatever you propose, what Anthony Sullivan calls fierce agree­ment. It's the power to get the job, get the girl (or guy), get the part, make money, get better service, advance your career--do just about anything you want to do.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302180Tue, 12 Sep 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302180 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Get What You Pitch For: Control Any Situation, Create Fierce Agreement, and Get What You Want In Life Author: Tim Vandehey, Anthony Sullivan...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302180 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Get What You Pitch For: Control Any Situation, Create Fierce Agreement, and Get What You Want In Life Author: Tim Vandehey, Anthony Sullivan Narrator: Anthony Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 12, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: TV's most popular pitchman reveals the secrets of pitching to get what you want in virtually any situation. Anthony 'Sully' Sullivan went from selling car washers in rainy Welsh street markets to selling to audiences of millions around the world as the face of OxiClean. How did he do it? Convincing people to give you what you want is an art form that takes charisma and confidence. But no great pitchman achieves success based on those quali­ties alone. The good ones make themselves great with practice and discipline, mastering a series of skills that Sullivan dubs the ten 'Pitch Powers.' These are essen­tial techniques he's learned in more than twenty-five years 'on the joint' (that's pitchman-speak for the area where you're selling). For the first time ever, Sullivan reveals the secrets behind his seemingly superhuman ability to persuade others--even if they start out regarding you with sus­picion or even hostility. Do it right and you'll change minds, open doors, get opportunities, turn adversar­ies into allies, make more money, and gain the kind of confidence that makes other people want to know you. From the first Pitch Power ('Know Your Acceptable Outcomes') to the last ('Finish with Confidence')--with invaluable strategies along the way on using your flubs to get a laugh, how to deal with push-back, and more--Sullivan reveals that pitching is all about engaging a person face-to-face and eye-to-eye so they feel like you're speaking directly to them, even if there are fifty other people in the room. It's turning a crowd of strangers with their arms folded into a legion of fans ready to say 'yes' enthusiastically to whatever you propose, what Anthony Sullivan calls fierce agree­ment. It's the power to get the job, get the girl (or guy), get the part, make money, get better service, advance your career--do just about anything you want to do.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-how-of-wow-the-guide-to-giving-a-speech-that-will-positively-blow-em-away-by-tony-carlson--65131100https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303622 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The How of Wow: The Guide to Giving a Speech that Will Positively Blow 'em Away Author: Tony Carlson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 10, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: For speakers who want to make their presentations more impressive than the tens of thousands of speeches delivered (and immediately forgotten) every day, The How of WOW offers a refreshing antidote to the usual formulas. The How of WOW offers hundreds of practical tips, techniques, and illuminating examples to help speakers at every stage of the speech process, from considering an invitation to speak to making sure that the message is remembered even after the speech is over.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303622Sun, 10 Sep 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303622 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The How of Wow: The Guide to Giving a Speech that Will Positively Blow 'em Away Author: Tony Carlson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303622 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The How of Wow: The Guide to Giving a Speech that Will Positively Blow 'em Away Author: Tony Carlson Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 10, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: For speakers who want to make their presentations more impressive than the tens of thousands of speeches delivered (and immediately forgotten) every day, The How of WOW offers a refreshing antidote to the usual formulas. The How of WOW offers hundreds of practical tips, techniques, and illuminating examples to help speakers at every stage of the speech process, from considering an invitation to speak to making sure that the message is remembered even after the speech is over.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/find-your-why-a-practical-guide-for-discovering-purpose-for-you-and-your-team-by-peter-docker-david-mead-simon-sinek--65131005https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300616 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Why: A Practical Guide for Discovering Purpose for You and Your Team Author: Peter Docker, David Mead, Simon Sinek Narrator: Stephen Shedletzky, Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 66 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Start With Why has led millions of readers to rethink everything they do – in their personal lives, their careers and their organizations. Now Find Your Why picks up where Start With Why left off. It shows you how to apply Simon Sinek’s powerful insights so that you can find more inspiration at work -- and in turn inspire those around you.   I believe fulfillment is a right and not a privilege. We are all entitled to wake up in the morning inspired to go to work, feel safe when we’re there and return home fulfilled at the end of the day. Achieving that fulfillment starts with understanding exactly WHY we do what we do.    As Start With Why has spread around the world, countless readers have asked me the same question: How can I apply Start With Why to my career, team, company or nonprofit? Along with two of my colleagues, Peter Docker and David Mead, I created this hands-on, step-by-step guide to help you find your WHY. With detailed exercises, illustrations, and action steps for every stage of the process, Find Your Why can help you address many important concerns, including:   * What if my WHY sounds just like my competitor’s? * Can I have more than one WHY? * If my work doesn’t match my WHY, what should I do? * What if my team can’t agree on our WHY?   Whether you've just started your first job, are leading a team, or are CEO of your own company, the exercises in this book will help guide you on a path to long-term success and fulfillment, for both you and your colleagues.    Thank you for joining us as we work together to build a world in which more people start with WHY.   Inspire on! -- Simon]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300616Tue, 05 Sep 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300616 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Why: A Practical Guide for Discovering Purpose for You and Your Team Author: Peter Docker, David Mead, Simon Sinek Narrator: Stephen...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300616 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Why: A Practical Guide for Discovering Purpose for You and Your Team Author: Peter Docker, David Mead, Simon Sinek Narrator: Stephen Shedletzky, Simon Sinek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 66 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Start With Why has led millions of readers to rethink everything they do – in their personal lives, their careers and their organizations. Now Find Your Why picks up where Start With Why left off. It shows you how to apply Simon Sinek’s powerful insights so that you can find more inspiration at work -- and in turn inspire those around you.   I believe fulfillment is a right and not a privilege. We are all entitled to wake up in the morning inspired to go to work, feel safe when we’re there and return home fulfilled at the end of the day. Achieving that fulfillment starts with understanding exactly WHY we do what we do.    As Start With Why has spread around the world, countless readers have asked me the same question: How can I apply Start With Why to my career, team, company or nonprofit? Along with two of my colleagues, Peter Docker and David Mead, I created this hands-on, step-by-step guide to help you find your WHY. With detailed exercises, illustrations, and action steps for every stage of the process, Find Your Why can help you address many important concerns, including:   * What if my WHY sounds just like my competitor’s? * Can I have more than one WHY? * If my work doesn’t match my WHY, what should I do? * What if my team can’t agree on our WHY?   Whether you've just started your first job, are leading a team, or are CEO of your own company, the exercises in this book will help guide you on a path to long-term success and fulfillment, for both you and your colleagues.    Thank you for joining us as we work together to build a world in which more people start with WHY.   Inspire on! -- Simon]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/russian-how-to-win-negotiations-russian-edition-by-jason-burke--65131121https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301431 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - How to Win Negotiations [Russian Edition] Author: Jason Burke Narrator: Alexander Tkachev Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: July 27, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiations is the one of the main components of life and business. Anyone who knows how to negotiate wisely can make the results of their communication with other people much better. How to present yourself in a favorable light and get what you need? You will learn this by listening to the audiobook 'How to win the negotiations.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301431Thu, 27 Jul 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301431 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - How to Win Negotiations [Russian Edition] Author: Jason Burke Narrator: Alexander Tkachev Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301431 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - How to Win Negotiations [Russian Edition] Author: Jason Burke Narrator: Alexander Tkachev Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: July 27, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiations is the one of the main components of life and business. Anyone who knows how to negotiate wisely can make the results of their communication with other people much better. How to present yourself in a favorable light and get what you need? You will learn this by listening to the audiobook 'How to win the negotiations.']]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/russian-winner-in-talking-how-to-put-your-conversation-partner-in-place-russian-edition-by-richard-chess--65130989https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Winner in Talking: How to Put Your Conversation Partner In Place [Russian Edition] Author: Richard Chess Narrator: Gennady Zaitsev Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: July 25, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Sometimes there are situations that require human skills to put a person in place. This problem is often not an easy task, given that people are different and they leverage that reliably influence on some, others simply do not understand and will not work on them. In cases when a contact becomes intrusive or tries to hurt you, you must be able to stop the aggressor. How to do it with dignity, avoiding faux pas and rudeness, we describe in this audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301262Tue, 25 Jul 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Winner in Talking: How to Put Your Conversation Partner In Place [Russian Edition] Author: Richard Chess Narrator: Gennady Zaitsev Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Winner in Talking: How to Put Your Conversation Partner In Place [Russian Edition] Author: Richard Chess Narrator: Gennady Zaitsev Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: July 25, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Sometimes there are situations that require human skills to put a person in place. This problem is often not an easy task, given that people are different and they leverage that reliably influence on some, others simply do not understand and will not work on them. In cases when a contact becomes intrusive or tries to hurt you, you must be able to stop the aggressor. How to do it with dignity, avoiding faux pas and rudeness, we describe in this audiobook.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/russian-winners-are-not-judged-how-to-resolve-conflict-in-business-and-personal-life-russian-edition-by-jonh-mitchell--65130999https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301407 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Winners Are Not Judged: How to Resolve Conflict in Business and Personal Life [Russian Edition] Author: Jonh Mitchell Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Conflicts persecute us in a variety of life situations. But always the most problematic and difficult to resolve were considered conflict situations that arise at work and in the family. Working conflicts affect the overall atmosphere in the team, which leads to a breakdown in the work process, and, therefore, adversely affects the final result. Conflicts in the family are fraught not only with divorce, but also with the psychological problems of children in the future. Therefore, the ability to solve difficulties at work and at home will always achieve the desired results, live in peace and tranquility. And our book will help you to learn this difficult task.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301407Tue, 18 Jul 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301407 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Winners Are Not Judged: How to Resolve Conflict in Business and Personal Life [Russian Edition] Author: Jonh Mitchell Narrator: Stanislav...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301407 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Winners Are Not Judged: How to Resolve Conflict in Business and Personal Life [Russian Edition] Author: Jonh Mitchell Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: July 18, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Conflicts persecute us in a variety of life situations. But always the most problematic and difficult to resolve were considered conflict situations that arise at work and in the family. Working conflicts affect the overall atmosphere in the team, which leads to a breakdown in the work process, and, therefore, adversely affects the final result. Conflicts in the family are fraught not only with divorce, but also with the psychological problems of children in the future. Therefore, the ability to solve difficulties at work and at home will always achieve the desired results, live in peace and tranquility. And our book will help you to learn this difficult task.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/russian-conversation-secret-techniques-of-special-services-russian-edition-by-richard-graham--65131032https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300841 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Conversation: Secret Techniques of Special Services [Russian Edition] Author: Richard Graham Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In the book 'Negotiations. Methods of special services »in the accessible form the best psychological methods of conducting negotiations are stated. You will learn how, in practice, using such a strong weapon as the word, to achieve their goals. Experts and experienced specialists give advice on how to conduct extreme negotiations, how to receive an offer of hands and hearts and how to refuse. Also you will find out what is necessary for successful career growth. We will try to find answers to these and many other vital questions. Negotiating is a real art, and you can quickly and easily master it. Do not forget to practice every day, and you will not be equal in the art of communication!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300841Mon, 17 Jul 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300841 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Conversation: Secret Techniques of Special Services [Russian Edition] Author: Richard Graham Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300841 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Conversation: Secret Techniques of Special Services [Russian Edition] Author: Richard Graham Narrator: Stanislav Ivanov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In the book 'Negotiations. Methods of special services »in the accessible form the best psychological methods of conducting negotiations are stated. You will learn how, in practice, using such a strong weapon as the word, to achieve their goals. Experts and experienced specialists give advice on how to conduct extreme negotiations, how to receive an offer of hands and hearts and how to refuse. Also you will find out what is necessary for successful career growth. We will try to find answers to these and many other vital questions. Negotiating is a real art, and you can quickly and easily master it. Do not forget to practice every day, and you will not be equal in the art of communication!]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/russian-complete-harmony-how-to-negotiate-with-yourself-and-others-russian-edition-by-mihail-reymarov--65131017https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300835 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Complete Harmony: How to Negotiate with Yourself and Others [Russian Edition] Author: Mihail Reymarov Narrator: Mihail Reymarov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The most effective way to achieve harmony in life! Professional psychologist Mikhail Reimarov offers effective tools for achieving harmony in relationships with himself and other people. The way you treat yourself, other people, how you see them, how you feel, very strongly determines your state, state of health and self-awareness. This audiobook will help you: - to achieve harmony in relations with others and with oneself; - to feel calm and confident; - Faster to achieve your goal; - Becoming happier. When circumstances challenge you, this audiobook is the best way to overcome difficulties and achieve harmony!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300835Mon, 17 Jul 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300835 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Complete Harmony: How to Negotiate with Yourself and Others [Russian Edition] Author: Mihail Reymarov Narrator: Mihail Reymarov Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300835 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Complete Harmony: How to Negotiate with Yourself and Others [Russian Edition] Author: Mihail Reymarov Narrator: Mihail Reymarov Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 17, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The most effective way to achieve harmony in life! Professional psychologist Mikhail Reimarov offers effective tools for achieving harmony in relationships with himself and other people. The way you treat yourself, other people, how you see them, how you feel, very strongly determines your state, state of health and self-awareness. This audiobook will help you: - to achieve harmony in relations with others and with oneself; - to feel calm and confident; - Faster to achieve your goal; - Becoming happier. When circumstances challenge you, this audiobook is the best way to overcome difficulties and achieve harmony!]]>65cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-negociacion-by-brian-tracy--65131028https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Negociación Series: #3 of La Biblioteca del Exito Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Johnny Pena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negociación es un elemento esencial de casi todas nuestras interacciones —personalmente y profesionalmente. Es parte de cómo establecemos relaciones, trabajamos juntos y encontramos soluciones para nuestros clientes, nuestras organizaciones y nosotros mismos. Sencillamente, quienes no negocian corren el riesgo de ser víctimas de los que sí. A lo largo de su carrera, el experto en éxito Brian Tracy ha negociado varios contratos de millones de dólares. Ahora, con esta breve guía, usted también puede convertirse en un maestro negociador y aprender a:• Utilizar los seis estilos clave de negociación• Aprovechar el poder de la emoción en forjar acuerdos• Usar el tiempo a su favor• Prepararse como un profesional y entrar en cualquier negociación desde una posición de fuerza• Obtener claridad sobre las áreas de acuerdo y desacuerdo• Desarrollar resultados gana-gana• Utilizar el poder de la reciprocidad• Saber cuándo y cómo alejarse• Aplicar la Ley de cuatro• Y mucho másLa negociación inteligente le puede ahorrar tiempo y dinero, le hacen más eficaz, y contribuyen sustancialmente a su carrera. Repleto de la sabiduría de Brian Tracy, este práctico y portátil libro pone el poder de negociación en sus manos.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293896Tue, 11 Jul 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Negociación Series: #3 of La Biblioteca del Exito Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Johnny Pena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Negociación Series: #3 of La Biblioteca del Exito Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Johnny Pena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negociación es un elemento esencial de casi todas nuestras interacciones —personalmente y profesionalmente. Es parte de cómo establecemos relaciones, trabajamos juntos y encontramos soluciones para nuestros clientes, nuestras organizaciones y nosotros mismos. Sencillamente, quienes no negocian corren el riesgo de ser víctimas de los que sí. A lo largo de su carrera, el experto en éxito Brian Tracy ha negociado varios contratos de millones de dólares. Ahora, con esta breve guía, usted también puede convertirse en un maestro negociador y aprender a:• Utilizar los seis estilos clave de negociación• Aprovechar el poder de la emoción en forjar acuerdos• Usar el tiempo a su favor• Prepararse como un profesional y entrar en cualquier negociación desde una posición de fuerza• Obtener claridad sobre las áreas de acuerdo y desacuerdo• Desarrollar resultados gana-gana• Utilizar el poder de la reciprocidad• Saber cuándo y cómo alejarse• Aplicar la Ley de cuatro• Y mucho másLa negociación inteligente le puede ahorrar tiempo y dinero, le hacen más eficaz, y contribuyen sustancialmente a su carrera. Repleto de la sabiduría de Brian Tracy, este práctico y portátil libro pone el poder de negociación en sus manos.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/beyond-the-babble-leadership-communication-that-drives-results-by-bob-matha-macy-boehm--65131120https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295799 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Babble: Leadership Communication that Drives Results Author: Bob Matha, Macy Boehm Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover how to connect with and inspire employees throughout an organization. Improve your leadership skills -- even if you aren't a 'natural' communicator -- with a specific communication strategy that anyone can use. Authors Matha and Boehm present research showing that all managers can improve performance by using the principles outlined in Beyond the Babble. They explore why communication is crucial, how and when to do it, how to embed it in an organization's culture, and how to measure results. They also show how internal communications professionals can improve an organization's communication to the outside world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295799Sat, 01 Jul 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295799 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Babble: Leadership Communication that Drives Results Author: Bob Matha, Macy Boehm Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/295799 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond the Babble: Leadership Communication that Drives Results Author: Bob Matha, Macy Boehm Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 1, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover how to connect with and inspire employees throughout an organization. Improve your leadership skills -- even if you aren't a 'natural' communicator -- with a specific communication strategy that anyone can use. Authors Matha and Boehm present research showing that all managers can improve performance by using the principles outlined in Beyond the Babble. They explore why communication is crucial, how and when to do it, how to embed it in an organization's culture, and how to measure results. They also show how internal communications professionals can improve an organization's communication to the outside world.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sell-your-home-privately-by-shannon-kernaghan--65131046https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sell Your Home Privately Author: Shannon Kernaghan Narrator: Shannon Kernaghan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: You're thinking of selling your home privately, but you don't know how to begin. And you're scared to open your door to strangers, make costly mistakes and risk legal issues. If you have the time, energy and motivation, real estate expert Shannon Kernaghan can help you undertake this challenge and save you thousands in commission. Gathered from years of practical experience, her down-to-earth selling strategies will lead you bravely and painlessly through the process. For the increasing number of homeowners who want to take the plunge and sell privately, this innovative book is an essential tool!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300128Wed, 14 Jun 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sell Your Home Privately Author: Shannon Kernaghan Narrator: Shannon Kernaghan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 15 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sell Your Home Privately Author: Shannon Kernaghan Narrator: Shannon Kernaghan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: You're thinking of selling your home privately, but you don't know how to begin. And you're scared to open your door to strangers, make costly mistakes and risk legal issues. If you have the time, energy and motivation, real estate expert Shannon Kernaghan can help you undertake this challenge and save you thousands in commission. Gathered from years of practical experience, her down-to-earth selling strategies will lead you bravely and painlessly through the process. For the increasing number of homeowners who want to take the plunge and sell privately, this innovative book is an essential tool!]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-only-negotiating-guide-you-ll-ever-need-revised-and-updated-101-ways-to-win-every-time-in-any-situation-by-jane-flaherty-peter-stark--65131001https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294283 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Negotiating Guide You'll Ever Need, Revised and Updated: 101 Ways to Win Every Time in Any Situation Author: Jane Flaherty, Peter Stark Narrator: Jane Flaherty, Peter Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover the critical elements you need for a successful negotiation and 101 tactics to use in any high stakes business deal, when asking your boss for a raise, or even when asking your significant other to take out the garbage. In this book, you'll discover your negotiating behavioral style through self-assessment questionnaires, gain the tools needed to deal with negotiation sharks (or bullies), learn tips for recognizing and interpreting your negotiating counterpart's body language to create beneficial outcomes, and see examples on how to counter unethical and unprofessional tactics effectively—and much more. Using their 30 years of experience as business professionals, lead negotiators, consumers, and parents, Peter Stark and Jane Flaherty provide you with the tools you need to become a successful negotiator who builds win-win relationships.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294283Tue, 13 Jun 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294283 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Negotiating Guide You'll Ever Need, Revised and Updated: 101 Ways to Win Every Time in Any Situation Author: Jane Flaherty, Peter Stark...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/294283 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Only Negotiating Guide You'll Ever Need, Revised and Updated: 101 Ways to Win Every Time in Any Situation Author: Jane Flaherty, Peter Stark Narrator: Jane Flaherty, Peter Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 13, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover the critical elements you need for a successful negotiation and 101 tactics to use in any high stakes business deal, when asking your boss for a raise, or even when asking your significant other to take out the garbage. In this book, you'll discover your negotiating behavioral style through self-assessment questionnaires, gain the tools needed to deal with negotiation sharks (or bullies), learn tips for recognizing and interpreting your negotiating counterpart's body language to create beneficial outcomes, and see examples on how to counter unethical and unprofessional tactics effectively—and much more. Using their 30 years of experience as business professionals, lead negotiators, consumers, and parents, Peter Stark and Jane Flaherty provide you with the tools you need to become a successful negotiator who builds win-win relationships.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiating-101-from-planning-your-strategy-to-finding-a-common-ground-an-essential-guide-to-the-art-of-negotiating-by-peter-sander--65131039https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293203 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating 101: From Planning Your Strategy to Finding a Common Ground, an Essential Guide to the Art of Negotiating Author: Peter Sander Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A quick-and-easy guide to core business and career concepts—no MBA required! The ability to negotiate a deal. Confidence to oversee staff. Complete, accurate monitoring of expenses. In today’s business world, these are must-have skills. But all too often, comprehensive business books turn the important details of best practices into tedious reading that would put even a CEO to sleep. From hiring and firing to strategizing and calculating revenues, Negotiating 101 is an easy-to-understand roadmap of today’s complex business world, packed with hundreds of entertaining tidbits and concepts that can’t be found anywhere else. So whether you’re a new business owner, a middle manager, or an entry-level employee, this 101 series has the answers you need to conduct business in a smarter way.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293203Tue, 06 Jun 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293203 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating 101: From Planning Your Strategy to Finding a Common Ground, an Essential Guide to the Art of Negotiating Author: Peter Sander Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293203 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating 101: From Planning Your Strategy to Finding a Common Ground, an Essential Guide to the Art of Negotiating Author: Peter Sander Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A quick-and-easy guide to core business and career concepts—no MBA required! The ability to negotiate a deal. Confidence to oversee staff. Complete, accurate monitoring of expenses. In today’s business world, these are must-have skills. But all too often, comprehensive business books turn the important details of best practices into tedious reading that would put even a CEO to sleep. From hiring and firing to strategizing and calculating revenues, Negotiating 101 is an easy-to-understand roadmap of today’s complex business world, packed with hundreds of entertaining tidbits and concepts that can’t be found anywhere else. So whether you’re a new business owner, a middle manager, or an entry-level employee, this 101 series has the answers you need to conduct business in a smarter way.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/if-i-understood-you-would-i-have-this-look-on-my-face-my-adventures-in-the-art-and-science-of-relating-and-communicating-by-alan-alda--65131038https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: If I Understood You, Would I Have This Look on My Face?: My Adventures in the Art and Science of Relating and Communicating Author: Alan Alda Narrator: Alan Alda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Award-winning actor Alan Alda tells the fascinating story of his quest to learn how to communicate better, and to teach others to do the same. With his trademark humor and candor, he explores how to develop empathy as the key factor. “Invaluable.”—Deborah Tannen, #1 New York Times bestselling author of You’re the Only One I Can Tell and You Just Don’t Understand Alan Alda has been on a decades-long journey to discover new ways to help people communicate and relate to one another more effectively. If I Understood You, Would I Have This Look on My Face? is the warm, witty, and informative chronicle of how Alda found inspiration in everything from cutting-edge science to classic acting methods. His search began when he was host of PBS’s Scientific American Frontiers, where he interviewed thousands of scientists and developed a knack for helping them communicate complex ideas in ways a wide audience could understand—and Alda wondered if those techniques held a clue to better communication for the rest of us. In his wry and wise voice, Alda reflects on moments of miscommunication in his own life, when an absence of understanding resulted in problems both big and small. He guides us through his discoveries, showing how communication can be improved through learning to relate to the other person: listening with our eyes, looking for clues in another’s face, using the power of a compelling story, avoiding jargon, and reading another person so well that you become “in sync” with them, and know what they are thinking and feeling—especially when you’re talking about the hard stuff. Drawing on improvisation training, theater, and storytelling techniques from a life of acting, and with insights from recent scientific studies, Alda describes ways we can build empathy, nurture our innate mind-reading abilities, and improve the way we relate and talk with others. Exploring empathy-boosting games and exercises, If I Understood You is a funny, thought-provoking guide that can be used by all of us, in every aspect of our lives—with our friends, lovers, and families, with our doctors, in business settings, and beyond. “Alda uses his trademark humor and a well-honed ability to get to the point, to help us all learn how to leverage the better communicator inside each of us.”—Forbes “Alda, with his laudable curiosity, has learned something you and I can use right now.”—Charlie Rose]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291923Tue, 06 Jun 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: If I Understood You, Would I Have This Look on My Face?: My Adventures in the Art and Science of Relating and Communicating Author: Alan Alda Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: If I Understood You, Would I Have This Look on My Face?: My Adventures in the Art and Science of Relating and Communicating Author: Alan Alda Narrator: Alan Alda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 6, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Award-winning actor Alan Alda tells the fascinating story of his quest to learn how to communicate better, and to teach others to do the same. With his trademark humor and candor, he explores how to develop empathy as the key factor. “Invaluable.”—Deborah Tannen, #1 New York Times bestselling author of You’re the Only One I Can Tell and You Just Don’t Understand Alan Alda has been on a decades-long journey to discover new ways to help people communicate and relate to one another more effectively. If I Understood You, Would I Have This Look on My Face? is the warm, witty, and informative chronicle of how Alda found inspiration in everything from cutting-edge science to classic acting methods. His search began when he was host of PBS’s Scientific American Frontiers, where he interviewed thousands of scientists and developed a knack for helping them communicate complex ideas in ways a wide audience could understand—and Alda wondered if those techniques held a clue to better communication for the rest of us. In his wry and wise voice, Alda reflects on moments of miscommunication in his own life, when an absence of understanding resulted in problems both big and small. He guides us through his discoveries, showing how communication can be improved through learning to relate to the other person: listening with our eyes, looking for clues in another’s face, using the power of a compelling story, avoiding jargon, and reading another person so well that you become “in sync” with them, and know what they are thinking and feeling—especially when you’re talking about the hard stuff. Drawing on improvisation training, theater, and storytelling techniques from a life of acting, and with insights from recent scientific studies, Alda describes ways we can build empathy, nurture our innate mind-reading abilities, and improve the way we relate and talk with others. Exploring empathy-boosting games and exercises, If I Understood You is a funny, thought-provoking guide that can be used by all of us, in every aspect of our lives—with our friends, lovers, and families, with our doctors, in business settings, and beyond. “Alda uses his trademark humor and a well-honed ability to get to the point, to help us all learn how to leverage the better communicator inside each of us.”—Forbes “Alda, with his laudable curiosity, has learned something you and I can use right now.”—Charlie Rose]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/collaborating-with-the-enemy-how-to-work-with-people-you-don-t-agree-with-or-like-or-trust-by-adam-kahane--65131019https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292433 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collaborating with the Enemy: How to Work with People You Don’t Agree with or Like or Trust Author: Adam Kahane Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: International consultant Adam Kahane teaches us how to work with people whom we might not like or trust. He explains how flexibility and improvisation can lead to what he calls 'stretch collaboration.' He outlines the five misunderstandings that keep people from effectively collaborating with 'those people' and shows readers how they can successfully engage with positive results instead. As our societies have become more complex and globalized and our organizations flatter and less hierarchical, more of us need to collaborate across more organizations, geographies, and cultures than ever before. But this increases the chances that we're going to get stuck having to collaborate with people we don't agree with or like or trust. But we've got no choice. We have to learn to work with people we might actually have come to think of as 'the enemy.' International consultant Adam Kahane, who has worked in some very fraught contexts in his career (South Africa after apartheid, Guatemala after a civil war), has found that in these low-control, high-conflict situations, everything we think we know about what makes collaboration work is wrong. The neat black-and-white thinking that underlies conventional collaboration-us/them, harmony/conflict, problem/solution-won't work. You need to be more flexible, accept a level of uncertainty and improvisation, and practice what Kahane calls 'stretch collaboration.' In this very timely book he takes on five misunderstandings that keep us from effectively collaborating with 'those people' and tells us what we should do instead.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292433Mon, 05 Jun 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292433 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collaborating with the Enemy: How to Work with People You Don’t Agree with or Like or Trust Author: Adam Kahane Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292433 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collaborating with the Enemy: How to Work with People You Don’t Agree with or Like or Trust Author: Adam Kahane Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: International consultant Adam Kahane teaches us how to work with people whom we might not like or trust. He explains how flexibility and improvisation can lead to what he calls 'stretch collaboration.' He outlines the five misunderstandings that keep people from effectively collaborating with 'those people' and shows readers how they can successfully engage with positive results instead. As our societies have become more complex and globalized and our organizations flatter and less hierarchical, more of us need to collaborate across more organizations, geographies, and cultures than ever before. But this increases the chances that we're going to get stuck having to collaborate with people we don't agree with or like or trust. But we've got no choice. We have to learn to work with people we might actually have come to think of as 'the enemy.' International consultant Adam Kahane, who has worked in some very fraught contexts in his career (South Africa after apartheid, Guatemala after a civil war), has found that in these low-control, high-conflict situations, everything we think we know about what makes collaboration work is wrong. The neat black-and-white thinking that underlies conventional collaboration-us/them, harmony/conflict, problem/solution-won't work. You need to be more flexible, accept a level of uncertainty and improvisation, and practice what Kahane calls 'stretch collaboration.' In this very timely book he takes on five misunderstandings that keep us from effectively collaborating with 'those people' and tells us what we should do instead.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ask-outrageously-the-secret-to-getting-what-you-really-want-by-linda-swindling--65131008https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292904 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask Outrageously!: The Secret to Getting What You Really Want Author: Linda Swindling Narrator: Linda Swindling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 5, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you asking for what you want or just taking what you are given? Chances are, it's the latter. Linda Swindling will teach you how to ask outrageously-and get the results you want. Not getting what you want or living with what someone decides you deserve is exhausting and dispiriting. Linda Swindling provides principles, tactics, and strategies to help you show up powerfully to negotiate for the best deals at work and in life with confidence and integrity. Asking outrageously does not mean being obnoxious or taking advantage of others. It means making a big ask-if you're going to ask anyway, why not be bold? In her former life as an attorney, Swindling found she was doing this all the time for her clients but was puzzled to realize she rarely did it for herself. She describes a straightforward, three-step process: (1) determine what you want, (2) approach those who have the authority to grant your wish, and (3) feel the fear and ask anyway. With a wealth of practical tools-checklists, suggested questions, case studies, and an online assessment so you can evaluate how well you ask now-this book helps you overcome blockages and inhibitions to reach breakthrough results and ask for more than you believe is possible.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292904Mon, 05 Jun 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292904 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask Outrageously!: The Secret to Getting What You Really Want Author: Linda Swindling Narrator: Linda Swindling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/292904 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask Outrageously!: The Secret to Getting What You Really Want Author: Linda Swindling Narrator: Linda Swindling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 5, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you asking for what you want or just taking what you are given? Chances are, it's the latter. Linda Swindling will teach you how to ask outrageously-and get the results you want. Not getting what you want or living with what someone decides you deserve is exhausting and dispiriting. Linda Swindling provides principles, tactics, and strategies to help you show up powerfully to negotiate for the best deals at work and in life with confidence and integrity. Asking outrageously does not mean being obnoxious or taking advantage of others. It means making a big ask-if you're going to ask anyway, why not be bold? In her former life as an attorney, Swindling found she was doing this all the time for her clients but was puzzled to realize she rarely did it for herself. She describes a straightforward, three-step process: (1) determine what you want, (2) approach those who have the authority to grant your wish, and (3) feel the fear and ask anyway. With a wealth of practical tools-checklists, suggested questions, case studies, and an online assessment so you can evaluate how well you ask now-this book helps you overcome blockages and inhibitions to reach breakthrough results and ask for more than you believe is possible.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-discussion-book-the-discussion-book-by-stephen-d-brookfield-stephen-preskill--65131003https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Discussion Book: The Discussion Book Author: Stephen D. Brookfield, Stephen Preskill Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 1, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Build teams, make better decisions, energize groups, and think out of the box Do you need a resource that you can pull out of your pocket to liven up meetings, trainings, professional development, and teaching? The fifty easily applied techniques in this timely manual spur creativity, stimulate energy, keep groups focused, and increase participation. Whether you're teaching classes, facilitating employee training, leading organizational or community meetings, furthering staff and professional development, guiding town halls, or working with congregations, The Discussion Book is your go-to guide for improving any group process. Each of the concrete techniques and exercises is clearly described with guidance on selection and implementation, as well as advice on which pitfalls to avoid. All of the techniques: Offer new ways to engage people and energize groups Get employees, students, colleagues, constituents, and community members to participate more fully in deliberative decision-making Encourage creativity and openness to new perspectives Increase collaboration and build cohesive teams Keep groups focused on important topics and hard-to-address issues Derived from the authors' decades of experience using these exercises with schools, colleges, corporations, the military, social movements, health care organizations, prisons, unions, non-profits, and elsewhere, The Discussion Book will help you guide discussions that matter.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293939Thu, 01 Jun 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Discussion Book: The Discussion Book Author: Stephen D. Brookfield, Stephen Preskill Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Discussion Book: The Discussion Book Author: Stephen D. Brookfield, Stephen Preskill Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 1, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Build teams, make better decisions, energize groups, and think out of the box Do you need a resource that you can pull out of your pocket to liven up meetings, trainings, professional development, and teaching? The fifty easily applied techniques in this timely manual spur creativity, stimulate energy, keep groups focused, and increase participation. Whether you're teaching classes, facilitating employee training, leading organizational or community meetings, furthering staff and professional development, guiding town halls, or working with congregations, The Discussion Book is your go-to guide for improving any group process. Each of the concrete techniques and exercises is clearly described with guidance on selection and implementation, as well as advice on which pitfalls to avoid. All of the techniques: Offer new ways to engage people and energize groups Get employees, students, colleagues, constituents, and community members to participate more fully in deliberative decision-making Encourage creativity and openness to new perspectives Increase collaboration and build cohesive teams Keep groups focused on important topics and hard-to-address issues Derived from the authors' decades of experience using these exercises with schools, colleges, corporations, the military, social movements, health care organizations, prisons, unions, non-profits, and elsewhere, The Discussion Book will help you guide discussions that matter.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spellbound-seven-principles-of-illusion-to-captivate-audiences-and-unlock-the-secrets-of-success-by-david-kwong--65131037https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291167 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spellbound: Seven Principles of Illusion to Captivate Audiences and Unlock the Secrets of Success Author: David Kwong Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A professional magician and illusionist—the head magic consultant for the hit film Now You See Me—reveals how to bridge the gap between perception and reality to increase your powers of persuasion and influence. David Kwong has astounded corporate CEOs, TED talk audiences, and thousands of other hyper-rational people, making them see, believe, and even remember what he wants them to. Illusion is an ancient art that centers on control: commanding a room, building anticipation, and appearing to work wonders. Illusion works because the human brain is wired to fill the gap between seeing and believing. Successful leaders—like Steve Jobs, Warren Buffett, and Ted Turner—are masters of control and command who understand how to sway opinions and achieve goals. In his years of research and practice, David has discovered seven fundamental principles of illusion. With these rules anyone can learn to: - Mind the Gap—recognize and employ the perceptual space between your audience’s ability to see and their impulse to believe. - Load Up—prepare to amaze your audience. - Write the Script—discover the importance of shaping the narrative that surrounds your illusion. - Control the Frame—explore the real life value of a magician’s best friend: misdirection. - Design Free Choice—command your audience by giving them agency. - Employ the Familiar—take secret advantage of habits, patterns, and audience expectations. - Conjure an Out—develop backup plans that will keep you one, two, three, or more steps ahead of the competition. With Spellbound you’ll discover a different way to sell your idea, product, or skills, and make your best shot better than everyone else’s.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291167Tue, 09 May 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291167 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spellbound: Seven Principles of Illusion to Captivate Audiences and Unlock the Secrets of Success Author: David Kwong Narrator: Mike Chamberlain...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/291167 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spellbound: Seven Principles of Illusion to Captivate Audiences and Unlock the Secrets of Success Author: David Kwong Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 9, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A professional magician and illusionist—the head magic consultant for the hit film Now You See Me—reveals how to bridge the gap between perception and reality to increase your powers of persuasion and influence. David Kwong has astounded corporate CEOs, TED talk audiences, and thousands of other hyper-rational people, making them see, believe, and even remember what he wants them to. Illusion is an ancient art that centers on control: commanding a room, building anticipation, and appearing to work wonders. Illusion works because the human brain is wired to fill the gap between seeing and believing. Successful leaders—like Steve Jobs, Warren Buffett, and Ted Turner—are masters of control and command who understand how to sway opinions and achieve goals. In his years of research and practice, David has discovered seven fundamental principles of illusion. With these rules anyone can learn to: - Mind the Gap—recognize and employ the perceptual space between your audience’s ability to see and their impulse to believe. - Load Up—prepare to amaze your audience. - Write the Script—discover the importance of shaping the narrative that surrounds your illusion. - Control the Frame—explore the real life value of a magician’s best friend: misdirection. - Design Free Choice—command your audience by giving them agency. - Employ the Familiar—take secret advantage of habits, patterns, and audience expectations. - Conjure an Out—develop backup plans that will keep you one, two, three, or more steps ahead of the competition. With Spellbound you’ll discover a different way to sell your idea, product, or skills, and make your best shot better than everyone else’s.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/contact-care-communicate-how-interpersonal-skills-are-the-foundation-of-genuine-customer-service-by-stephanie-dollschnieder--65131137https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293224 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Contact, Care, COMMUNICATE -- How Interpersonal Skills Are the Foundation of Genuine Customer Service Author: Stephanie Dollschnieder Narrator: Stephanie Dollschnieder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 8, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover the secrets of effective customer interaction and watch your business grow. Contact, Care, COMMUNICATE contains insights gleaned from over two decades of successful training, research and consultation in the field of customer service.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293224Mon, 08 May 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293224 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Contact, Care, COMMUNICATE -- How Interpersonal Skills Are the Foundation of Genuine Customer Service Author: Stephanie Dollschnieder Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293224 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Contact, Care, COMMUNICATE -- How Interpersonal Skills Are the Foundation of Genuine Customer Service Author: Stephanie Dollschnieder Narrator: Stephanie Dollschnieder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 8, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover the secrets of effective customer interaction and watch your business grow. Contact, Care, COMMUNICATE contains insights gleaned from over two decades of successful training, research and consultation in the field of customer service.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-become-a-better-negotiator-by-james-g-patterson-richard-a-luecke--65131111https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/288995 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Become a Better Negotiator Author: James G. Patterson, Richard A. Luecke Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Everything you do in life involves some sort of negotiation. You negotiate with your boss over your salary . . . with your coworkers over where to hold a meeting . . . and even with your family about where to take a vacation. When you buy a car, sell an idea, or solve any problems that involve others, your ability to negotiate is the key factor to getting what you want, and what you deserve. How to Become a Better Negotiator shows you the five basic steps of negotiation, how to avoid negotiation pitfalls and arrive at a successful conclusion. It covers important topics such as listening, assertiveness and how to deal with hostile opponents. This audiobook also teaches the common characteristics shared by all great negotiators, the different tactics for handling conflict, and how to plan and execute a successful negotiation strategy. The worksheets and graphics found in the print and ebook editions of this book have been adapted for audio.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/288995Tue, 25 Apr 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/288995 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Become a Better Negotiator Author: James G. Patterson, Richard A. Luecke Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/288995 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Become a Better Negotiator Author: James G. Patterson, Richard A. Luecke Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 25, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Everything you do in life involves some sort of negotiation. You negotiate with your boss over your salary . . . with your coworkers over where to hold a meeting . . . and even with your family about where to take a vacation. When you buy a car, sell an idea, or solve any problems that involve others, your ability to negotiate is the key factor to getting what you want, and what you deserve. How to Become a Better Negotiator shows you the five basic steps of negotiation, how to avoid negotiation pitfalls and arrive at a successful conclusion. It covers important topics such as listening, assertiveness and how to deal with hostile opponents. This audiobook also teaches the common characteristics shared by all great negotiators, the different tactics for handling conflict, and how to plan and execute a successful negotiation strategy. The worksheets and graphics found in the print and ebook editions of this book have been adapted for audio.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/conflict-without-casualties-2nd-edition-a-field-guide-for-leading-with-compassionate-accountability-by-nate-regier--65131142https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290142 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict without Casualties, 2nd Edition: A Field Guide for Leading with Compassionate Accountability Author: Nate Regier Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 24, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: When leaders learn how to manage the emotions and drama in their organizations, conflict can be made healthier. Nate Regier uses the Drama Triangle Model and the Compassion Cycle to show leaders how to exercise compassion, not passion, and turn the negative energy of conflict into a positive energy for increased productivity and growth. 'Conflict without Casualties fills a gap by showing leaders at any level how to leverage positive conflict. Practical, insightful, challenging, relevant. -Dan Pink, New York Times bestselling author Most organizations are terrified of conflict in the workplace, seeing it as a sign of trouble. But Nate Regier says conflict is really just a kind of energy and can be used in positive or negative ways. Handled incorrectly, conflict becomes drama, which is costly to companies, teams, and relationships at all levels. Avoiding, managing, or reducing conflict is a limited alternative. Instead, Regier explores the interpersonal dynamics that perpetuate drama in organizations through a concept called the Drama Triangle and offers an alternative: the Compassion Cycle. The Compassion Cycle allows leaders to balance compassion and accountability, transforming conflict into a growth experience that enables organizations to achieve significant gains in energy, productivity, engagement, and satisfaction in relationships. Provocative and illuminating, the concepts Regier shares will turn conflict from an experience to be avoided into a partner for positive change.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290142Mon, 24 Apr 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290142 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict without Casualties, 2nd Edition: A Field Guide for Leading with Compassionate Accountability Author: Nate Regier Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290142 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict without Casualties, 2nd Edition: A Field Guide for Leading with Compassionate Accountability Author: Nate Regier Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 24, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: When leaders learn how to manage the emotions and drama in their organizations, conflict can be made healthier. Nate Regier uses the Drama Triangle Model and the Compassion Cycle to show leaders how to exercise compassion, not passion, and turn the negative energy of conflict into a positive energy for increased productivity and growth. 'Conflict without Casualties fills a gap by showing leaders at any level how to leverage positive conflict. Practical, insightful, challenging, relevant. -Dan Pink, New York Times bestselling author Most organizations are terrified of conflict in the workplace, seeing it as a sign of trouble. But Nate Regier says conflict is really just a kind of energy and can be used in positive or negative ways. Handled incorrectly, conflict becomes drama, which is costly to companies, teams, and relationships at all levels. Avoiding, managing, or reducing conflict is a limited alternative. Instead, Regier explores the interpersonal dynamics that perpetuate drama in organizations through a concept called the Drama Triangle and offers an alternative: the Compassion Cycle. The Compassion Cycle allows leaders to balance compassion and accountability, transforming conflict into a growth experience that enables organizations to achieve significant gains in energy, productivity, engagement, and satisfaction in relationships. Provocative and illuminating, the concepts Regier shares will turn conflict from an experience to be avoided into a partner for positive change.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-ve-got-8-seconds-communication-secrets-for-a-distracted-world-by-paul-hellman--65131026https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290964 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You've Got 8 Seconds: Communication Secrets for a Distracted World Author: Paul Hellman Narrator: Paul Hellman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 9 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Every day at work, people do three things: talk, listen, and pretend to listen. That’s not surprising when you consider that the average attention span has dropped to 8 seconds. To break through, says high-stakes communications expert Paul Hellman, you need to focus on your audience, be slightly different, and deliver with finesse.Through fast, fun, actionable tips, You’ve Got 8 Seconds explains what works and what doesn’t, what’s forgettable and what sticks. With stories, scripts, and examples of good and bad messages, the book reveals three main strategies: - Focus: Design a strong message—then say it in seconds - Variety: Make routine information come alive - Presence: Convey confidence and command attention You’ll discover practical techniques, including the fast-focus method™ that the author uses with leadership teams; how to stand out in the first seconds of a presentation; and 10 actions that spell executive presence.Whether pitching a project, giving a speech, selling a product, or just writing an email, with You’ve Got 8 Seconds you’ll get heard, get remembered, and get results.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290964Tue, 11 Apr 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290964 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You've Got 8 Seconds: Communication Secrets for a Distracted World Author: Paul Hellman Narrator: Paul Hellman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290964 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You've Got 8 Seconds: Communication Secrets for a Distracted World Author: Paul Hellman Narrator: Paul Hellman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 11, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 9 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Every day at work, people do three things: talk, listen, and pretend to listen. That’s not surprising when you consider that the average attention span has dropped to 8 seconds. To break through, says high-stakes communications expert Paul Hellman, you need to focus on your audience, be slightly different, and deliver with finesse.Through fast, fun, actionable tips, You’ve Got 8 Seconds explains what works and what doesn’t, what’s forgettable and what sticks. With stories, scripts, and examples of good and bad messages, the book reveals three main strategies: - Focus: Design a strong message—then say it in seconds - Variety: Make routine information come alive - Presence: Convey confidence and command attention You’ll discover practical techniques, including the fast-focus method™ that the author uses with leadership teams; how to stand out in the first seconds of a presentation; and 10 actions that spell executive presence.Whether pitching a project, giving a speech, selling a product, or just writing an email, with You’ve Got 8 Seconds you’ll get heard, get remembered, and get results.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/no-more-pointless-meetings-breakthrough-sessions-that-will-revolutionize-the-way-you-work-by-martin-murphy--65131036https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No More Pointless Meetings: Breakthrough Sessions That Will Revolutionize the Way You Work Author: Martin Murphy Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Wasting time in pointless meetings is the one thing that never seems to change. Martin Murphy, however, has helped a 'Who's Who' of corporate clients transform time-sapping meetings into breakthrough sessions that are measurably productive. His strategy is not simply to make meetings more palatable; instead, he reframes the entire concept of collaboration and introduces four 'Work Sessions' that replace meetings to get more done, faster than ever before. These protocols address Issues Management, a means to identify, rank, and resolve issues before promoting them to Action Plan status; Problem Solving, thirty-minute sessions for quickly solving complex problems; Innovation, a means to discover the billion-dollar idea that lurks in every organization; and Ongoing Planning, a stripped-down, built-for-speed, ongoing alternative to scheduled planning. In the Digital Age, where innovation and speed-to-market cabilities rule, 'No More Pointless Meetings' shows managers how to leverage the creative and cognitive capabilities of their reports in a manner that transforms traditional collaborative outcomes.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290810Sat, 01 Apr 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No More Pointless Meetings: Breakthrough Sessions That Will Revolutionize the Way You Work Author: Martin Murphy Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/290810 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No More Pointless Meetings: Breakthrough Sessions That Will Revolutionize the Way You Work Author: Martin Murphy Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 1, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Wasting time in pointless meetings is the one thing that never seems to change. Martin Murphy, however, has helped a 'Who's Who' of corporate clients transform time-sapping meetings into breakthrough sessions that are measurably productive. His strategy is not simply to make meetings more palatable; instead, he reframes the entire concept of collaboration and introduces four 'Work Sessions' that replace meetings to get more done, faster than ever before. These protocols address Issues Management, a means to identify, rank, and resolve issues before promoting them to Action Plan status; Problem Solving, thirty-minute sessions for quickly solving complex problems; Innovation, a means to discover the billion-dollar idea that lurks in every organization; and Ongoing Planning, a stripped-down, built-for-speed, ongoing alternative to scheduled planning. In the Digital Age, where innovation and speed-to-market cabilities rule, 'No More Pointless Meetings' shows managers how to leverage the creative and cognitive capabilities of their reports in a manner that transforms traditional collaborative outcomes.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/leading-through-language-choosing-words-that-influence-and-inspire-by-bart-egnal--65130984https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289528 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Through Language: Choosing Words That Influence and Inspire Author: Bart Egnal Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Become a more effective leader—cut the jargon and say what you mean Leveraging. Strategizing. Opening the kimono. Unlocking human capital. Trying to nail that BHAG. All on a go forward basis. These are only a few examples of the jargon-ridden language that is too often the mainstay of business communication. Jargon frustrates, confuses, and generally alienates listeners. Yet it's also everywhere, and using it can often seem like a mandatory requirement for anyone who wants to establish credibility in a professional workplace. To be an effective leader, you must be brave enough to be the first to drop jargon in favor of simple, coherent language. This can be difficult if you've spent years immersed in business culture, but Leading Through Language will show just how much you've come to rely on jargon, why it's holding you back, and how to trim it away to more effectively convey information and ideas. Understand why jargon is reviled, yet ubiquitous Learn why 'business speak' gets in the way of business Discover what kind of language influences and inspires others Convey ideas with clarity, energy, and conviction Approach all communication as an act of leadership Communication often falls by the wayside in favor of more measurable data-backed performance metrics; but good communication has the power to improve metrics in every area of an organization. Leading Through Language is the business world's much-needed guide to true leadership communication, showing you how to eliminate idle talk and master compelling communication.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289528Wed, 01 Mar 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289528 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Through Language: Choosing Words That Influence and Inspire Author: Bart Egnal Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/289528 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Through Language: Choosing Words That Influence and Inspire Author: Bart Egnal Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 1, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Become a more effective leader—cut the jargon and say what you mean Leveraging. Strategizing. Opening the kimono. Unlocking human capital. Trying to nail that BHAG. All on a go forward basis. These are only a few examples of the jargon-ridden language that is too often the mainstay of business communication. Jargon frustrates, confuses, and generally alienates listeners. Yet it's also everywhere, and using it can often seem like a mandatory requirement for anyone who wants to establish credibility in a professional workplace. To be an effective leader, you must be brave enough to be the first to drop jargon in favor of simple, coherent language. This can be difficult if you've spent years immersed in business culture, but Leading Through Language will show just how much you've come to rely on jargon, why it's holding you back, and how to trim it away to more effectively convey information and ideas. Understand why jargon is reviled, yet ubiquitous Learn why 'business speak' gets in the way of business Discover what kind of language influences and inspires others Convey ideas with clarity, energy, and conviction Approach all communication as an act of leadership Communication often falls by the wayside in favor of more measurable data-backed performance metrics; but good communication has the power to improve metrics in every area of an organization. Leading Through Language is the business world's much-needed guide to true leadership communication, showing you how to eliminate idle talk and master compelling communication.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/5-voices-how-to-communicate-effectively-with-everyone-you-lead-by-steve-cockram-jeremie-kubicek--65131071https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 5 Voices: How to Communicate Effectively with Everyone You Lead Author: Steve Cockram, Jeremie Kubicek Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover your leadership voice and unlock your potential to influence others 5 Voices is the code for unlocking your capacity to have honest conversations and build deeper, more authentic relationships with your teams, your families and your friends. In order to lead others effectively, we need a true understanding of ourselves, our natural tendencies and patterns of behavior. In learning what your leadership voice sounds like to others, you will discover what it feels like to be on the other side of your personality, as well as how to hear and value others' voices, namely the Pioneer, the Connector, the Creative, the Guardian, and the Nurturer. Once you understand your own leadership voice, you'll discover how best to communicate with each of the other voices, which will transform your communication at every level of relationship, both personal and professional. In mastering the 5 Voices of leadership, you will increase your emotional intelligence, allowing you to gain a competitive advantage as a leader. You will also be equipped with a simple, easy to remember vocabulary that, when shared, has a track record for decreasing the drama, misunderstanding and miscommunication in all spheres of influence. Are you focused on relationships, values, and people? Or are you oriented more toward tradition, money, and resources? Do you know how others hear your voice? Do you appreciate the contributions of others on your team? This book will help you identify your natural leadership style, and give you a framework for leveraging your strengths. Find your foundational leadership voice Learn to hear and value the voices of others Know yourself before leading others Connect and communicate well with team, family and friends All five leadership voices come with their own particular set of strengths, and all have areas for growth. Understanding both sides of the equation is the key to taking your leadership to the next level and is the secret to increasing your ability to influence your team, family and friends. 5 Voices is a simple key which unlocks complicated relational dynamics and improves the health and alignment of all your relationships.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284034Wed, 01 Feb 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 5 Voices: How to Communicate Effectively with Everyone You Lead Author: Steve Cockram, Jeremie Kubicek Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 5 Voices: How to Communicate Effectively with Everyone You Lead Author: Steve Cockram, Jeremie Kubicek Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover your leadership voice and unlock your potential to influence others 5 Voices is the code for unlocking your capacity to have honest conversations and build deeper, more authentic relationships with your teams, your families and your friends. In order to lead others effectively, we need a true understanding of ourselves, our natural tendencies and patterns of behavior. In learning what your leadership voice sounds like to others, you will discover what it feels like to be on the other side of your personality, as well as how to hear and value others' voices, namely the Pioneer, the Connector, the Creative, the Guardian, and the Nurturer. Once you understand your own leadership voice, you'll discover how best to communicate with each of the other voices, which will transform your communication at every level of relationship, both personal and professional. In mastering the 5 Voices of leadership, you will increase your emotional intelligence, allowing you to gain a competitive advantage as a leader. You will also be equipped with a simple, easy to remember vocabulary that, when shared, has a track record for decreasing the drama, misunderstanding and miscommunication in all spheres of influence. Are you focused on relationships, values, and people? Or are you oriented more toward tradition, money, and resources? Do you know how others hear your voice? Do you appreciate the contributions of others on your team? This book will help you identify your natural leadership style, and give you a framework for leveraging your strengths. Find your foundational leadership voice Learn to hear and value the voices of others Know yourself before leading others Connect and communicate well with team, family and friends All five leadership voices come with their own particular set of strengths, and all have areas for growth. Understanding both sides of the equation is the key to taking your leadership to the next level and is the secret to increasing your ability to influence your team, family and friends. 5 Voices is a simple key which unlocks complicated relational dynamics and improves the health and alignment of all your relationships.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/100-tricks-to-appear-smart-in-meetings-how-to-get-by-without-even-trying-by-sarah-cooper--65131068https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283391 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100 Tricks to Appear Smart in Meetings: How to Get By Without Even Trying Author: Sarah Cooper Narrator: Sarah Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 32 minutes Release date: January 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: You know those subtle tricks your coworkers are all guilty of? The constant nodding, pretend concentration, useless rhetorical questions? These tricks make them seem like they know what they’re doing when in fact they have no clue. This behavior is so ingrained, so subtle, and so often mistaken for true intelligence that identifying it, calling it out, or compiling it into an exhaustive digest has never been attempted. Until now. Complete with examples, and scenarios, 100 Tricks gives you actionable ways to use words like “actionable,” in order to sound smart. Every type of meeting is covered, from general meetings where you stopped paying attention almost immediately, to one-on-one meetings you zoned out on, to impromptu meetings you were painfully subjected to at the last minute. It’s all here. Find an easy-to-digest trick guiding you on: -How to nail the big meeting by pacing and nodding. -Most effective ways to listen to your coworkers while still completely ignoring them. -The key to making your presentations “interactive.” If you hadn’t noticed these behaviors before, you will see them now—from your colleagues, your managers, and soon yourself. Each trick is a mirror to the reality of what happens in meetings, told in the form of hilariously bad advice—advice that you might just want to take. But probably not. But maybe.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283391Tue, 31 Jan 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283391 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100 Tricks to Appear Smart in Meetings: How to Get By Without Even Trying Author: Sarah Cooper Narrator: Sarah Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283391 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100 Tricks to Appear Smart in Meetings: How to Get By Without Even Trying Author: Sarah Cooper Narrator: Sarah Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 32 minutes Release date: January 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: You know those subtle tricks your coworkers are all guilty of? The constant nodding, pretend concentration, useless rhetorical questions? These tricks make them seem like they know what they’re doing when in fact they have no clue. This behavior is so ingrained, so subtle, and so often mistaken for true intelligence that identifying it, calling it out, or compiling it into an exhaustive digest has never been attempted. Until now. Complete with examples, and scenarios, 100 Tricks gives you actionable ways to use words like “actionable,” in order to sound smart. Every type of meeting is covered, from general meetings where you stopped paying attention almost immediately, to one-on-one meetings you zoned out on, to impromptu meetings you were painfully subjected to at the last minute. It’s all here. Find an easy-to-digest trick guiding you on: -How to nail the big meeting by pacing and nodding. -Most effective ways to listen to your coworkers while still completely ignoring them. -The key to making your presentations “interactive.” If you hadn’t noticed these behaviors before, you will see them now—from your colleagues, your managers, and soon yourself. Each trick is a mirror to the reality of what happens in meetings, told in the form of hilariously bad advice—advice that you might just want to take. But probably not. But maybe.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-agile-mind-set-making-agile-processes-work-by-gil-broza--65131048https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284115 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Agile Mind-Set: Making Agile Processes Work Author: Gil Broza Narrator: Mark Schectman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you frustrated or disenchanted by the results of your Agile approach? Does Agile sound like a good idea, but you're not sure how to explain it beyond roles, practices, and meetings? Is your team going through the motions, but it's still business as usual? The missing piece is the Agile mind-set — the thinking that makes Agile processes work. This book is your compass for the Agile journey. Without prescribing any process, practice, or tool, it will show you how practitioners approach: * Deciding what to work on * Planning and doing the work * Engaging people and performing as teams * Working better Pragmatic and dogma-free, this book will help you understand what it means to be Agile and how to bring others along.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284115Tue, 31 Jan 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284115 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Agile Mind-Set: Making Agile Processes Work Author: Gil Broza Narrator: Mark Schectman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/284115 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Agile Mind-Set: Making Agile Processes Work Author: Gil Broza Narrator: Mark Schectman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: January 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you frustrated or disenchanted by the results of your Agile approach? Does Agile sound like a good idea, but you're not sure how to explain it beyond roles, practices, and meetings? Is your team going through the motions, but it's still business as usual? The missing piece is the Agile mind-set — the thinking that makes Agile processes work. This book is your compass for the Agile journey. Without prescribing any process, practice, or tool, it will show you how practitioners approach: * Deciding what to work on * Planning and doing the work * Engaging people and performing as teams * Working better Pragmatic and dogma-free, this book will help you understand what it means to be Agile and how to bring others along.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/out-front-how-women-can-become-engaging-memorable-and-fearless-speakers-by-deborah-shames--65131059https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279576 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out Front: How Women Can Become Engaging, Memorable, and Fearless Speakers Author: Deborah Shames Narrator: Mary Dilts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Every Woman Has a Voice—Now, Make It HeardNow, more than ever, the business, social and political landscape is ripe for women to accomplish their goals. Women are entering law, medical, and graduate school in equal numbers to men. Two women are running for the highest office in the United States.Women are steadily showing up in powerful positions, and better communication and public speaking give women the ability to develop their full potential, seize every opportunity, and realize their aspirations. Whether pitching for new business, delivering a talk at a conference, raising money for a non-profit, or communicating one-on-one with coworkers, women can become effective, powerful communicators when they learn to speak with authenticity and confidence.Deborah Shames, a veteran speaker and master trainer, invites women to step up and be heard. Out Front is an operating manual with compelling anecdotes and applied performance techniques. Noting the perfection syndrome and negative self-talk that plagues many women, Deborah delivers a how-to for battling these demons and identifies women’s special talents—from high emotional intelligence and leadership skills to storytelling. She guides readers in the mechanics of constructing talks efficiently, even with pressing deadlines.A former film and television director, Deborah coauthored Own the Room: Business Presentations that Persuade, Engage and Get Results. For 15 years, she has trained and coached thousands of top-level executives, celebrities, and professionals at major U.S. corporations and non-profits. After only a few sessions, her clients generate more revenue, advance in their careers, and often receive the highest evaluations when they speak.Out Front is the definitive book for every woman who wants to realize their potential, engage an audience and expand their influence, whatever the venue or challenge.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279576Tue, 10 Jan 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279576 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out Front: How Women Can Become Engaging, Memorable, and Fearless Speakers Author: Deborah Shames Narrator: Mary Dilts Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279576 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Out Front: How Women Can Become Engaging, Memorable, and Fearless Speakers Author: Deborah Shames Narrator: Mary Dilts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Every Woman Has a Voice—Now, Make It HeardNow, more than ever, the business, social and political landscape is ripe for women to accomplish their goals. Women are entering law, medical, and graduate school in equal numbers to men. Two women are running for the highest office in the United States.Women are steadily showing up in powerful positions, and better communication and public speaking give women the ability to develop their full potential, seize every opportunity, and realize their aspirations. Whether pitching for new business, delivering a talk at a conference, raising money for a non-profit, or communicating one-on-one with coworkers, women can become effective, powerful communicators when they learn to speak with authenticity and confidence.Deborah Shames, a veteran speaker and master trainer, invites women to step up and be heard. Out Front is an operating manual with compelling anecdotes and applied performance techniques. Noting the perfection syndrome and negative self-talk that plagues many women, Deborah delivers a how-to for battling these demons and identifies women’s special talents—from high emotional intelligence and leadership skills to storytelling. She guides readers in the mechanics of constructing talks efficiently, even with pressing deadlines.A former film and television director, Deborah coauthored Own the Room: Business Presentations that Persuade, Engage and Get Results. For 15 years, she has trained and coached thousands of top-level executives, celebrities, and professionals at major U.S. corporations and non-profits. After only a few sessions, her clients generate more revenue, advance in their careers, and often receive the highest evaluations when they speak.Out Front is the definitive book for every woman who wants to realize their potential, engage an audience and expand their influence, whatever the venue or challenge.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-do-i-need-a-plan-a-selection-from-rich-dad-advisors-writing-winning-business-plans-by-garrett-sutton--65131013https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281246 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Do I Need a Plan?: A Selection from Rich Dad Advisors: Writing Winning Business Plans Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you ready for business? First you need a plan . . . A selection from the bestselling Rich Dad Advisors: Winning Business Plans.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281246Tue, 10 Jan 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281246 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Do I Need a Plan?: A Selection from Rich Dad Advisors: Writing Winning Business Plans Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/281246 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Do I Need a Plan?: A Selection from Rich Dad Advisors: Writing Winning Business Plans Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you ready for business? First you need a plan . . . A selection from the bestselling Rich Dad Advisors: Winning Business Plans.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/presentation-skills-course-the-audience-is-not-in-their-underwear-by-rory-vaden--65131051https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283593 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presentation Skills Course: The Audience is NOT in Their Underwear! Author: Rory Vaden Narrator: Rory Vaden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: How to write truly compelling presentations and deliver them like a Champ! From Two Time World Champion of Public Speaking Finalist Rory Vaden Imagine coming off stage to thousands of fans cheering at the top of their lungs while they give you a thunderous standing ovation. Picture a lifestyle where you regularly meet the most influential people in the world and you network with some of the wealthiest people on the planet. Imagine performing in front of all different types of audiences in numerous cities around the country, or even the world. You'll be changing people's lives as you inspire and motivate them with meaningful solutions that you have for their lives or their business. Picture sitting at a table with your sharpie in hand as massive line forms wrapping back and forth as people wait anxiously just for the chance to meet you and get your autograph. Most of all consider the fulfillment and true joy that you would experience when you hear back from people who have made tremendous progress in their life based on what YOU taught them! That is the life of a Champion Presenter! If you are ready to turn your message into money, your hope into happiness, and your dream into dollars then this is exactly what you are looking for. It's like NOTHING that has ever been created before. This audiobook includes all of the real honest secrets that Rory used to become one of the fastest rising speakers in the world in just a few short years. This is NOT just the basics of how to tell a story, what to do to write a speech, or how to use simple gestures. This is an industrial strength mastery level advanced mechanics for how to make audiences erupt with laughter and explode with applause. The ONLY way you'll ever reach your maximum potential as a speaker is to become absolutely dynamic on stage - this shows you how. Much of the information contained here has never been shared outside of Rory's immediate circle of speaker friends. It is the equivalent of a magician exposing every one of his tricks. The primary reason Rory created this content was for training his own team of speakers at Southwestern Consulting. But we followed him around with a microphone as he was letting his business partners in on these highly personal secrets and strategies. Rory is arguably one of the most compelling presenters on the planet. At 24 years old he was the youngest person in history to make it to the World Championship of Public Speaking; TWICE! By age 27 he had built a multi-million dollar speaking and training company, created 6 different books, and was keynoting for companies like Morgan Stanley-Smith Barney, Bank of America, Trane, McGladrey, and HCA. He has been one of the fastest speakers in history to gain international notoriety. As you will learn, all of this can happen for you once you understand the techniques of being magnificent on the platform!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283593Sun, 01 Jan 2017 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283593 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presentation Skills Course: The Audience is NOT in Their Underwear! Author: Rory Vaden Narrator: Rory Vaden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283593 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presentation Skills Course: The Audience is NOT in Their Underwear! Author: Rory Vaden Narrator: Rory Vaden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: How to write truly compelling presentations and deliver them like a Champ! From Two Time World Champion of Public Speaking Finalist Rory Vaden Imagine coming off stage to thousands of fans cheering at the top of their lungs while they give you a thunderous standing ovation. Picture a lifestyle where you regularly meet the most influential people in the world and you network with some of the wealthiest people on the planet. Imagine performing in front of all different types of audiences in numerous cities around the country, or even the world. You'll be changing people's lives as you inspire and motivate them with meaningful solutions that you have for their lives or their business. Picture sitting at a table with your sharpie in hand as massive line forms wrapping back and forth as people wait anxiously just for the chance to meet you and get your autograph. Most of all consider the fulfillment and true joy that you would experience when you hear back from people who have made tremendous progress in their life based on what YOU taught them! That is the life of a Champion Presenter! If you are ready to turn your message into money, your hope into happiness, and your dream into dollars then this is exactly what you are looking for. It's like NOTHING that has ever been created before. This audiobook includes all of the real honest secrets that Rory used to become one of the fastest rising speakers in the world in just a few short years. This is NOT just the basics of how to tell a story, what to do to write a speech, or how to use simple gestures. This is an industrial strength mastery level advanced mechanics for how to make audiences erupt with laughter and explode with applause. The ONLY way you'll ever reach your maximum potential as a speaker is to become absolutely dynamic on stage - this shows you how. Much of the information contained here has never been shared outside of Rory's immediate circle of speaker friends. It is the equivalent of a magician exposing every one of his tricks. The primary reason Rory created this content was for training his own team of speakers at Southwestern Consulting. But we followed him around with a microphone as he was letting his business partners in on these highly personal secrets and strategies. Rory is arguably one of the most compelling presenters on the planet. At 24 years old he was the youngest person in history to make it to the World Championship of Public Speaking; TWICE! By age 27 he had built a multi-million dollar speaking and training company, created 6 different books, and was keynoting for companies like Morgan Stanley-Smith Barney, Bank of America, Trane, McGladrey, and HCA. He has been one of the fastest speakers in history to gain international notoriety. As you will learn, all of this can happen for you once you understand the techniques of being magnificent on the platform!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/confident-public-speaking-being-heard-above-the-noise-by-rosemarie-barnes--65131058https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283358 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confident Public Speaking: Being Heard Above the Noise Author: Rosemarie Barnes Narrator: Rosemarie Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 19, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A good idea not shared or understood by others is a shame. A brilliant idea not shared and understood is a tragedy. Public speaking is so much more than the courage to stand in front of a group and talk. For a presentation to be powerful, it must have the right amount of content, organized in a memorable way for both speaker and audience, it must be delivered with power, warmth, and charisma, and it must be spoken in the language of the audience. How much content is enough? How much is too much? Most public speakers work so hard to give great value to their audiences that they inadvertently make a huge mistake; they include far too much information into far too little time. Time is never a speaker's friend. Going overtime in a presentation is an egregious error and rude to the nth degree. How well is your presentation organized? If you must rely on notes, cue cards, or even worse, slides, to keep you on track, the problem is not one of memory; the problem lies in the organization. Excellent speakers use systems and strategies so that the presentation is simple for them to remember and impossible for their audiences to forget. Through good organization, speakers are able to build anticipation, excitement, and engagement; so simple, but not easy. Speakers are not generally trained actors, but they do need to know their way around a performance space. Don't like that word, 'performance?' Get over it, because each time a speaker stands to deliver a message they are absolutely, un-categorically, giving a performance. As such, knowledge of stagecraft is as vital as is the message. Which part of the space is the strongest? The weakest? How can a speaker use that information to assist the audience in understanding the message? What are the best ways to enter and exit? A general understanding of how to use presentation spaces properly is extraordinarily valuable to every great speaker. To move or not to move? That is the question. Speakers must fill the space, but (and here's the important bit) they do not have to do it with their feet to do it. Movement can be good. Movement can be effective. Movement can make the audience seasick, drowsy, and provide an opportunity for them to disengage from the presentation and answer e-mails. Too much, or idle movement can and does dilute the message. Period. The trick, of course, lies in using movement with purpose and one of those purposes is NOT to connect with your audience. It is sad but true, that moving to one end of the performance space gets the speaker closer to that side of the audience, but the consequence is to disengage from the other side. Your listeners are there to benefit from your entire presentation, not half of it. There are other, much better strategies to keep the audience engaged the audience at all times, and scant few of them involve cardiovascular exercise for the speaker. Hot on the heels of understanding the effects of movement is the monumental importance of body language. When we feel threatened, nervous or surprised, our reptilian brain immediately takes over and high handedly imposes its control. Adrenalin floods our systems causing us to fight, flee, or freeze with little care as to the physical message we are sending. When an audience sees a conflict between the verbal and physical messages they will always, always, believe the physical over the verbal. If you want the listeners to like you, understand you, and trust you, (and that is the point, isn't it?) then the messages you send absolutely must be unified. From the tilt of the head to the direction of the toes, be sure the story being told is the you intend. Now add in the secret ingredient of vocal control, the fine art of linguistic choices, and the careful use of charisma, and we have the recipe for creating excellence in public speaking.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283358Mon, 19 Dec 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283358 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confident Public Speaking: Being Heard Above the Noise Author: Rosemarie Barnes Narrator: Rosemarie Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/283358 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confident Public Speaking: Being Heard Above the Noise Author: Rosemarie Barnes Narrator: Rosemarie Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: December 19, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A good idea not shared or understood by others is a shame. A brilliant idea not shared and understood is a tragedy. Public speaking is so much more than the courage to stand in front of a group and talk. For a presentation to be powerful, it must have the right amount of content, organized in a memorable way for both speaker and audience, it must be delivered with power, warmth, and charisma, and it must be spoken in the language of the audience. How much content is enough? How much is too much? Most public speakers work so hard to give great value to their audiences that they inadvertently make a huge mistake; they include far too much information into far too little time. Time is never a speaker's friend. Going overtime in a presentation is an egregious error and rude to the nth degree. How well is your presentation organized? If you must rely on notes, cue cards, or even worse, slides, to keep you on track, the problem is not one of memory; the problem lies in the organization. Excellent speakers use systems and strategies so that the presentation is simple for them to remember and impossible for their audiences to forget. Through good organization, speakers are able to build anticipation, excitement, and engagement; so simple, but not easy. Speakers are not generally trained actors, but they do need to know their way around a performance space. Don't like that word, 'performance?' Get over it, because each time a speaker stands to deliver a message they are absolutely, un-categorically, giving a performance. As such, knowledge of stagecraft is as vital as is the message. Which part of the space is the strongest? The weakest? How can a speaker use that information to assist the audience in understanding the message? What are the best ways to enter and exit? A general understanding of how to use presentation spaces properly is extraordinarily valuable to every great speaker. To move or not to move? That is the question. Speakers must fill the space, but (and here's the important bit) they do not have to do it with their feet to do it. Movement can be good. Movement can be effective. Movement can make the audience seasick, drowsy, and provide an opportunity for them to disengage from the presentation and answer e-mails. Too much, or idle movement can and does dilute the message. Period. The trick, of course, lies in using movement with purpose and one of those purposes is NOT to connect with your audience. It is sad but true, that moving to one end of the performance space gets the speaker closer to that side of the audience, but the consequence is to disengage from the other side. Your listeners are there to benefit from your entire presentation, not half of it. There are other, much better strategies to keep the audience engaged the audience at all times, and scant few of them involve cardiovascular exercise for the speaker. Hot on the heels of understanding the effects of movement is the monumental importance of body language. When we feel threatened, nervous or surprised, our reptilian brain immediately takes over and high handedly imposes its control. Adrenalin floods our systems causing us to fight, flee, or freeze with little care as to the physical message we are sending. When an audience sees a conflict between the verbal and physical messages they will always, always, believe the physical over the verbal. If you want the listeners to like you, understand you, and trust you, (and that is the point, isn't it?) then the messages you...]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/body-language-secrets-to-win-more-negotiations-how-to-read-any-opponent-and-get-what-you-want-by-greg-williams--65131145https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body Language Secrets to Win More Negotiations: How to Read Any Opponent and Get What You Want Author: Greg Williams Narrator: JD Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The success of a negotiation is profoundly affected by how well you read body language. How can you learn to read the subtle clues--many lasting a fraction of a second--that your opponent projects?Body Language Secrets to Win More Negotiations will help you discover what the “other side” is revealing through body language and microexpressions, and how to control your own. It will help you become more adept at leveraging your knowledge of emotional intelligence, negotiation ploys, and emotional hot buttons.Through engaging stories and examples, Body Language Secrets to Win More Negotiations shows you how to employ a wide range of strategies to achieve your negotiating goals. You will learn: - How to employ your knowledge of body language to instantly read the other negotiator’s position. - Insider secrets that will give you an advantage in any negotiation. - Techniques to overcome common obstacles that hamper your negotiations. Learning to read and send body language signals enables anyone, anywhere, to gain an advantage in any negotiation, from where to go for brunch to what price to pay for a global corporate acquisition.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278587Tue, 06 Dec 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body Language Secrets to Win More Negotiations: How to Read Any Opponent and Get What You Want Author: Greg Williams Narrator: JD Jackson Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/278587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Body Language Secrets to Win More Negotiations: How to Read Any Opponent and Get What You Want Author: Greg Williams Narrator: JD Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: December 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The success of a negotiation is profoundly affected by how well you read body language. How can you learn to read the subtle clues--many lasting a fraction of a second--that your opponent projects?Body Language Secrets to Win More Negotiations will help you discover what the “other side” is revealing through body language and microexpressions, and how to control your own. It will help you become more adept at leveraging your knowledge of emotional intelligence, negotiation ploys, and emotional hot buttons.Through engaging stories and examples, Body Language Secrets to Win More Negotiations shows you how to employ a wide range of strategies to achieve your negotiating goals. You will learn: - How to employ your knowledge of body language to instantly read the other negotiator’s position. - Insider secrets that will give you an advantage in any negotiation. - Techniques to overcome common obstacles that hamper your negotiations. Learning to read and send body language signals enables anyone, anywhere, to gain an advantage in any negotiation, from where to go for brunch to what price to pay for a global corporate acquisition.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stage-fright-mastering-the-fear-of-public-speaking-by-vanna-novak-lorraine-howell-patricia-fripp-brad-worthley-dianna-booher-tony-ales--65131049https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279240 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stage Fright: Mastering the Fear of Public Speaking Author: Vanna Novak, Lorraine Howell, Patricia Fripp, Brad Worthley, Dianna Booher, Tony Alessandra, Ph.D. Narrator: Various Authors Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The fear of public speaking is the most common dread any of us will ever face. In fact, it’s the number one phobia on the planet! Yet the ability to communicate effectively in front of a crowd is the one most important skill to have if you want to advance your career. Being able to master your fear of public speaking and control your stage fright will bring you closer to phenomenal success than mastery of any other challenge. In this multisession audio program, you’ll discover the most effective methods for calming your fear of speaking in public, mastering your mood, thinking on your feet, and communicating with power and passion. Join public speaking experts Dianna Booher, Tony Alessandra, Patricia Fripp, Vanna Novak, Brad Worthley, and Lorraine Howell in this engaging and fact-packed workshop in a box. Your paycheck will thank you for it—and so will your nerves!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279240Tue, 22 Nov 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279240 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stage Fright: Mastering the Fear of Public Speaking Author: Vanna Novak, Lorraine Howell, Patricia Fripp, Brad Worthley, Dianna Booher, Tony...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/279240 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stage Fright: Mastering the Fear of Public Speaking Author: Vanna Novak, Lorraine Howell, Patricia Fripp, Brad Worthley, Dianna Booher, Tony Alessandra, Ph.D. Narrator: Various Authors Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The fear of public speaking is the most common dread any of us will ever face. In fact, it’s the number one phobia on the planet! Yet the ability to communicate effectively in front of a crowd is the one most important skill to have if you want to advance your career. Being able to master your fear of public speaking and control your stage fright will bring you closer to phenomenal success than mastery of any other challenge. In this multisession audio program, you’ll discover the most effective methods for calming your fear of speaking in public, mastering your mood, thinking on your feet, and communicating with power and passion. Join public speaking experts Dianna Booher, Tony Alessandra, Patricia Fripp, Vanna Novak, Brad Worthley, and Lorraine Howell in this engaging and fact-packed workshop in a box. Your paycheck will thank you for it—and so will your nerves!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-speak-with-confidence-in-public-by-edie-lush--65130988https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357242 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Speak With Confidence in Public Series: #1 of How To: Academy Author: Edie Lush Narrator: Edie Lush, Charlotte Mcdougall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: People buy people, which means that managing our presence and profile is critical. We are constantly meeting and speaking to people who are short of both time and attention. By exploring the concepts of energy (to increase presence) and story structure (to bring content alive and make it concise, accessible and memorable), Edie Lush and Charlotte McDougall offer a practical guide for beating nerves and building the foundation for real self-awareness and confidence. How To Speak With Confidence in Public will help you build your presence and profile and explore techniques to help you present yourself, your personality and your messages in a confident, personable and compelling way - wherever you are and whoever you are talking to. What you'll learn - A heightened awareness of what effective and engaging communication looks and sounds like. - Practical techniques to immediately help you come across with more confidence and authority. - A practical methodology to help you prepare and structure your content and bring it to life. - Nerves: how they can affect us, and what to do about it!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357242Thu, 20 Oct 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357242 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Speak With Confidence in Public Series: #1 of How To: Academy Author: Edie Lush Narrator: Edie Lush, Charlotte Mcdougall Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/357242 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Speak With Confidence in Public Series: #1 of How To: Academy Author: Edie Lush Narrator: Edie Lush, Charlotte Mcdougall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: People buy people, which means that managing our presence and profile is critical. We are constantly meeting and speaking to people who are short of both time and attention. By exploring the concepts of energy (to increase presence) and story structure (to bring content alive and make it concise, accessible and memorable), Edie Lush and Charlotte McDougall offer a practical guide for beating nerves and building the foundation for real self-awareness and confidence. How To Speak With Confidence in Public will help you build your presence and profile and explore techniques to help you present yourself, your personality and your messages in a confident, personable and compelling way - wherever you are and whoever you are talking to. What you'll learn - A heightened awareness of what effective and engaging communication looks and sounds like. - Practical techniques to immediately help you come across with more confidence and authority. - A practical methodology to help you prepare and structure your content and bring it to life. - Nerves: how they can affect us, and what to do about it!]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-gift-of-anger-use-passion-to-build-not-destroy-by-joe-solmonese--65131065https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Anger: Use Passion to Build Not Destroy Author: Joe Solmonese Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 12, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Former Human Rights Campaign president Joe Solmonese shares powerful lessons learned from negotiating and collaborating with others who disagreed and even despised him. Takeaway: you can accomplish wonders-like achieving marriage equality-if you can use your anger strategically and channel it in the direction of the greater good. Under Joe Solmonese's leadership, the Human Rights Campaign, the nation's largest LGBT rights organization, became the model other organizations look toward to create effective social and political change. Ranked among the National Journal's top five most effective groups, HRC was instrumental in passing landmark national legislation such as the Matthew Shepard and James Byrd, Jr. Hate Crimes Prevention Act, the repeal of 'Don't Ask, Don't Tell,' and the passage of marriage equality in eight states. Beginning with a moving story of working with Matthew Sheppard's mother Virginia in passing the hate crimes bill that bears Matthew's name, Solmonese shows how he discovere that channeled anger can drive a commitment to change. Mrs. Sheppard taught him to keep his unquestionably justifiable anger from blinding him in the moment, and instead use it strategically, in the service of a larger purpose. In this book he uses the lessons he learned during tenure at HRC, as well as his previous position as the CEO of Emily's List, and his current work as a corporate consultant, to teach readers how they can affect real, lasting change in society and at work. His often-surprising lessons may not be entirely expected or celebrated by all groups, e.g., don't shame your enemies, find allies wherever you can, and ask for the doable, not the impossible. Most striking in this book are the stories of Joe's ability to draw some kind of win-however small-from seeming enemies. Many of these former enemies became stalwart allies over time. Joe's book is more concerned with the 'long game' of changing culture and achieving long-term goals, not the 'short game' of enforcing purity or litmus tests.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270662Mon, 12 Sep 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Anger: Use Passion to Build Not Destroy Author: Joe Solmonese Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Anger: Use Passion to Build Not Destroy Author: Joe Solmonese Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 12, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Former Human Rights Campaign president Joe Solmonese shares powerful lessons learned from negotiating and collaborating with others who disagreed and even despised him. Takeaway: you can accomplish wonders-like achieving marriage equality-if you can use your anger strategically and channel it in the direction of the greater good. Under Joe Solmonese's leadership, the Human Rights Campaign, the nation's largest LGBT rights organization, became the model other organizations look toward to create effective social and political change. Ranked among the National Journal's top five most effective groups, HRC was instrumental in passing landmark national legislation such as the Matthew Shepard and James Byrd, Jr. Hate Crimes Prevention Act, the repeal of 'Don't Ask, Don't Tell,' and the passage of marriage equality in eight states. Beginning with a moving story of working with Matthew Sheppard's mother Virginia in passing the hate crimes bill that bears Matthew's name, Solmonese shows how he discovere that channeled anger can drive a commitment to change. Mrs. Sheppard taught him to keep his unquestionably justifiable anger from blinding him in the moment, and instead use it strategically, in the service of a larger purpose. In this book he uses the lessons he learned during tenure at HRC, as well as his previous position as the CEO of Emily's List, and his current work as a corporate consultant, to teach readers how they can affect real, lasting change in society and at work. His often-surprising lessons may not be entirely expected or celebrated by all groups, e.g., don't shame your enemies, find allies wherever you can, and ask for the doable, not the impossible. Most striking in this book are the stories of Joe's ability to draw some kind of win-however small-from seeming enemies. Many of these former enemies became stalwart allies over time. Joe's book is more concerned with the 'long game' of changing culture and achieving long-term goals, not the 'short game' of enforcing purity or litmus tests.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/pre-suasion-channeling-attention-for-change-by-robert-cialdini--65131052https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269990 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: Channeling Attention for Change Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The acclaimed New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller from Robert Cialdini—“the foremost expert on effective persuasion” (Harvard Business Review)—explains how it’s not necessarily the message itself that changes minds, but the key moment before you deliver that message. What separates effective communicators from truly successful persuaders? With the same rigorous scientific research and accessibility that made his Influence an iconic bestseller, Robert Cialdini explains how to prepare people to be receptive to a message before they experience it. Optimal persuasion is achieved only through optimal pre-suasion. In other words, to change “minds” a pre-suader must also change “states of mind.” Named a “Best Business Books of 2016” by the Financial Times, and “compelling” by The Wall Street Journal, Cialdini’s Pre-Suasion draws on his extensive experience as the most cited social psychologist of our time and explains the techniques a person should implement to become a master persuader. Altering a listener’s attitudes, beliefs, or experiences isn’t necessary, says Cialdini—all that’s required is for a communicator to redirect the audience’s focus of attention before a relevant action. From studies on advertising imagery to treating opiate addiction, from the annual letters of Berkshire Hathaway to the annals of history, Cialdini outlines the specific techniques you can use on online marketing campaigns and even effective wartime propaganda. He illustrates how the artful diversion of attention leads to successful pre-suasion and gets your targeted audience primed and ready to say, “Yes.” His book is “an essential tool for anyone serious about science based business strategies…and is destined to be an instant classic. It belongs on the shelf of anyone in business, from the CEO to the newest salesperson” (Forbes).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269990Tue, 06 Sep 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269990 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: Channeling Attention for Change Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269990 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: Channeling Attention for Change Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The acclaimed New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller from Robert Cialdini—“the foremost expert on effective persuasion” (Harvard Business Review)—explains how it’s not necessarily the message itself that changes minds, but the key moment before you deliver that message. What separates effective communicators from truly successful persuaders? With the same rigorous scientific research and accessibility that made his Influence an iconic bestseller, Robert Cialdini explains how to prepare people to be receptive to a message before they experience it. Optimal persuasion is achieved only through optimal pre-suasion. In other words, to change “minds” a pre-suader must also change “states of mind.” Named a “Best Business Books of 2016” by the Financial Times, and “compelling” by The Wall Street Journal, Cialdini’s Pre-Suasion draws on his extensive experience as the most cited social psychologist of our time and explains the techniques a person should implement to become a master persuader. Altering a listener’s attitudes, beliefs, or experiences isn’t necessary, says Cialdini—all that’s required is for a communicator to redirect the audience’s focus of attention before a relevant action. From studies on advertising imagery to treating opiate addiction, from the annual letters of Berkshire Hathaway to the annals of history, Cialdini outlines the specific techniques you can use on online marketing campaigns and even effective wartime propaganda. He illustrates how the artful diversion of attention leads to successful pre-suasion and gets your targeted audience primed and ready to say, “Yes.” His book is “an essential tool for anyone serious about science based business strategies…and is destined to be an instant classic. It belongs on the shelf of anyone in business, from the CEO to the newest salesperson” (Forbes).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiating-with-tough-customers-never-take-no-for-a-final-answer-and-other-tactics-to-win-at-the-bargaining-table-by-steve-reilly--65131085https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating with Tough Customers: Never Take 'No!' for a Final Answer and Other Tactics to Win at the Bargaining Table Author: Steve Reilly Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiation is the middle ground between capitulation and stonewalling, a back-and-forth between two parties trying to reach agreement. If a price or other term is non-negotiable, there is no give and take, just “take it or leave it.” You may think you are negotiating, but if the other side isn’t playing, you aren’t either. Regardless of the industry, situation, or product, the two most common mistakes negotiators make are: 1. they give ground too easily, and; 2. they get nothing in return. When dealing with tough customers it is even more important to be able to defend your position and bargain for reciprocal concessions. Negotiating With Tough Customers provides proven methods for holding your ground against (seemingly) more powerful negotiators. But it goes further, making sure that when you do give ground, you get equal or better value in return. Using a cooperative, collaborative approach in a hardball negotiation just doesn’t work. Tough negotiators will play win-win, but only if they have nothing to lose. Negotiating With Tough Customers will make you a better salesperson by making you a better negotiator...and vice versa.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268579Mon, 01 Aug 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating with Tough Customers: Never Take 'No!' for a Final Answer and Other Tactics to Win at the Bargaining Table Author: Steve Reilly Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating with Tough Customers: Never Take 'No!' for a Final Answer and Other Tactics to Win at the Bargaining Table Author: Steve Reilly Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiation is the middle ground between capitulation and stonewalling, a back-and-forth between two parties trying to reach agreement. If a price or other term is non-negotiable, there is no give and take, just “take it or leave it.” You may think you are negotiating, but if the other side isn’t playing, you aren’t either. Regardless of the industry, situation, or product, the two most common mistakes negotiators make are: 1. they give ground too easily, and; 2. they get nothing in return. When dealing with tough customers it is even more important to be able to defend your position and bargain for reciprocal concessions. Negotiating With Tough Customers provides proven methods for holding your ground against (seemingly) more powerful negotiators. But it goes further, making sure that when you do give ground, you get equal or better value in return. Using a cooperative, collaborative approach in a hardball negotiation just doesn’t work. Tough negotiators will play win-win, but only if they have nothing to lose. Negotiating With Tough Customers will make you a better salesperson by making you a better negotiator...and vice versa.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/breaking-through-bias-communication-techniques-for-women-to-succeed-at-work-by-cynthia-k-harris-alton-b-harris-andrea-s-kramer--65131061https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Through Bias: Communication Techniques for Women to Succeed at Work Author: Cynthia K. Harris, Alton B. Harris, Andrea S. Kramer Narrator: David Steele Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: More than fifty years after the beginning of the Women’s Movement and forty years after passage of Title IX, women are still not “making it” in traditionally male careers. Women start their careers on parity with men but generally end them far earlier, having achieved less status, lower compensation, and less satisfaction than men. Breaking Through Bias explains that it is the stereotypes about women, men, work, leadership, and family that hold women back, and it presents an integrated set of communication techniques that women can use to avoid the discriminatory consequences of these stereotypes. Women define career success in a wide variety of ways. But whatever a woman’s personal definition, if she is in a traditionally male-dominated career—virtually all high status, highly compensated fields—her career is at risk because of pervasive gender stereotypes. This highly practical book makes clear that women don’t need to change who they are to succeed in their chosen careers, and they certainly don’t need to act more like men. Women do, however, need to be attuned to the negative gender stereotypes that surround them; they need to anticipate the biases these stereotypes foster, and they need to manage the impressions they make to avoid or overcome these biases. Based on the authors’ personal experiences as business leaders and practicing attorneys, involvement in compensation and hiring decisions, extensive mentoring activities, and numerous scientific and academic studies, Breaking Through Bias presents unique, practical, and effective advice about how women can at last break through gender bias in the workplace and win at the career advancement game.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268583Wed, 01 Jun 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Through Bias: Communication Techniques for Women to Succeed at Work Author: Cynthia K. Harris, Alton B. Harris, Andrea S. Kramer Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking Through Bias: Communication Techniques for Women to Succeed at Work Author: Cynthia K. Harris, Alton B. Harris, Andrea S. Kramer Narrator: David Steele Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: More than fifty years after the beginning of the Women’s Movement and forty years after passage of Title IX, women are still not “making it” in traditionally male careers. Women start their careers on parity with men but generally end them far earlier, having achieved less status, lower compensation, and less satisfaction than men. Breaking Through Bias explains that it is the stereotypes about women, men, work, leadership, and family that hold women back, and it presents an integrated set of communication techniques that women can use to avoid the discriminatory consequences of these stereotypes. Women define career success in a wide variety of ways. But whatever a woman’s personal definition, if she is in a traditionally male-dominated career—virtually all high status, highly compensated fields—her career is at risk because of pervasive gender stereotypes. This highly practical book makes clear that women don’t need to change who they are to succeed in their chosen careers, and they certainly don’t need to act more like men. Women do, however, need to be attuned to the negative gender stereotypes that surround them; they need to anticipate the biases these stereotypes foster, and they need to manage the impressions they make to avoid or overcome these biases. Based on the authors’ personal experiences as business leaders and practicing attorneys, involvement in compensation and hiring decisions, extensive mentoring activities, and numerous scientific and academic studies, Breaking Through Bias presents unique, practical, and effective advice about how women can at last break through gender bias in the workplace and win at the career advancement game.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/never-split-the-difference-negotiating-as-if-your-life-depended-on-it-by-chris-voss-tahl-raz--65131029https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263027 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Split the Difference: Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On It Author: Chris Voss, Tahl Raz Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 1005 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 153 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: This international bestseller, with more than 3 million copies sold, offers a field-tested approach to high-stakes negotiations—whether in the boardroom, in your community, or at home. Life is a series of negotiations, and negotiation is at the heart of collaboration—whether you are a business executive, a salesperson, a parent , a community leader, or a spouse. As a former FBI hostage negotiator, Chris Voss gives you the tools to be effective in any situation: negotiating a business deal, buying (or selling) a car, negotiating a salary, acquiring a home, renegotiating rent, deliberating with your partner, or communicating with your children. Taking the power of persuasion, empathy, active listening, and intuition to the next level, Never Split the Difference gives you the competitive edge in any difficult conversation or challenging situation. This book is a masterclass in influencing others, no matter the circumstances. After a stint policing the rough streets of Kansas City, Chris Voss joined the FBI, where his career as a hostage negotiator brought him face-to-face with a range of criminals, including bank robbers and terrorists. Reaching the pinnacle of his profession, he became the FBI’s lead international kidnapping negotiator. Never Split the Difference distills the Voss method, revealing the skills that matter most when it comes to achieving your goals in both your professional and personal life. Step-by-step, Voss show you how to: Establish Rapport  Create Trust with Tactical Empathy Gain the Permission to Persuade  Shape What Is Fair  Calibrate Questions Transform Conflict into Collaboration Spot Liars Create Breakthroughs by Revealing the Unknown Unknowns Never Split the Difference is your definitive source for defusing potential crises, winning people over, and achieving your goals at work and at home.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263027Tue, 17 May 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263027 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Split the Difference: Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On It Author: Chris Voss, Tahl Raz Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263027 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Split the Difference: Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On It Author: Chris Voss, Tahl Raz Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 1005 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 153 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: This international bestseller, with more than 3 million copies sold, offers a field-tested approach to high-stakes negotiations—whether in the boardroom, in your community, or at home. Life is a series of negotiations, and negotiation is at the heart of collaboration—whether you are a business executive, a salesperson, a parent , a community leader, or a spouse. As a former FBI hostage negotiator, Chris Voss gives you the tools to be effective in any situation: negotiating a business deal, buying (or selling) a car, negotiating a salary, acquiring a home, renegotiating rent, deliberating with your partner, or communicating with your children. Taking the power of persuasion, empathy, active listening, and intuition to the next level, Never Split the Difference gives you the competitive edge in any difficult conversation or challenging situation. This book is a masterclass in influencing others, no matter the circumstances. After a stint policing the rough streets of Kansas City, Chris Voss joined the FBI, where his career as a hostage negotiator brought him face-to-face with a range of criminals, including bank robbers and terrorists. Reaching the pinnacle of his profession, he became the FBI’s lead international kidnapping negotiator. Never Split the Difference distills the Voss method, revealing the skills that matter most when it comes to achieving your goals in both your professional and personal life. Step-by-step, Voss show you how to: Establish Rapport  Create Trust with Tactical Empathy Gain the Permission to Persuade  Shape What Is Fair  Calibrate Questions Transform Conflict into Collaboration Spot Liars Create Breakthroughs by Revealing the Unknown Unknowns Never Split the Difference is your definitive source for defusing potential crises, winning people over, and achieving your goals at work and at home.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ted-talks-the-official-ted-guide-to-public-speaking-by-chris-anderson--65131047https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: TED Talks: The Official TED Guide to Public Speaking Author: Chris Anderson Narrator: Kelly Stoetzel, Tom Rielly, Chris Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 119 Ratings of Narrator: 3.89 of Total 9 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller “Catnip for all the TED fans out there.” —Publishers Weekly “The most insightful book ever written on public speaking…a must-read.” —Adam Grant, Wharton professor and New York Times bestselling author of Give and Take and Originals Since taking over TED in 2001, Chris Anderson has shown how carefully crafted talks can be the key to unlocking empathy, spreading knowledge, and promoting a shared dream. Done right, a talk can electrify a room and transform an audience’s worldview; it can be more powerful than anything in written form. This “invaluable guide” (Publishers Weekly) explains how the miracle of powerful public speaking is achieved, and equips you to give it your best shot. There is no set formula, but there are tools that can empower any speaker. Chris Anderson has worked with all the TED speakers who have inspired us the most, and here he shares insights from such favorites as Sir Ken Robinson, Salman Khan, Monica Lewinsky, and more—everything from how to craft your talk’s content to how you can be most effective on stage. This is a must-read for anyone who is ready to create impact with their ideas.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268929Tue, 03 May 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: TED Talks: The Official TED Guide to Public Speaking Author: Chris Anderson Narrator: Kelly Stoetzel, Tom Rielly, Chris Anderson Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: TED Talks: The Official TED Guide to Public Speaking Author: Chris Anderson Narrator: Kelly Stoetzel, Tom Rielly, Chris Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 119 Ratings of Narrator: 3.89 of Total 9 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: New York Times Bestseller “Catnip for all the TED fans out there.” —Publishers Weekly “The most insightful book ever written on public speaking…a must-read.” —Adam Grant, Wharton professor and New York Times bestselling author of Give and Take and Originals Since taking over TED in 2001, Chris Anderson has shown how carefully crafted talks can be the key to unlocking empathy, spreading knowledge, and promoting a shared dream. Done right, a talk can electrify a room and transform an audience’s worldview; it can be more powerful than anything in written form. This “invaluable guide” (Publishers Weekly) explains how the miracle of powerful public speaking is achieved, and equips you to give it your best shot. There is no set formula, but there are tools that can empower any speaker. Chris Anderson has worked with all the TED speakers who have inspired us the most, and here he shares insights from such favorites as Sir Ken Robinson, Salman Khan, Monica Lewinsky, and more—everything from how to craft your talk’s content to how you can be most effective on stage. This is a must-read for anyone who is ready to create impact with their ideas.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/public-speaking-for-success-by-dale-carnegie-associates--65131063https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Speaking for Success Author: Dale Carnegie & Associates Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 93 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Dale Carnegie, author of the legendary How to Win Friends and Influence People, began his career as the premier 'life coach' of the twentieth century by teaching the art of public speaking. Public speaking, as Carnegie saw it, is a vital skill that can be attained through basic and repeated steps. His classic volume on the subject appeared in 1926 and was revised twice-in shortened versions-in 1956 and 1962. This 2006 revision-edited by a longtime consultant to Dale Carnegie & Associates, Inc., and the editor in charge of updating How to Win Friends and Influence People-is the definitive one for our era. While up-to-date in its language and points of reference, Public Speaking for Success preserves the full range of ideas and methods that appeared in the original: including Carnegie's complete speech and diction exercises, which follow each chapter, as the author originally designated them. This edition restores Carnegie's original appendix of the three complete self-help classics: Acres of Diamonds by Russell H. Conwell, As a Man Thinketh by James Allen, and A Message to Garcia by Elbert Hubbard. Carnegie included these essays in his original edition because, although they do not directly relate to public speaking, he felt they would be of great value to the readers. Here is the definitive update of the best-loved public-speaking book of all time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264656Sun, 01 May 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Speaking for Success Author: Dale Carnegie & Associates Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Speaking for Success Author: Dale Carnegie & Associates Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: May 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 93 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 10 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Dale Carnegie, author of the legendary How to Win Friends and Influence People, began his career as the premier 'life coach' of the twentieth century by teaching the art of public speaking. Public speaking, as Carnegie saw it, is a vital skill that can be attained through basic and repeated steps. His classic volume on the subject appeared in 1926 and was revised twice-in shortened versions-in 1956 and 1962. This 2006 revision-edited by a longtime consultant to Dale Carnegie & Associates, Inc., and the editor in charge of updating How to Win Friends and Influence People-is the definitive one for our era. While up-to-date in its language and points of reference, Public Speaking for Success preserves the full range of ideas and methods that appeared in the original: including Carnegie's complete speech and diction exercises, which follow each chapter, as the author originally designated them. This edition restores Carnegie's original appendix of the three complete self-help classics: Acres of Diamonds by Russell H. Conwell, As a Man Thinketh by James Allen, and A Message to Garcia by Elbert Hubbard. Carnegie included these essays in his original edition because, although they do not directly relate to public speaking, he felt they would be of great value to the readers. Here is the definitive update of the best-loved public-speaking book of all time.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiating-the-nonnegotiable-how-to-resolve-your-most-emotionally-charged-conflicts-by-daniel-shapiro--65131088https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Nonnegotiable: How to Resolve Your Most Emotionally Charged Conflicts Author: Daniel Shapiro Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: ** Grand Prize Winner of the 2017 Nautilus Book Award ** Are you struggling to deal with conflict in your life? In Negotiating the Nonnegotiable, Harvard negotiation expert Daniel Shapiro introduces a groundbreaking method to bridge the toughest divides—whether with family members, colleagues, or in the polarized world of politics. He reveals the hidden power of identity in fueling conflict, and presents a practical framework to reconcile even the most contentious situations.  Field-tested around the world, the results are empowering. Includes a bonus PDF with charts, work sheets, and more]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944Tue, 19 Apr 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Nonnegotiable: How to Resolve Your Most Emotionally Charged Conflicts Author: Daniel Shapiro Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Nonnegotiable: How to Resolve Your Most Emotionally Charged Conflicts Author: Daniel Shapiro Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: ** Grand Prize Winner of the 2017 Nautilus Book Award ** Are you struggling to deal with conflict in your life? In Negotiating the Nonnegotiable, Harvard negotiation expert Daniel Shapiro introduces a groundbreaking method to bridge the toughest divides—whether with family members, colleagues, or in the polarized world of politics. He reveals the hidden power of identity in fueling conflict, and presents a practical framework to reconcile even the most contentious situations.  Field-tested around the world, the results are empowering. Includes a bonus PDF with charts, work sheets, and more]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/meetings-that-get-results-the-brian-tracy-success-library-by-brian-tracy--65131053https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262800 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meetings That Get Results: The Brian Tracy Success Library Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Meetings don't have to be a waste of time. When managed right, they are a powerful tool for solving problems, making decisions, exchanging ideas--and getting results fast. Based on years of experience consulting for companies around the world, Brian Tracy has learned firsthand what works in meetings--and what doesn't. Now, he reveals simple, proven ideas you can use to make meetings shorter, more effective, and more satisfying to everyone in attendance. Listeners will find out how to: Structure different types of meetings: one-on-one or group, informational or problem-solving, internal or external - Clearly define the purpose and the desired outcome - Establish priorities - Set an achievable agenda - Prepare and participate - Encourage open communication - Keep discussions on track - Avoid groupthink - Press for closure - Summarize discussion points and decisions - Gain agreement on action steps, assign responsibility, and set deadlines - Determine the ideal room layout - Make effective presentations - Maximize the return on time invested - And more Meetings are management in action--superiors and subordinates alike will assess your performance. 'Meetings That Get Results' will help you shine.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262800Fri, 01 Apr 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262800 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meetings That Get Results: The Brian Tracy Success Library Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 3...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262800 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meetings That Get Results: The Brian Tracy Success Library Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 3 minutes Release date: April 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Meetings don't have to be a waste of time. When managed right, they are a powerful tool for solving problems, making decisions, exchanging ideas--and getting results fast. Based on years of experience consulting for companies around the world, Brian Tracy has learned firsthand what works in meetings--and what doesn't. Now, he reveals simple, proven ideas you can use to make meetings shorter, more effective, and more satisfying to everyone in attendance. Listeners will find out how to: Structure different types of meetings: one-on-one or group, informational or problem-solving, internal or external - Clearly define the purpose and the desired outcome - Establish priorities - Set an achievable agenda - Prepare and participate - Encourage open communication - Keep discussions on track - Avoid groupthink - Press for closure - Summarize discussion points and decisions - Gain agreement on action steps, assign responsibility, and set deadlines - Determine the ideal room layout - Make effective presentations - Maximize the return on time invested - And more Meetings are management in action--superiors and subordinates alike will assess your performance. 'Meetings That Get Results' will help you shine.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/scared-speechless-9-ways-to-overcome-your-fears-and-captivate-your-audience-by-shirley-impellizzeri-steve-rohr--65131073https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262028 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scared Speechless: 9 Ways to Overcome Your Fears and Captivate Your Audience Author: Shirley Impellizzeri, Steve Rohr Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Scared Speechless is coauthored by talent rep and 2015 Oscar® publicist Steve Rohr and Dr. Shirley Impellizzeri, a clinical psychologist who has appeared on The Doctors, Hollywood Exes, Workout, and Dr. Drew.It really is true: What you say and how you say it speaks volumes about your professional promise and leadership potential. Whether it's giving an impromptu sales pitch or keynoting a major business conference, public speaking can make you or break you.Scared Speechless takes a powerful and unique approach that sets it apart from other public-speaking guides. For the first time ever, the psychology behind our fears is used to explain and tame our anxiety. That's the science. Combine it with the art of organizing and delivering a spectacular speech, and you have the freshest, most entertaining, and effective public speaking book available. This easy-to-use book contains:• Funny, accessible, and practical wisdom you can start using immediately. • Real-world examples and humorous anecdotes. • Advice that applies to every kind of speech in every kind of setting to every kind of audience.Believe it or not, many screen legends still fear public speaking. Just because you've won an Oscar® doesn't make you immune to the jitters!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262028Mon, 21 Mar 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262028 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scared Speechless: 9 Ways to Overcome Your Fears and Captivate Your Audience Author: Shirley Impellizzeri, Steve Rohr Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262028 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scared Speechless: 9 Ways to Overcome Your Fears and Captivate Your Audience Author: Shirley Impellizzeri, Steve Rohr Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Scared Speechless is coauthored by talent rep and 2015 Oscar® publicist Steve Rohr and Dr. Shirley Impellizzeri, a clinical psychologist who has appeared on The Doctors, Hollywood Exes, Workout, and Dr. Drew.It really is true: What you say and how you say it speaks volumes about your professional promise and leadership potential. Whether it's giving an impromptu sales pitch or keynoting a major business conference, public speaking can make you or break you.Scared Speechless takes a powerful and unique approach that sets it apart from other public-speaking guides. For the first time ever, the psychology behind our fears is used to explain and tame our anxiety. That's the science. Combine it with the art of organizing and delivering a spectacular speech, and you have the freshest, most entertaining, and effective public speaking book available. This easy-to-use book contains:• Funny, accessible, and practical wisdom you can start using immediately. • Real-world examples and humorous anecdotes. • Advice that applies to every kind of speech in every kind of setting to every kind of audience.Believe it or not, many screen legends still fear public speaking. Just because you've won an Oscar® doesn't make you immune to the jitters!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-storyteller-s-secret-from-ted-speakers-to-business-legends-why-some-ideas-catch-on-and-others-don-t-by-carmine-gallo--65131091https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Storyteller's Secret: From TED Speakers to Business Legends, Why Some Ideas Catch On and Others Don't Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Carmine Gallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: How did a Venice Beach T-shirt vendor become television's most successful producer? How did an entrepreneur who started in a garage create the most iconic product launches in business history? How did a timid pastor's son overcome a paralyzing fear of public speaking to captivate sold-out crowds at Yankee Stadium, twice? How did a human rights attorney earn TED's longest standing ovation, and how did a Facebook executive launch a movement to encourage millions of women to 'lean in'? They told brilliant stories. In The Storyteller's Secret: From TED Speakers to Business Legends, Why Some Ideas Catch on and Others Don't, keynote speaker, bestselling author, and communication expert Carmine Gallo reveals the keys to telling powerful stories that inspire, motivate, educate, build brands, launch movements, and change lives. The New York Times has called a well-told story 'a strategic tool with irresistible power' - the proof lies in the success stories of 50 icons, leaders, and legends featured in The Storyteller's Secret: entrepreneurs like Richard Branson, Sara Blakely, Elon Musk, Steve Jobs, and Sheryl Sandberg; spellbinding speakers like Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., Bryan Stevenson, and Malala Yousafzai; and business leaders behind famous brands such as Starbucks, Southwest Airlines, Wynn Resorts, Whole Foods, and Pixar. Whether your goal is to educate, fundraise, inspire teams, build an award-winning culture, or to deliver memorable presentations, a story is your most valuable asset and your competitive advantage. In The Storyteller's Secret, Gallo explains why the brain is hardwired to love stories - especially rags-to-riches stories - and how the latest science can help you craft a persuasive narrative that wins hearts and minds. 'The art of storytelling can be used to drive change,' says billionaire entrepreneur Richard Branson. And since the next decade will see the most change our civilization has ever known, your story will radically transform your business, your life, and the lives of those you touch. Ideas that catch on are wrapped in story. Your story can change the world. Isn't it time you shared yours? The opinions expressed by Carmine Gallo in The Storyteller's Secret are his own. His audiobook is not endorsed, sponsored or authorized by TED Conferences, LLC or its affiliates. This program is read by the author.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252341Tue, 23 Feb 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Storyteller's Secret: From TED Speakers to Business Legends, Why Some Ideas Catch On and Others Don't Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Carmine Gallo...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Storyteller's Secret: From TED Speakers to Business Legends, Why Some Ideas Catch On and Others Don't Author: Carmine Gallo Narrator: Carmine Gallo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: February 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: How did a Venice Beach T-shirt vendor become television's most successful producer? How did an entrepreneur who started in a garage create the most iconic product launches in business history? How did a timid pastor's son overcome a paralyzing fear of public speaking to captivate sold-out crowds at Yankee Stadium, twice? How did a human rights attorney earn TED's longest standing ovation, and how did a Facebook executive launch a movement to encourage millions of women to 'lean in'? They told brilliant stories. In The Storyteller's Secret: From TED Speakers to Business Legends, Why Some Ideas Catch on and Others Don't, keynote speaker, bestselling author, and communication expert Carmine Gallo reveals the keys to telling powerful stories that inspire, motivate, educate, build brands, launch movements, and change lives. The New York Times has called a well-told story 'a strategic tool with irresistible power' - the proof lies in the success stories of 50 icons, leaders, and legends featured in The Storyteller's Secret: entrepreneurs like Richard Branson, Sara Blakely, Elon Musk, Steve Jobs, and Sheryl Sandberg; spellbinding speakers like Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., Bryan Stevenson, and Malala Yousafzai; and business leaders behind famous brands such as Starbucks, Southwest Airlines, Wynn Resorts, Whole Foods, and Pixar. Whether your goal is to educate, fundraise, inspire teams, build an award-winning culture, or to deliver memorable presentations, a story is your most valuable asset and your competitive advantage. In The Storyteller's Secret, Gallo explains why the brain is hardwired to love stories - especially rags-to-riches stories - and how the latest science can help you craft a persuasive narrative that wins hearts and minds. 'The art of storytelling can be used to drive change,' says billionaire entrepreneur Richard Branson. And since the next decade will see the most change our civilization has ever known, your story will radically transform your business, your life, and the lives of those you touch. Ideas that catch on are wrapped in story. Your story can change the world. Isn't it time you shared yours? The opinions expressed by Carmine Gallo in The Storyteller's Secret are his own. His audiobook is not endorsed, sponsored or authorized by TED Conferences, LLC or its affiliates. This program is read by the author.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-get-a-meeting-with-anyone-the-untapped-selling-power-of-contact-marketing-by-stu-heinecke--65131072https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255364 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Get a Meeting with Anyone: The Untapped Selling Power of Contact Marketing Author: Stu Heinecke Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The hard part just got easy.You know how to sell—that’s your job, after all—but getting CEOs and other VIPs to call you back is the tricky part.So what if that impossible-to-reach person weren’t so impossible to reach after all?Hall-of-fame-nominated marketer and Wall Street Journal cartoonist Stu Heinecke discovered that he could get past traditional gatekeepers and reach those elusive executives by thinking outside the box and using personalized approaches that he calls “contact campaigns.” Including presidents, a prime minister, celebrities, and countless CEOs, and even the Danish model that later became his wife, Heinecke found that getting meetings with previously unreachable people was easier than ever.In How to Get a Meeting with Anyone, Heinecke explains how you can use your own creative contact campaigns to get those critical conversations. He divulges methods he’s developed after years of experience and from studying the secrets of others who’ve had similar breakthrough results—results that other marketers considered impossible, with response rates as high as 100%, ROI in the tens, even thousands of percent, and costs-per-contact ranging from $0 to $10,000. Through real-life success stories, Heinecke lays out nearly two dozen categories of contact campaigns that anyone can research and execute. Tactics range from running a contact letter as a full-page ad in the Wall Street Journal to unorthodox uses of social media, the phone, e-mail and snail mail to using his own cartoons to make connections. He also packs in plenty of tips on how to determine your targets, how to develop pitches, and how to gain allies in your contact’s circle of influence.How to Get a Meeting with Anyone provides you with a new toolkit you can put to work for you right away so you can make the connections that are essential to your success.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255364Tue, 16 Feb 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255364 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Get a Meeting with Anyone: The Untapped Selling Power of Contact Marketing Author: Stu Heinecke Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255364 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Get a Meeting with Anyone: The Untapped Selling Power of Contact Marketing Author: Stu Heinecke Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The hard part just got easy.You know how to sell—that’s your job, after all—but getting CEOs and other VIPs to call you back is the tricky part.So what if that impossible-to-reach person weren’t so impossible to reach after all?Hall-of-fame-nominated marketer and Wall Street Journal cartoonist Stu Heinecke discovered that he could get past traditional gatekeepers and reach those elusive executives by thinking outside the box and using personalized approaches that he calls “contact campaigns.” Including presidents, a prime minister, celebrities, and countless CEOs, and even the Danish model that later became his wife, Heinecke found that getting meetings with previously unreachable people was easier than ever.In How to Get a Meeting with Anyone, Heinecke explains how you can use your own creative contact campaigns to get those critical conversations. He divulges methods he’s developed after years of experience and from studying the secrets of others who’ve had similar breakthrough results—results that other marketers considered impossible, with response rates as high as 100%, ROI in the tens, even thousands of percent, and costs-per-contact ranging from $0 to $10,000. Through real-life success stories, Heinecke lays out nearly two dozen categories of contact campaigns that anyone can research and execute. Tactics range from running a contact letter as a full-page ad in the Wall Street Journal to unorthodox uses of social media, the phone, e-mail and snail mail to using his own cartoons to make connections. He also packs in plenty of tips on how to determine your targets, how to develop pitches, and how to gain allies in your contact’s circle of influence.How to Get a Meeting with Anyone provides you with a new toolkit you can put to work for you right away so you can make the connections that are essential to your success.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-marketplace-of-attention-how-audiences-take-shape-in-a-digital-age-by-james-g-webster--65131040https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252455 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marketplace of Attention: How Audiences Take Shape in a Digital Age Author: James G. Webster Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Feature films, television shows, homemade videos, tweets, blogs, and breaking news: digital media offer an always-accessible, apparently inexhaustible supply of entertainment and information. Although choices seems endless, public attention is not. How do digital media find the audiences they need in an era of infinite choice? In The Marketplace of Attention, James Webster explains how audiences take shape in the digital age. Webster describes the factors that create audiences, including the preferences and habits of media users, the role of social networks, the resources and strategies of media providers, and the growing impact of media measures -- from ratings to user recommendations. He incorporates these factors into one comprehensive framework: the marketplace of attention. In doing so, he shows that the marketplace works in ways that belie our greatest hopes and fears about digital media. Some observers claim that digital media empower a new participatory culture; others fear that digital media encourage users to retreat to isolated enclaves. Webster shows that public attention is at once diverse and concentrated -- that users move across a variety of outlets, producing high levels of audience overlap. So although audiences are fragmented in ways that would astonish midcentury broadcasting executives, Webster argues that this doesn't signal polarization. He questions whether our preferences are immune from media influence, and he describes how our encounters with media might change our tastes. In the digital era's marketplace of attention, Webster claims, we typically encounter ideas that cut across our predispositions. In the process, we will remake the marketplace of ideas and reshape the twenty-first century public sphere.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252455Mon, 01 Feb 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252455 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marketplace of Attention: How Audiences Take Shape in a Digital Age Author: James G. Webster Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252455 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marketplace of Attention: How Audiences Take Shape in a Digital Age Author: James G. Webster Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Feature films, television shows, homemade videos, tweets, blogs, and breaking news: digital media offer an always-accessible, apparently inexhaustible supply of entertainment and information. Although choices seems endless, public attention is not. How do digital media find the audiences they need in an era of infinite choice? In The Marketplace of Attention, James Webster explains how audiences take shape in the digital age. Webster describes the factors that create audiences, including the preferences and habits of media users, the role of social networks, the resources and strategies of media providers, and the growing impact of media measures -- from ratings to user recommendations. He incorporates these factors into one comprehensive framework: the marketplace of attention. In doing so, he shows that the marketplace works in ways that belie our greatest hopes and fears about digital media. Some observers claim that digital media empower a new participatory culture; others fear that digital media encourage users to retreat to isolated enclaves. Webster shows that public attention is at once diverse and concentrated -- that users move across a variety of outlets, producing high levels of audience overlap. So although audiences are fragmented in ways that would astonish midcentury broadcasting executives, Webster argues that this doesn't signal polarization. He questions whether our preferences are immune from media influence, and he describes how our encounters with media might change our tastes. In the digital era's marketplace of attention, Webster claims, we typically encounter ideas that cut across our predispositions. In the process, we will remake the marketplace of ideas and reshape the twenty-first century public sphere.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-s-not-what-you-say-how-to-sell-your-message-when-it-matters-most-by-michael-parker--65131014https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not What You Say: How to Sell Your Message When It Matters Most Author: Michael Parker Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: No matter what the speaking challenge is, this inspirational, cleverly illustrated book will help readers perform with passion, power and persuasion—at the top of their game. Whether chasing a job, planning a pitch, giving a speech at a wedding, presenting to one or one thousand people, listenrs of It's Not What You Say will discover how to: • Use the rule of three to win any audience over • Prepare so you can be yourself – but better • Embrace the unknown and conquer any fear Capturing a life time’s work in the art of persuasive communication, this powerful audiobook reveals the principles, tools and tricks to help you become a courageous, memorable, stand-out speaker.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255398Mon, 01 Feb 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not What You Say: How to Sell Your Message When It Matters Most Author: Michael Parker Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not What You Say: How to Sell Your Message When It Matters Most Author: Michael Parker Narrator: Dana Hickox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 23 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: No matter what the speaking challenge is, this inspirational, cleverly illustrated book will help readers perform with passion, power and persuasion—at the top of their game. Whether chasing a job, planning a pitch, giving a speech at a wedding, presenting to one or one thousand people, listenrs of It's Not What You Say will discover how to: • Use the rule of three to win any audience over • Prepare so you can be yourself – but better • Embrace the unknown and conquer any fear Capturing a life time’s work in the art of persuasive communication, this powerful audiobook reveals the principles, tools and tricks to help you become a courageous, memorable, stand-out speaker.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-the-spoken-word-by-florence-scovel-shinn--65131067https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255904 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of the Spoken Word Author: Florence Scovel-Shinn Narrator: Dixie Glassman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: January 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Our words have the power to change our lives. By paying more attention to how we speak, and hence how we think, we can change our circumstances for the better. The Power of the Spoken Word will help you make the positive changes that you've always wanted to make.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255904Sun, 03 Jan 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255904 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of the Spoken Word Author: Florence Scovel-Shinn Narrator: Dixie Glassman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255904 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of the Spoken Word Author: Florence Scovel-Shinn Narrator: Dixie Glassman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: January 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Our words have the power to change our lives. By paying more attention to how we speak, and hence how we think, we can change our circumstances for the better. The Power of the Spoken Word will help you make the positive changes that you've always wanted to make.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-dialogue-concerning-oratory-or-the-causes-of-corrupt-eloquence-by-publius-cornelius-tacitus--65131076https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257536 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Dialogue Concerning Oratory, or the Causes of Corrupt Eloquence Author: Publius Cornelius Tacitus Narrator: Leni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The scene of the Dialogus de Oratoribus, as this work is commonly known, is laid in the sixth year of Vespasian, 75 a.D. The commentators are much divided in their opinions about the real author; his work they all agree is a masterpiece in the kind; written with taste and judgement; entertaining, profound, and elegant. It is normally considered to have been written by Tacitus, even though some ascribe it to Quintilian. The main subject is the decadence of oratory, for which the cause is said to be the decline of the education, both in the family and in the school, of the future orator. In a certain way, it can be considered a miniature art of rhetoric. (Summary by Leni)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257536Fri, 01 Jan 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257536 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Dialogue Concerning Oratory, or the Causes of Corrupt Eloquence Author: Publius Cornelius Tacitus Narrator: Leni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257536 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Dialogue Concerning Oratory, or the Causes of Corrupt Eloquence Author: Publius Cornelius Tacitus Narrator: Leni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The scene of the Dialogus de Oratoribus, as this work is commonly known, is laid in the sixth year of Vespasian, 75 a.D. The commentators are much divided in their opinions about the real author; his work they all agree is a masterpiece in the kind; written with taste and judgement; entertaining, profound, and elegant. It is normally considered to have been written by Tacitus, even though some ascribe it to Quintilian. The main subject is the decadence of oratory, for which the cause is said to be the decline of the education, both in the family and in the school, of the future orator. In a certain way, it can be considered a miniature art of rhetoric. (Summary by Leni)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-complete-speaker-by-earl-nightingale--65131027https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Speaker Author: Earl Nightingale Narrator: Earl Nightingale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: After reviewing basic rules of effective speaking, Earl Nightingale draws on his own experience to thoroughly explore the success techniques of a true professional public speaker. Contents: Outlining, writing, and preparing different kinds of speeches Using humor Including visuals Delivering extemporaneous remarks Making introductions Moderating a panel Handling interviews And much more]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255880Fri, 01 Jan 2016 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Speaker Author: Earl Nightingale Narrator: Earl Nightingale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: January...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Speaker Author: Earl Nightingale Narrator: Earl Nightingale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: After reviewing basic rules of effective speaking, Earl Nightingale draws on his own experience to thoroughly explore the success techniques of a true professional public speaker. Contents: Outlining, writing, and preparing different kinds of speeches Using humor Including visuals Delivering extemporaneous remarks Making introductions Moderating a panel Handling interviews And much more]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/presence-bringing-your-boldest-self-to-your-biggest-challenges-by-amy-cuddy--65131075https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250643 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presence: Bringing Your Boldest Self to Your Biggest Challenges Author: Amy Cuddy Narrator: Amy Cuddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Have you ever left a nerve-racking challenge and immediately wished for a do over? Maybe after a job interview, a performance, or a difficult conversation? The very moments that require us to be genuine and commanding can instead cause us to feel phony and powerless. Too often we approach our lives' biggest hurdles with dread, execute them with anxiety, and leave them with regret. By accessing our personal power, we can achieve 'presence,' the state in which we stop worrying about the impression we're making on others and instead adjust the impression we've been making on ourselves. As Harvard professor Amy Cuddy's revolutionary book reveals, we don't need to embark on a grand spiritual quest or complete an inner transformation to harness the power of presence. Instead, we need to nudge ourselves, moment by moment, by tweaking our body language, behavior, and mind-set in our day-to-day lives. Amy Cuddy has galvanized tens of millions of viewers around the world with her TED talk about 'power poses.' Now she presents the enthralling science underlying these and many other fascinating body-mind effects, and teaches us how to use simple techniques to liberate ourselves from fear in high-pressure moments, perform at our best, and connect with and empower others to do the same. Brilliantly researched, impassioned, and accessible, Presence is filled with stories of individuals who learned how to flourish during the stressful moments that once terrified them. Every reader will learn how to approach their biggest challenges with confidence instead of dread, and to leave them with satisfaction instead of regret. 'Presence feels at once concrete and inspiring, simple but ambitious -- above all, truly powerful.'-New York Times Book Review]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250643Tue, 22 Dec 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250643 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presence: Bringing Your Boldest Self to Your Biggest Challenges Author: Amy Cuddy Narrator: Amy Cuddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250643 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presence: Bringing Your Boldest Self to Your Biggest Challenges Author: Amy Cuddy Narrator: Amy Cuddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Have you ever left a nerve-racking challenge and immediately wished for a do over? Maybe after a job interview, a performance, or a difficult conversation? The very moments that require us to be genuine and commanding can instead cause us to feel phony and powerless. Too often we approach our lives' biggest hurdles with dread, execute them with anxiety, and leave them with regret. By accessing our personal power, we can achieve 'presence,' the state in which we stop worrying about the impression we're making on others and instead adjust the impression we've been making on ourselves. As Harvard professor Amy Cuddy's revolutionary book reveals, we don't need to embark on a grand spiritual quest or complete an inner transformation to harness the power of presence. Instead, we need to nudge ourselves, moment by moment, by tweaking our body language, behavior, and mind-set in our day-to-day lives. Amy Cuddy has galvanized tens of millions of viewers around the world with her TED talk about 'power poses.' Now she presents the enthralling science underlying these and many other fascinating body-mind effects, and teaches us how to use simple techniques to liberate ourselves from fear in high-pressure moments, perform at our best, and connect with and empower others to do the same. Brilliantly researched, impassioned, and accessible, Presence is filled with stories of individuals who learned how to flourish during the stressful moments that once terrified them. Every reader will learn how to approach their biggest challenges with confidence instead of dread, and to leave them with satisfaction instead of regret. 'Presence feels at once concrete and inspiring, simple but ambitious -- above all, truly powerful.'-New York Times Book Review]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/weekend-millionaire-secrets-to-negotiating-real-estate-how-to-get-the-best-deals-to-build-your-fortune-in-real-estate-by-roger-dawson--65131102https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weekend Millionaire Secrets to Negotiating Real Estate: How To Get the Best Deals to Build Your Fortune in Real Estate Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiate like a millionaire and get the best value every time! In their runaway bestseller Weekend Millionaire's Secrets to Investing in Real Estate, Mike Summey and Roger Dawson revealed a powerful formula for making a killing in real estate during your spare time. Now, the fourth book in the Weekend Milionaire Series, Weekend Millionaire Secrets to Negotiating Real Estate teaches the fine art of negotiating in every kind of real estate climate. The authors arm you with proven negotiation secrets and tactics for buying properties at wholesale values, meeting seller's needs, and making the highest profits on your investment. Weekend Millionaire Secrets to Negotiating Real Estate shows you how to negotiate with: Sellers Sellers through real estate agents Sellers in foreclosure Banks Title companies Closing attorneys Property managers Contractors]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249865Tue, 01 Dec 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weekend Millionaire Secrets to Negotiating Real Estate: How To Get the Best Deals to Build Your Fortune in Real Estate Author: Roger Dawson Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weekend Millionaire Secrets to Negotiating Real Estate: How To Get the Best Deals to Build Your Fortune in Real Estate Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiate like a millionaire and get the best value every time! In their runaway bestseller Weekend Millionaire's Secrets to Investing in Real Estate, Mike Summey and Roger Dawson revealed a powerful formula for making a killing in real estate during your spare time. Now, the fourth book in the Weekend Milionaire Series, Weekend Millionaire Secrets to Negotiating Real Estate teaches the fine art of negotiating in every kind of real estate climate. The authors arm you with proven negotiation secrets and tactics for buying properties at wholesale values, meeting seller's needs, and making the highest profits on your investment. Weekend Millionaire Secrets to Negotiating Real Estate shows you how to negotiate with: Sellers Sellers through real estate agents Sellers in foreclosure Banks Title companies Closing attorneys Property managers Contractors]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-secrets-of-power-negotiating-for-your-dream-home-by-roger-dawson--65131098https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249864 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Home Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Buying a home is probably the most stressful negotiation in which you’ll ever be involved, for two reasons. First it’s probably the most expensive negotiation of your life and second it’s one that you are likely to have a lot of emotion. How would you like to not only take the stress out of that negotiating process, but to also ensure that you have the best chance of getting a deal on the home of your dreams? In this all new program, The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Home, from negotiating expert, Roger Dawson, you will learn how to get the very best deal on your dream home, whether it’s a brand new home or an existing property. In addition, you'll learn: The pro's and con's of negotiating with a 'For Sale by Owner.' Negotiating gambits for both the listing agent and the selling agent. Why you should never say 'yes' to the first offer. Why you should ask for more than you expect to get. The art of 'The Flinch' and how it can save you big money. How to play the role of the 'reluctant buyer' to get an edge in the negotiating process. And much more!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249864Tue, 01 Dec 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249864 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Home Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249864 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Home Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Buying a home is probably the most stressful negotiation in which you’ll ever be involved, for two reasons. First it’s probably the most expensive negotiation of your life and second it’s one that you are likely to have a lot of emotion. How would you like to not only take the stress out of that negotiating process, but to also ensure that you have the best chance of getting a deal on the home of your dreams? In this all new program, The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Home, from negotiating expert, Roger Dawson, you will learn how to get the very best deal on your dream home, whether it’s a brand new home or an existing property. In addition, you'll learn: The pro's and con's of negotiating with a 'For Sale by Owner.' Negotiating gambits for both the listing agent and the selling agent. Why you should never say 'yes' to the first offer. Why you should ask for more than you expect to get. The art of 'The Flinch' and how it can save you big money. How to play the role of the 'reluctant buyer' to get an edge in the negotiating process. And much more!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/from-presentation-to-standing-ovation-15-actionable-ideas-to-achieve-massive-influence-by-ron-tsang--65131070https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/260011 to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Presentation To Standing Ovation: 15 Actionable Ideas To Achieve Massive Influence Author: Ron Tsang Narrator: Ron Tsang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover the blueprint to connect with any audience! Need to speak and make a great impression? If you want to go from fearful to confident, and average to outstanding, then this is the book that will take you to a standing ovation. Acclaimed speaker Ron Tsang shows you 15 powerful public speaking lessons in this practical and entertaining book, From Presentation to Standing Ovation. You'll discover how to: * Overcome public speaking anxiety so that your expertise can shine * Win over hearts and minds using your natural speaking personality * Master the art of storytelling with 10 Hollywood secrets * Create captivating keynotes, seminars, and presentations using the Ovation Outline * Present with more influence, power, and poise This quick read is for everyone from experts and business owners, to students and employees, who want to sell their ideas and wow their audiences. The book includes access to additional free online resources, giving you all the help you need for your speaking success. "This book is full of valuable ideas and techniques for how to become a great speaker. I highly recommend it." -Jack Canfield, Coauthor of The Success Principles and the Chicken Soup for the Soul series "This extraordinary book is loaded with great ideas you can use immediately to be a more powerful and persuasive speaker." -Brian Tracy, CPAE Hall of Fame Speaker, has given 5000 speeches in 75 countries "I'm glad Ron wrote this book because I'm a firm believer that the wisest investment is wisdom, and this book is full of wisdom." -Jayson Gaignard, Founder, MastermindTalks "You want a shortcut to becoming a powerful and profitable speaker? Buy, read, and apply Ron's book!" -Tom Stoyan, Canada's Sales Coach, HoF (Hall of Fame Speaker) "Clear. Clever. Classy and Current. Ron Tsang gets my standing ovation. He has totally nailed it. My advice. Buy two copies and keep one locked up: this book has legs." -Nicholas Boothman, Author of How to Make People Like You in 90 Seconds or Les]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/260011Mon, 30 Nov 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/260011 to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Presentation To Standing Ovation: 15 Actionable Ideas To Achieve Massive Influence Author: Ron Tsang Narrator: Ron Tsang Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/260011 to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Presentation To Standing Ovation: 15 Actionable Ideas To Achieve Massive Influence Author: Ron Tsang Narrator: Ron Tsang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Discover the blueprint to connect with any audience! Need to speak and make a great impression? If you want to go from fearful to confident, and average to outstanding, then this is the book that will take you to a standing ovation. Acclaimed speaker Ron Tsang shows you 15 powerful public speaking lessons in this practical and entertaining book, From Presentation to Standing Ovation. You'll discover how to: * Overcome public speaking anxiety so that your expertise can shine * Win over hearts and minds using your natural speaking personality * Master the art of storytelling with 10 Hollywood secrets * Create captivating keynotes, seminars, and presentations using the Ovation Outline * Present with more influence, power, and poise This quick read is for everyone from experts and business owners, to students and employees, who want to sell their ideas and wow their audiences. The book includes access to additional free online resources, giving you all the help you need for your speaking success. "This book is full of valuable ideas and techniques for how to become a great speaker. I highly recommend it." -Jack Canfield, Coauthor of The Success Principles and the Chicken Soup for the Soul series "This extraordinary book is loaded with great ideas you can use immediately to be a more powerful and persuasive speaker." -Brian Tracy, CPAE Hall of Fame Speaker, has given 5000 speeches in 75 countries "I'm glad Ron wrote this book because I'm a firm believer that the wisest investment is wisdom, and this book is full of wisdom." -Jayson Gaignard, Founder, MastermindTalks "You want a shortcut to becoming a powerful and profitable speaker? Buy, read, and apply Ron's book!" -Tom Stoyan, Canada's Sales Coach, HoF (Hall of Fame Speaker) "Clear. Clever. Classy and Current. Ron Tsang gets my standing ovation. He has totally nailed it. My advice. Buy two copies and keep one locked up: this book has legs." -Nicholas Boothman, Author of How to Make People Like You in 90 Seconds or Les]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/move-the-crowd-the-art-of-influencing-people-through-public-speaking-by-l-david-harris--65131078https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250077 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Move the Crowd: The Art of Influencing People Through Public Speaking Author: L. David Harris Narrator: L. David Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 20, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: American comedian Jerry Seinfeld said there was once a survey conducted cataloguing the worst and deepest fears of a particular group of people. Number two on the list was the fear of death. Number one was public speaking. "That means a majority of people would rather be in the casket than doing the eulogy," to paraphrase Seinfeld's joke. You may have picked this book up for a number of reasons. Maybe you're going to make a big speech at a wedding, family gathering, work meeting, or elsewhere. Maybe you just want a boost to your self-confidence and make yourself a more charismatic speaker. You could just be a really big fan of my work, perhaps. Regardless of what it is, thank you for choosing Move the Crowd: The Art of Influencing People Through Public Speaking. In this book, we'll get to the root of the problem that causes the fear of public speaking, increase your positive thinking, give you exercises to fine tune your voice and presence, and much more! By the time you finish this audiobook, you'll feel more at ease and comfortable speaking in front of small and large groups alike. There's nothing to fear speaking in front of people, and my hope as we go through the finer points of public speaking together is to ease those fears and bring out a more confident you. The hardest part of change is getting started, so let's not waste any more time!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250077Fri, 20 Nov 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250077 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Move the Crowd: The Art of Influencing People Through Public Speaking Author: L. David Harris Narrator: L. David Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250077 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Move the Crowd: The Art of Influencing People Through Public Speaking Author: L. David Harris Narrator: L. David Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 51 minutes Release date: November 20, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: American comedian Jerry Seinfeld said there was once a survey conducted cataloguing the worst and deepest fears of a particular group of people. Number two on the list was the fear of death. Number one was public speaking. "That means a majority of people would rather be in the casket than doing the eulogy," to paraphrase Seinfeld's joke. You may have picked this book up for a number of reasons. Maybe you're going to make a big speech at a wedding, family gathering, work meeting, or elsewhere. Maybe you just want a boost to your self-confidence and make yourself a more charismatic speaker. You could just be a really big fan of my work, perhaps. Regardless of what it is, thank you for choosing Move the Crowd: The Art of Influencing People Through Public Speaking. In this book, we'll get to the root of the problem that causes the fear of public speaking, increase your positive thinking, give you exercises to fine tune your voice and presence, and much more! By the time you finish this audiobook, you'll feel more at ease and comfortable speaking in front of small and large groups alike. There's nothing to fear speaking in front of people, and my hope as we go through the finer points of public speaking together is to ease those fears and bring out a more confident you. The hardest part of change is getting started, so let's not waste any more time!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-secrets-of-power-negotiating-for-your-dream-car-by-roger-dawson--65131089https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249661 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Car Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Americans probably do more negotiating on car lots than anywhere else. However, most of us are at a disadvantage, since while we may buy an automobile every two or three years at most, the dealer gets to negotiate the price of automobiles day in and day out. They have a hundred—a thousand times—the experience that the typical car buyer does in negotiating. In this idea-packed program, The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Car, Roger Dawson, one of the most renowned authorities on the topic of negotiating worldwide, will help you to level the playing ?eld. By giving you several negotiating gambits, tips and skills that you can use when you negotiate the price of an automobile, it will more than compensate for all that extra experience the car sales person has. Whether you are buying a new car, a used car, or even leasing a car, these techniques will enable you to walk away with the exact car you want, for thousands of dollars less than you expected to pay.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249661Sun, 01 Nov 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249661 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Car Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249661 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Car Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 16 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Americans probably do more negotiating on car lots than anywhere else. However, most of us are at a disadvantage, since while we may buy an automobile every two or three years at most, the dealer gets to negotiate the price of automobiles day in and day out. They have a hundred—a thousand times—the experience that the typical car buyer does in negotiating. In this idea-packed program, The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Car, Roger Dawson, one of the most renowned authorities on the topic of negotiating worldwide, will help you to level the playing ?eld. By giving you several negotiating gambits, tips and skills that you can use when you negotiate the price of an automobile, it will more than compensate for all that extra experience the car sales person has. Whether you are buying a new car, a used car, or even leasing a car, these techniques will enable you to walk away with the exact car you want, for thousands of dollars less than you expected to pay.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-secrets-of-power-negotiating-for-your-dream-job-by-roger-dawson--65131082https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Job Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: There are always a few opportunities in our business life that cause a tidal wave of changes in how your future works out for you. Certainly which college you chose to attend, and what career path you choose. And there are personal factors that play a big role, such as the person you marry, children you have and the friends with whom you hang out. The one business skill that tops them all is your choice of a company for whom you choose to work. Make the right choice and it could lead to great fame and fortune. Make the wrong choice and you will wallow in despair for decades to come. In The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Job, negotiation expert Roger Dawson will show you how to negotiate a dynamite compensation and lifestyle package from your employer--be it your current employer or a new employer--so you can create the conditions consistent with your vision of your dream job. A great compensation and lifestyle package means more than just a great salary (although it certainly means that!). The skills you learn will also help you to negotiate a great bonus and an excellent benefits package, and to negotiate the right environment and opportunities for you to grow your skills. In Section One, Getting the Offer you’ll learn how to: Write a resume that will get you an interview Find the job openings for your dream job Interview well for the job Get the employer to put an offer for you dream job on the table and how to respond to the offer In Section Two, Negotiating Compensation you’ll learn how to: Prepare for the negotiation Use pressure points to improve the offer Use Power Negotiating Gambits to get a top compensation package]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249662Sun, 01 Nov 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Job Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249662 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Job Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: There are always a few opportunities in our business life that cause a tidal wave of changes in how your future works out for you. Certainly which college you chose to attend, and what career path you choose. And there are personal factors that play a big role, such as the person you marry, children you have and the friends with whom you hang out. The one business skill that tops them all is your choice of a company for whom you choose to work. Make the right choice and it could lead to great fame and fortune. Make the wrong choice and you will wallow in despair for decades to come. In The Secrets of Power Negotiating for Your Dream Job, negotiation expert Roger Dawson will show you how to negotiate a dynamite compensation and lifestyle package from your employer--be it your current employer or a new employer--so you can create the conditions consistent with your vision of your dream job. A great compensation and lifestyle package means more than just a great salary (although it certainly means that!). The skills you learn will also help you to negotiate a great bonus and an excellent benefits package, and to negotiate the right environment and opportunities for you to grow your skills. In Section One, Getting the Offer you’ll learn how to: Write a resume that will get you an interview Find the job openings for your dream job Interview well for the job Get the employer to put an offer for you dream job on the table and how to respond to the offer In Section Two, Negotiating Compensation you’ll learn how to: Prepare for the negotiation Use pressure points to improve the offer Use Power Negotiating Gambits to get a top compensation package]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/steal-the-show-from-speeches-to-job-interviews-to-deal-closing-pitches-how-to-guarantee-a-standing-ovation-for-all-the-performances-in-you--65131090https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246015 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Steal the Show: From Speeches to Job Interviews to Deal-Closing Pitches, How to Guarantee a Standing Ovation for All the Performances in Your Life Author: Michael Port Narrator: Michael Port Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 6, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “An indispensable guide for introverts and extroverts alike.” —Inc. A Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and Publishers Weekly Bestseller Every interaction is a performance, and much of our success—professional and personal—hinges on being able to inspire an audience. And while some people seem to be naturals in the spotlight, this ability very rarely derives from talent alone. Confident communication is a skill, and anyone can learn how to do it. In Steal the Show, New York Times bestselling author, top-rated corporate speaker, and former professional actor Michael Port teaches you how to make the most of your own moments in the spotlight. He makes it easy to give your presentations a clear focus, engage your listeners, manage your nerves, play the right role in every situation to give your message maximum impact, and much more. Drawing on his MFA training at the prestigious Graduate Acting Program at New York University, Port has engineered a system that the non-actor can use to ensure his or her voice is heard when it matters most. “The most unique and practical book written on the topic of public speaking and performance in everyday life. You’ll learn how to express yourself authentically, be more creative, and increase your confidence in all aspects of life.” —Howard Behar, former president, Starbucks Coffee “Michael cuts to the core of what you actually need to get ridiculously good at speaking and performing, and the results are even more dramatic than I’d envisioned. Steal the Show is the only book you’ll ever need when it comes to performance and public speaking.” —Jordan Harbinger, host of The Art of Charm]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246015Tue, 06 Oct 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246015 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Steal the Show: From Speeches to Job Interviews to Deal-Closing Pitches, How to Guarantee a Standing Ovation for All the Performances in Your Life...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246015 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Steal the Show: From Speeches to Job Interviews to Deal-Closing Pitches, How to Guarantee a Standing Ovation for All the Performances in Your Life Author: Michael Port Narrator: Michael Port Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 6, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “An indispensable guide for introverts and extroverts alike.” —Inc. A Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and Publishers Weekly Bestseller Every interaction is a performance, and much of our success—professional and personal—hinges on being able to inspire an audience. And while some people seem to be naturals in the spotlight, this ability very rarely derives from talent alone. Confident communication is a skill, and anyone can learn how to do it. In Steal the Show, New York Times bestselling author, top-rated corporate speaker, and former professional actor Michael Port teaches you how to make the most of your own moments in the spotlight. He makes it easy to give your presentations a clear focus, engage your listeners, manage your nerves, play the right role in every situation to give your message maximum impact, and much more. Drawing on his MFA training at the prestigious Graduate Acting Program at New York University, Port has engineered a system that the non-actor can use to ensure his or her voice is heard when it matters most. “The most unique and practical book written on the topic of public speaking and performance in everyday life. You’ll learn how to express yourself authentically, be more creative, and increase your confidence in all aspects of life.” —Howard Behar, former president, Starbucks Coffee “Michael cuts to the core of what you actually need to get ridiculously good at speaking and performing, and the results are even more dramatic than I’d envisioned. Steal the Show is the only book you’ll ever need when it comes to performance and public speaking.” —Jordan Harbinger, host of The Art of Charm]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/presentation-advantage-how-to-inform-and-persuade-any-audience-by-julie-schmidt-kory-kogon-breck-england--65131080https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248533 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presentation Advantage: How to Inform and Persuade Any Audience Author: Julie Schmidt, Kory Kogon, Breck England Narrator: Sean Pratt, Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The average attention span of an adult is eight seconds—eight seconds! That is tough news for a presenter. It means you may have a room full of people, but their minds are elsewhere. You’re competing with a slew of activities demanding their attention—email, texts, Facebook, YouTube, chats, and apps, in addition to thoughts about their next meeting and projects that are behind schedule. How do you get a message across in a world like that? The inability to powerfully inform and persuade amid an unprecedented number of distractions is one of the greatest hidden and pervasive costs of the twenty-first-century workplace. Learn to connect with your audience, and you’ll stop having unproductive meetings and wasted time. In Presentation Advantage, FranklinCovey outlines its “Connect Model,” the mental model that allows you to connect with the message, yourself, and the audience during any presentation by: Structuring relevant and purpose-driven messages Understanding how our brains best synthesize and remember key information Using visuals such as PowerPoint to inspire instead of torture your audience Aligning your message, body language, and tone of voice for a powerful delivery Whether to one person or one hundred, effective presenting is today’s top business skill, and the experts at FranklinCovey help you master it. With the Presentation Advantage, you can deliver dynamic, compelling, and truly effective presentations every time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248533Thu, 01 Oct 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248533 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presentation Advantage: How to Inform and Persuade Any Audience Author: Julie Schmidt, Kory Kogon, Breck England Narrator: Sean Pratt, Marguerite Gavin...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248533 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presentation Advantage: How to Inform and Persuade Any Audience Author: Julie Schmidt, Kory Kogon, Breck England Narrator: Sean Pratt, Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The average attention span of an adult is eight seconds—eight seconds! That is tough news for a presenter. It means you may have a room full of people, but their minds are elsewhere. You’re competing with a slew of activities demanding their attention—email, texts, Facebook, YouTube, chats, and apps, in addition to thoughts about their next meeting and projects that are behind schedule. How do you get a message across in a world like that? The inability to powerfully inform and persuade amid an unprecedented number of distractions is one of the greatest hidden and pervasive costs of the twenty-first-century workplace. Learn to connect with your audience, and you’ll stop having unproductive meetings and wasted time. In Presentation Advantage, FranklinCovey outlines its “Connect Model,” the mental model that allows you to connect with the message, yourself, and the audience during any presentation by: Structuring relevant and purpose-driven messages Understanding how our brains best synthesize and remember key information Using visuals such as PowerPoint to inspire instead of torture your audience Aligning your message, body language, and tone of voice for a powerful delivery Whether to one person or one hundred, effective presenting is today’s top business skill, and the experts at FranklinCovey help you master it. With the Presentation Advantage, you can deliver dynamic, compelling, and truly effective presentations every time.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/broadcasting-happiness-the-science-of-igniting-and-sustaining-positive-change-by-michelle-gielan--65131097https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broadcasting Happiness: The Science of Igniting and Sustaining Positive Change Author: Michelle Gielan Narrator: Michelle Gielan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: We are all broadcasters. And the messages we choose to broadcast predict our success. All of us constantly broadcast information to others, even when we don’t say a word. Sales professionals broadcast to potential clients in a way that wins new business. Managers broadcast to their teams about projects. Colleagues broadcast to one another about available resources. The messages we choose to broadcast shape others’ belief in the potential for success and their ability to create positive change. Working as a CBS news anchor, Michelle Gielan saw how nonstop coverage of the 2009 recession left many viewers feeling paralyzed. She had an idea: a new interview series focused on positive psychology and creating happiness in the face of tragedy. “Happy Week” generated the greatest viewer response of the year. In Broadcasting Happiness, Gielan shows us how our words can move people from fearbased mindsets, where they see obstacles as insurmountable, to positive mindsets, where they see that change is possible and take action. Using scientifically proven communication strategies, we have the ability to increase others’ happiness and success at work, as well as our own, instantly making us more effective leaders. New research from the fields of positive psychology and neuroscience shows that small shifts in the way we communicate can create big ripple effects on business and educational outcomes, including 31 percent higher productivity, 25 percent better performance ratings, 37 percent higher sales, and 23 percent lower levels of stress. In Broadcasting Happiness, learn the seven keys of communicating more effectively to influence others and drive measurable results. Gielan, a happiness researcher and expert on positive communication, will teach you how to: Inoculate your brain against stress and negativity by fact-checking challenges Drive success by leading a conversation or communication with positivity Rewrite debilitating thought patterns and turn them into fuel for resilience and growth Deal with negative people in a way that lessens their power Share bad news more effectively to increase future social capital Create and sustain a positive culture at work by creating contagious optimism In the midst of challenges such as restructuring, low retention, and some of the lowest levels of engagement in history, creating a positive mindset is only the first step. Broadcasting Happiness showcases how real individuals and organizations have used these techniques to achieve results that include tripling revenues to more than a billion dollars, raising the graduation rate by 45 percent, and shifting the work culture from toxic to thriving. Changing your broadcast can change your life, your success, and the lives of others around you. Broadcasting Happiness will show you how!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243314Tue, 01 Sep 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broadcasting Happiness: The Science of Igniting and Sustaining Positive Change Author: Michelle Gielan Narrator: Michelle Gielan Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broadcasting Happiness: The Science of Igniting and Sustaining Positive Change Author: Michelle Gielan Narrator: Michelle Gielan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: We are all broadcasters. And the messages we choose to broadcast predict our success. All of us constantly broadcast information to others, even when we don’t say a word. Sales professionals broadcast to potential clients in a way that wins new business. Managers broadcast to their teams about projects. Colleagues broadcast to one another about available resources. The messages we choose to broadcast shape others’ belief in the potential for success and their ability to create positive change. Working as a CBS news anchor, Michelle Gielan saw how nonstop coverage of the 2009 recession left many viewers feeling paralyzed. She had an idea: a new interview series focused on positive psychology and creating happiness in the face of tragedy. “Happy Week” generated the greatest viewer response of the year. In Broadcasting Happiness, Gielan shows us how our words can move people from fearbased mindsets, where they see obstacles as insurmountable, to positive mindsets, where they see that change is possible and take action. Using scientifically proven communication strategies, we have the ability to increase others’ happiness and success at work, as well as our own, instantly making us more effective leaders. New research from the fields of positive psychology and neuroscience shows that small shifts in the way we communicate can create big ripple effects on business and educational outcomes, including 31 percent higher productivity, 25 percent better performance ratings, 37 percent higher sales, and 23 percent lower levels of stress. In Broadcasting Happiness, learn the seven keys of communicating more effectively to influence others and drive measurable results. Gielan, a happiness researcher and expert on positive communication, will teach you how to: Inoculate your brain against stress and negativity by fact-checking challenges Drive success by leading a conversation or communication with positivity Rewrite debilitating thought patterns and turn them into fuel for resilience and growth Deal with negative people in a way that lessens their power Share bad news more effectively to increase future social capital Create and sustain a positive culture at work by creating contagious optimism In the midst of challenges such as restructuring, low retention, and some of the lowest levels of engagement in history, creating a positive mindset is only the first step. Broadcasting Happiness showcases how real individuals and organizations have used these techniques to achieve results that include tripling revenues to more than a billion dollars, raising the graduation rate by 45 percent, and shifting the work culture from toxic to thriving. Changing your broadcast can change your life, your success, and the lives of others around you. Broadcasting Happiness will show you how!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-talk-to-anyone-92-little-tricks-for-big-success-in-relationships-by-leil-lowndes--65131079https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Anyone: 92 Little Tricks for Big Success in Relationships Author: Leil Lowndes Narrator: Leil Lowndes, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 294 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 35 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: 'You'll not only break the ice, you'll melt it away with your new skills.' -- Larry King 'The lost art of verbal communication may be revitalized by Leil Lowndes.' -- Harvey McKay, author of “How to Swim with the Sharks Without Being Eaten Alive” What is that magic quality that makes some people instantly loved and respected? Everyone wants to be their friend (or, if single, their lover!) In business, they rise swiftly to the top of the corporate ladder. What is their “Midas touch?”What it boils down to is a more skillful way of dealing with people.The author has spent her career teaching people how to communicate for success. In her book How to Talk to Anyone, Lowndes offers 92 easy and effective sure-fire success techniques—she takes the listener from first meeting all the way up to sophisticated techniques used by the big winners in life. In this information-packed audiobook you’ll find:• 9 ways to make a dynamite first impression • 14 ways to master small talk, “big talk,” and body language • 14 ways to walk and talk like a VIP or celebrity • 6 ways to sound like an insider in any crowd • 7 ways to establish deep subliminal rapport with anyone • 9 ways to feed someone’s ego (and know when NOT to!) • 11 ways to make your phone a powerful communications tool • 15 ways to work a party like a politician works a room • 7 ways to talk with tigers and not get eaten aliveIn her trademark entertaining and straight-shooting style, Leil gives the techniques catchy names so you’ll remember them when you really need them, including: “Rubberneck the Room,” “Be a Copyclass,” “Come Hither Hands,” “Bare Their Hot Button,” “The Great Scorecard in the Sky,” and “Play the Tombstone Game,” for big success in your social life, romance, and business. How to Talk to Anyone, which is an update of her popular book, Talking the Winner's Way (see the 5-star reviews of the latter) is based on solid research about techniques that work! By the way, don't confuse How to Talk to Anyone with one of Leil's previous books, How to Talk to Anybody About Anything. This one is completely different!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242527Tue, 01 Sep 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Anyone: 92 Little Tricks for Big Success in Relationships Author: Leil Lowndes Narrator: Leil Lowndes, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Talk to Anyone: 92 Little Tricks for Big Success in Relationships Author: Leil Lowndes Narrator: Leil Lowndes, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 294 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 35 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: 'You'll not only break the ice, you'll melt it away with your new skills.' -- Larry King 'The lost art of verbal communication may be revitalized by Leil Lowndes.' -- Harvey McKay, author of “How to Swim with the Sharks Without Being Eaten Alive” What is that magic quality that makes some people instantly loved and respected? Everyone wants to be their friend (or, if single, their lover!) In business, they rise swiftly to the top of the corporate ladder. What is their “Midas touch?”What it boils down to is a more skillful way of dealing with people.The author has spent her career teaching people how to communicate for success. In her book How to Talk to Anyone, Lowndes offers 92 easy and effective sure-fire success techniques—she takes the listener from first meeting all the way up to sophisticated techniques used by the big winners in life. In this information-packed audiobook you’ll find:• 9 ways to make a dynamite first impression • 14 ways to master small talk, “big talk,” and body language • 14 ways to walk and talk like a VIP or celebrity • 6 ways to sound like an insider in any crowd • 7 ways to establish deep subliminal rapport with anyone • 9 ways to feed someone’s ego (and know when NOT to!) • 11 ways to make your phone a powerful communications tool • 15 ways to work a party like a politician works a room • 7 ways to talk with tigers and not get eaten aliveIn her trademark entertaining and straight-shooting style, Leil gives the techniques catchy names so you’ll remember them when you really need them, including: “Rubberneck the Room,” “Be a Copyclass,” “Come Hither Hands,” “Bare Their Hot Button,” “The Great Scorecard in the Sky,” and “Play the Tombstone Game,” for big success in your social life, romance, and business. How to Talk to Anyone, which is an update of her popular book, Talking the Winner's Way (see the 5-star reviews of the latter) is based on solid research about techniques that work! By the way, don't confuse How to Talk to Anyone with one of Leil's previous books, How to Talk to Anybody About Anything. This one is completely different!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sorted-the-good-psychopath-s-guide-to-bossing-your-life-by-andy-mcnab-kevin-dutton--65131083https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sorted!: The Good Psychopath’s Guide to Bossing Your Life Author: Andy McNab, Kevin Dutton Narrator: Kevin Dutton, Andy McNab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Over thirty different examples of situations and ideas to show you how you can change your approach and change your life . . . Looking to nail an INTERVIEW? Want to make a better first impression on a DATE? Trying to make your MONEY go further? Bet you never thought being a bit more PSYCHOPATH could be the answer. Time to grab that bullsh*t by the horns! Dr KEVIN DUTTON studies psychopaths and his latest subject is SAS hero ANDY MCNAB. Andy’s a bit different, he’s a GOOD PSYCHOPATH. He can control qualities like decisiveness, ruthlessness and fearlessness to get the BEST out of himself and life. Together, this unlikely duo has established what they call the SEVEN DEADLY WINS, the good psychopathic quirks that can help make you more SUCCESSFUL. And now it’s time to put their theories to the test. SORTED! THE GOOD PSYCHOPATH’S GUIDE TO BOSSING YOUR LIFE offers a new approach to the everyday to help you get more out of life than it gets out of you.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242704Thu, 13 Aug 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sorted!: The Good Psychopath’s Guide to Bossing Your Life Author: Andy McNab, Kevin Dutton Narrator: Kevin Dutton, Andy McNab Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sorted!: The Good Psychopath’s Guide to Bossing Your Life Author: Andy McNab, Kevin Dutton Narrator: Kevin Dutton, Andy McNab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: August 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Over thirty different examples of situations and ideas to show you how you can change your approach and change your life . . . Looking to nail an INTERVIEW? Want to make a better first impression on a DATE? Trying to make your MONEY go further? Bet you never thought being a bit more PSYCHOPATH could be the answer. Time to grab that bullsh*t by the horns! Dr KEVIN DUTTON studies psychopaths and his latest subject is SAS hero ANDY MCNAB. Andy’s a bit different, he’s a GOOD PSYCHOPATH. He can control qualities like decisiveness, ruthlessness and fearlessness to get the BEST out of himself and life. Together, this unlikely duo has established what they call the SEVEN DEADLY WINS, the good psychopathic quirks that can help make you more SUCCESSFUL. And now it’s time to put their theories to the test. SORTED! THE GOOD PSYCHOPATH’S GUIDE TO BOSSING YOUR LIFE offers a new approach to the everyday to help you get more out of life than it gets out of you.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-more-of-what-you-want-how-the-secrets-of-economics-and-psychology-can-help-you-negotiate-anything-in-business-and-in-life-by-tho--65131104https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241227 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting (More of) What You Want: How the Secrets of Economics and Psychology Can Help You Negotiate Anything, in Business and in Life Author: Thomas Z. Lys, Margaret A. Neale Narrator: Derek Shetterley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Almost every interaction involves negotiation, yet we often miss the cues that would allow us to make the most of these exchanges. In Getting (More of) What You Want, Margaret Neale and Thomas Lys draw on the latest advances in psychology and economics to provide new strategies for anyone shopping for a car, lobbying for a raise, or simply haggling over who takes out the trash. Getting (More of) What You Want shows how inexperienced negotiators regularly leave significant value on the table—and reveals how you can claim it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241227Sat, 01 Aug 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241227 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting (More of) What You Want: How the Secrets of Economics and Psychology Can Help You Negotiate Anything, in Business and in Life Author: Thomas Z....https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241227 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting (More of) What You Want: How the Secrets of Economics and Psychology Can Help You Negotiate Anything, in Business and in Life Author: Thomas Z. Lys, Margaret A. Neale Narrator: Derek Shetterley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Almost every interaction involves negotiation, yet we often miss the cues that would allow us to make the most of these exchanges. In Getting (More of) What You Want, Margaret Neale and Thomas Lys draw on the latest advances in psychology and economics to provide new strategies for anyone shopping for a car, lobbying for a raise, or simply haggling over who takes out the trash. Getting (More of) What You Want shows how inexperienced negotiators regularly leave significant value on the table—and reveals how you can claim it.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-secrets-of-power-negotiating-live-by-roger-dawson--65131084https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241209 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating Live! Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: No matter what you want, you can negotiate for it and get it. No matter what your background, education, or current position, you can systematically and consistently build a dazzling stockpile of wealth that will be the envy of everyone you know. Do you want to always get the best possible deal with suppliers, contractors, salespeople, real estate agents, etc.? Do you want a higher salary? Do you want to learn how you can find discounts and deals on practically everything? If so, you must learn how to become a power negotiator. Negotiation is a skill that can bring you vast success in all aspects of your life. When you're a skilled negotiator, you can get the best possible price on everything you purchase or sell, and you can deal with salespeople or clients. And in this program, you’ll take a front row seat at this live seminar, and be instructed by world-renowned negotiation expert Roger Dawson on how to master this vital skill. For example, the program gives you specific ways to: Get the best possible price when you buy or sell a house, a car, a business, real estate, or any negotiable item. Get a raise or promotion. Keep employees happy without giving in to unreasonable demands. Get a new and better deal with your landlord or mortgage loan officer. Stop being stonewalled by store clerks, petty bureaucrats, service and repair people, and others. Get more cooperation from your corporate peers and subordinates. Get bigger loans and better terms from your banker. Uncover valuable 'hidden information.' Be more confident in virtually any interpersonal situation, plus many other situations you run into in your daily life.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241209Sat, 01 Aug 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241209 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating Live! Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241209 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets of Power Negotiating Live! Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: No matter what you want, you can negotiate for it and get it. No matter what your background, education, or current position, you can systematically and consistently build a dazzling stockpile of wealth that will be the envy of everyone you know. Do you want to always get the best possible deal with suppliers, contractors, salespeople, real estate agents, etc.? Do you want a higher salary? Do you want to learn how you can find discounts and deals on practically everything? If so, you must learn how to become a power negotiator. Negotiation is a skill that can bring you vast success in all aspects of your life. When you're a skilled negotiator, you can get the best possible price on everything you purchase or sell, and you can deal with salespeople or clients. And in this program, you’ll take a front row seat at this live seminar, and be instructed by world-renowned negotiation expert Roger Dawson on how to master this vital skill. For example, the program gives you specific ways to: Get the best possible price when you buy or sell a house, a car, a business, real estate, or any negotiable item. Get a raise or promotion. Keep employees happy without giving in to unreasonable demands. Get a new and better deal with your landlord or mortgage loan officer. Stop being stonewalled by store clerks, petty bureaucrats, service and repair people, and others. Get more cooperation from your corporate peers and subordinates. Get bigger loans and better terms from your banker. Uncover valuable 'hidden information.' Be more confident in virtually any interpersonal situation, plus many other situations you run into in your daily life.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-secrets-power-salary-negotiating-by-roger-dawson--65131050https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245666 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets Power Salary Negotiating Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you earning what you're worth? Master negotiator Roger Dawson shows you how to get a better deal from your current employer and how to negotiate the best deal from a new employer. And you won't come off as greedy, overly aggressive, or selfish. In fact, you'll learn how to win salary negotiations and still leave your boss feeling like he or she has actually won! You'll also learn how to become more valuable to your employer or prospective employer, how to develop power and control over your career, and gain an amazing ability to get what you want.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245666Sat, 01 Aug 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245666 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets Power Salary Negotiating Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245666 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secrets Power Salary Negotiating Author: Roger Dawson Narrator: Roger Dawson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Are you earning what you're worth? Master negotiator Roger Dawson shows you how to get a better deal from your current employer and how to negotiate the best deal from a new employer. And you won't come off as greedy, overly aggressive, or selfish. In fact, you'll learn how to win salary negotiations and still leave your boss feeling like he or she has actually won! You'll also learn how to become more valuable to your employer or prospective employer, how to develop power and control over your career, and gain an amazing ability to get what you want.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiation-genius-how-to-overcome-obstacles-and-achieve-brilliant-results-at-the-bargaining-table-and-beyond-by-max-bazerman-deepak-malho--65131143https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233916 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Genius: How to Overcome Obstacles and Achieve Brilliant Results at the Bargaining Table and Beyond Author: Max Bazerman, Deepak Malhotra Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 2, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: From two leaders in executive education at Harvard Business School, here are the mental habits and proven strategies you need to achieve outstanding results in any negotiation. Whether you’ve “seen it all” or are just starting out, Negotiation Genius will dramatically improve your negotiating skills and confidence. Drawing on decades of behavioral research plus the experience of thousands of business clients, the authors take the mystery out of preparing for and executing negotiations—whether they involve multimillion-dollar deals or improving your next salary offer. What sets negotiation geniuses apart? They are the men and women who know how to: •Identify negotiation opportunities where others see no room for discussion •Discover the truth even when the other side wants to conceal it •Negotiate successfully from a position of weakness •Defuse threats, ultimatums, lies, and other hardball tactics •Overcome resistance and “sell” proposals using proven influence tactics •Negotiate ethically and create trusting relationships—along with great deals •Recognize when the best move is to walk away •And much, much more This book gets “down and dirty.” It gives you detailed strategies—including talking points—that work in the real world even when the other side is hostile, unethical, or more powerful. When you finish it, you will already have an action plan for your next negotiation. You will know what to do and why. You will also begin building your own reputation as a negotiation genius.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233916Tue, 02 Jun 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233916 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Genius: How to Overcome Obstacles and Achieve Brilliant Results at the Bargaining Table and Beyond Author: Max Bazerman, Deepak Malhotra...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/233916 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Genius: How to Overcome Obstacles and Achieve Brilliant Results at the Bargaining Table and Beyond Author: Max Bazerman, Deepak Malhotra Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 2, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: From two leaders in executive education at Harvard Business School, here are the mental habits and proven strategies you need to achieve outstanding results in any negotiation. Whether you’ve “seen it all” or are just starting out, Negotiation Genius will dramatically improve your negotiating skills and confidence. Drawing on decades of behavioral research plus the experience of thousands of business clients, the authors take the mystery out of preparing for and executing negotiations—whether they involve multimillion-dollar deals or improving your next salary offer. What sets negotiation geniuses apart? They are the men and women who know how to: •Identify negotiation opportunities where others see no room for discussion •Discover the truth even when the other side wants to conceal it •Negotiate successfully from a position of weakness •Defuse threats, ultimatums, lies, and other hardball tactics •Overcome resistance and “sell” proposals using proven influence tactics •Negotiate ethically and create trusting relationships—along with great deals •Recognize when the best move is to walk away •And much, much more This book gets “down and dirty.” It gives you detailed strategies—including talking points—that work in the real world even when the other side is hostile, unethical, or more powerful. When you finish it, you will already have an action plan for your next negotiation. You will know what to do and why. You will also begin building your own reputation as a negotiation genius.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ten-qualities-the-world-s-greatest-communicators-by-tony-alessandra-ph-d--65131112https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236214 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Qualities The World's Greatest Communicators Author: Tony Alessandra, Ph.D. Narrator: Tony Alessandra, Ph.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Almost every problem, every conflict, every mistake and every misunderstanding has a communication problem at its most basic level. We live in a world filled with other people where we live together, work together, and play together. In our personal lives, we need each other for security, comfort, friendship, and love. And in our working environment, we need each other in order to achieve our goals and objectives. None of these goals can be achieved without communication, which makes it the basic thread that ties us together. The better we are at communicating, the more effective we are at achieving our hopes and dreams. In this idea-packed new audio program from Gildan Media, Communication Expert Dr. Tony Alessandra, author of the best-sellers Relationship Strategies and The Ten Qualities of Charismatic People, will teach you The Ten Qualities of The World’s Greatest Communicators. Tony has observed that the majority of the great leaders in the worlds of both politics and business are also great communicators. They have an ability to establish bonds with people that are based on respect and honest communication. Great communicators make others want to trust and believe in them, and they possess a set of skills that enable them be heard in a way that gets results. In this program, you’ll learn the ten qualities and, more importantly, ideas and strategies to develop the same dynamic communication skills of these great leaders. Here’s just a sample of what you’ll learn: • How to use questions to build rapport and trust. • How to give and receive feedback with grace. • How to engage in conflict resolution effectively. • How to develop the ability to make powerful and persuasive public presentations. • How to adapt your communication style to build strong relationships with anyone. • How to become a charismatic and persuasive communicator.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236214Mon, 01 Jun 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236214 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Qualities The World's Greatest Communicators Author: Tony Alessandra, Ph.D. Narrator: Tony Alessandra, Ph.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236214 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Qualities The World's Greatest Communicators Author: Tony Alessandra, Ph.D. Narrator: Tony Alessandra, Ph.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: June 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Almost every problem, every conflict, every mistake and every misunderstanding has a communication problem at its most basic level. We live in a world filled with other people where we live together, work together, and play together. In our personal lives, we need each other for security, comfort, friendship, and love. And in our working environment, we need each other in order to achieve our goals and objectives. None of these goals can be achieved without communication, which makes it the basic thread that ties us together. The better we are at communicating, the more effective we are at achieving our hopes and dreams. In this idea-packed new audio program from Gildan Media, Communication Expert Dr. Tony Alessandra, author of the best-sellers Relationship Strategies and The Ten Qualities of Charismatic People, will teach you The Ten Qualities of The World’s Greatest Communicators. Tony has observed that the majority of the great leaders in the worlds of both politics and business are also great communicators. They have an ability to establish bonds with people that are based on respect and honest communication. Great communicators make others want to trust and believe in them, and they possess a set of skills that enable them be heard in a way that gets results. In this program, you’ll learn the ten qualities and, more importantly, ideas and strategies to develop the same dynamic communication skills of these great leaders. Here’s just a sample of what you’ll learn: • How to use questions to build rapport and trust. • How to give and receive feedback with grace. • How to engage in conflict resolution effectively. • How to develop the ability to make powerful and persuasive public presentations. • How to adapt your communication style to build strong relationships with anyone. • How to become a charismatic and persuasive communicator.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/got-your-attention-how-to-create-intrigue-and-connect-with-anyone-by-sam-horn--65131110https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234353 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Got Your Attention?: How to Create Intrigue and Connect with Anyone Author: Sam Horn Narrator: Sam Horn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 1, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In an impatient world of infobesity, people don't want more information—they want to be intrigued and they want to be intrigued fast. After all, goldfish have longer attention spans than humans—nine seconds to our eight. So, right now, people want to know, “How is this relevant and useful to me? Why are you worth my valuable time, mind, and dime?” Bestselling author and ace communication strategist Sam Horn reveals her “secret sauce” for truly connecting with people—whether it's one or one million. Her disruptive eight-stage INTRIGUE process teaches listeners how to replace boring, overlong, one-way communications with concise, compelling, mutually rewarding two-way interactions that add value for all involved. This is a must- for executives, entrepreneurs, sales and marketing professionals, nonprofit leaders—anyone who wants to build meaningful relationships with others. The bottom line? If you can't get people's favorable attention, you'll never get their business. The insights and instantly useful ideas here will get smartphones down and eyebrows up—this book has been called How to Win Friends and Influence People for our digital device-driven era. Listeners will appreciate these innovative but proven ways to win respect and motivate people to take action now, whether that's to hire you, refer you, fund you, or say yes to you.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234353Fri, 01 May 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234353 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Got Your Attention?: How to Create Intrigue and Connect with Anyone Author: Sam Horn Narrator: Sam Horn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234353 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Got Your Attention?: How to Create Intrigue and Connect with Anyone Author: Sam Horn Narrator: Sam Horn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 1, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In an impatient world of infobesity, people don't want more information—they want to be intrigued and they want to be intrigued fast. After all, goldfish have longer attention spans than humans—nine seconds to our eight. So, right now, people want to know, “How is this relevant and useful to me? Why are you worth my valuable time, mind, and dime?” Bestselling author and ace communication strategist Sam Horn reveals her “secret sauce” for truly connecting with people—whether it's one or one million. Her disruptive eight-stage INTRIGUE process teaches listeners how to replace boring, overlong, one-way communications with concise, compelling, mutually rewarding two-way interactions that add value for all involved. This is a must- for executives, entrepreneurs, sales and marketing professionals, nonprofit leaders—anyone who wants to build meaningful relationships with others. The bottom line? If you can't get people's favorable attention, you'll never get their business. The insights and instantly useful ideas here will get smartphones down and eyebrows up—this book has been called How to Win Friends and Influence People for our digital device-driven era. Listeners will appreciate these innovative but proven ways to win respect and motivate people to take action now, whether that's to hire you, refer you, fund you, or say yes to you.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-to-yes-with-yourself-and-other-worthy-opponents-by-william-ury--65131012https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313541 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes with Yourself: And Other Worthy Opponents Author: William Ury Narrator: William Ury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 29, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: READ BY THE AUTHOR In his highly anticipated follow up to the bestselling “Getting to Yes: Negotiation Agreement Without Giving”, Harvard University’s world renowned negotiation expert William Ury provides the definitive guide to attaining success at work and at home. Drawing upon decades of experience in some of the world’s most challenging conflict areas – from million-dollar corporate mergers to high profile Middle Eastern struggles – Ury highlights a previously unexamined issue which affects us all, personally and professionally: the biggest obstacle to achieving what we want comes from our own self-destructive actions. In his brilliant new book, Ury outlines practical strategies for dealing with the inner conflicts that hinder our successes. From tactics for dealing with an untrustworthy work colleague, to methods for handling a divorce conversation, and coming out on top, “Getting to Yes with Yourself” outlines universal techniques for success in seven compelling chapters. Fresh and insightful, “Getting to Yes with Yourself” will transform the way you approach your life.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313541Thu, 29 Jan 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313541 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes with Yourself: And Other Worthy Opponents Author: William Ury Narrator: William Ury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/313541 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes with Yourself: And Other Worthy Opponents Author: William Ury Narrator: William Ury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 29, 2015 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: READ BY THE AUTHOR In his highly anticipated follow up to the bestselling “Getting to Yes: Negotiation Agreement Without Giving”, Harvard University’s world renowned negotiation expert William Ury provides the definitive guide to attaining success at work and at home. Drawing upon decades of experience in some of the world’s most challenging conflict areas – from million-dollar corporate mergers to high profile Middle Eastern struggles – Ury highlights a previously unexamined issue which affects us all, personally and professionally: the biggest obstacle to achieving what we want comes from our own self-destructive actions. In his brilliant new book, Ury outlines practical strategies for dealing with the inner conflicts that hinder our successes. From tactics for dealing with an untrustworthy work colleague, to methods for handling a divorce conversation, and coming out on top, “Getting to Yes with Yourself” outlines universal techniques for success in seven compelling chapters. Fresh and insightful, “Getting to Yes with Yourself” will transform the way you approach your life.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-to-yes-with-yourself-and-other-worthy-opponents-by-william-ury--65131087https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226460 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes with Yourself: (and Other Worthy Opponents) Author: William Ury Narrator: William Ury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 20, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: William Ury, coauthor of the international bestseller Getting to Yes, returns with another groundbreaking book, this time asking: how can we expect to get to yes with others if we haven’t first gotten to yes with ourselves? Renowned negotiation expert William Ury has taught tens of thousands of people from all walks of life—managers, lawyers, factory workers, coal miners, schoolteachers, diplomats, and government officials—how to become better negotiators. Over the years, Ury has discovered that the greatest obstacle to successful agreements and satisfying relationships is not the other side, as difficult as they can be. The biggest obstacle is actually our own selves—our natural tendency to react in ways that do not serve our true interests. But this obstacle can also become our biggest opportunity, Ury argues. If we learn to understand and influence ourselves first, we lay the groundwork for understanding and influencing others. In this prequel to Getting to Yes, Ury offers a seven-step method to help you reach agreement with yourself first, dramatically improving your ability to negotiate with others. Practical and effective, Getting to Yes with Yourself helps readers reach good agreements with others, develop healthy relationships, make their businesses more productive, and live far more satisfying lives.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226460Tue, 20 Jan 2015 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226460 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes with Yourself: (and Other Worthy Opponents) Author: William Ury Narrator: William Ury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226460 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes with Yourself: (and Other Worthy Opponents) Author: William Ury Narrator: William Ury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 20, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: William Ury, coauthor of the international bestseller Getting to Yes, returns with another groundbreaking book, this time asking: how can we expect to get to yes with others if we haven’t first gotten to yes with ourselves? Renowned negotiation expert William Ury has taught tens of thousands of people from all walks of life—managers, lawyers, factory workers, coal miners, schoolteachers, diplomats, and government officials—how to become better negotiators. Over the years, Ury has discovered that the greatest obstacle to successful agreements and satisfying relationships is not the other side, as difficult as they can be. The biggest obstacle is actually our own selves—our natural tendency to react in ways that do not serve our true interests. But this obstacle can also become our biggest opportunity, Ury argues. If we learn to understand and influence ourselves first, we lay the groundwork for understanding and influencing others. In this prequel to Getting to Yes, Ury offers a seven-step method to help you reach agreement with yourself first, dramatically improving your ability to negotiate with others. Practical and effective, Getting to Yes with Yourself helps readers reach good agreements with others, develop healthy relationships, make their businesses more productive, and live far more satisfying lives.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-noticing-what-the-best-leaders-see-by-max-bazerman--65131105https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217307 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Noticing: What the Best Leaders See Author: Max Bazerman Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: August 5, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A “must-read” (Booklist) from Harvard Business School Professor and Codirector of the Harvard Kennedy School’s Center for Public Leadership: A guide to making better decisions, noticing important information in the world around you, and improving leadership skills. Imagine your advantage in negotiations, decision-making, and leadership if you could teach yourself to see and evaluate information that others overlook. The Power of Noticing provides the blueprint for accomplishing precisely that. Max Bazerman, an expert in the field of applied behavioral psychology, draws on three decades of research and his experience instructing Harvard Business School MBAs and corporate executives to teach you how to notice and act on information that may not be immediately obvious. Drawing on a wealth of real-world examples and using many of the same case studies and thought experiments designed in his executive MBA classes, Bazerman challenges you to explore your cognitive blind spots, identify any salient details you are programmed to miss, and then take steps to ensure it won’t happen again. His book provides a step-by-step guide to breaking bad habits and spotting the hidden details that will change your decision-making and leadership skills for the better, teaching you to pay attention to what didn’t happen, acknowledge self-interest, invent the third choice, and realize that what you see is not all there is. While many bestselling business books have explained how susceptible to manipulation our irrational cognitive blind spots make us, Bazerman helps you avoid the habits that lead to poor decisions and ineffective leadership in the first place. With The Power of Noticing at your side, you can learn how to notice what others miss, make wiser decisions, and lead more successfully.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217307Tue, 05 Aug 2014 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217307 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Noticing: What the Best Leaders See Author: Max Bazerman Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217307 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Noticing: What the Best Leaders See Author: Max Bazerman Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: August 5, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A “must-read” (Booklist) from Harvard Business School Professor and Codirector of the Harvard Kennedy School’s Center for Public Leadership: A guide to making better decisions, noticing important information in the world around you, and improving leadership skills. Imagine your advantage in negotiations, decision-making, and leadership if you could teach yourself to see and evaluate information that others overlook. The Power of Noticing provides the blueprint for accomplishing precisely that. Max Bazerman, an expert in the field of applied behavioral psychology, draws on three decades of research and his experience instructing Harvard Business School MBAs and corporate executives to teach you how to notice and act on information that may not be immediately obvious. Drawing on a wealth of real-world examples and using many of the same case studies and thought experiments designed in his executive MBA classes, Bazerman challenges you to explore your cognitive blind spots, identify any salient details you are programmed to miss, and then take steps to ensure it won’t happen again. His book provides a step-by-step guide to breaking bad habits and spotting the hidden details that will change your decision-making and leadership skills for the better, teaching you to pay attention to what didn’t happen, acknowledge self-interest, invent the third choice, and realize that what you see is not all there is. While many bestselling business books have explained how susceptible to manipulation our irrational cognitive blind spots make us, Bazerman helps you avoid the habits that lead to poor decisions and ineffective leadership in the first place. With The Power of Noticing at your side, you can learn how to notice what others miss, make wiser decisions, and lead more successfully.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/let-s-stop-meeting-like-this-tools-to-save-time-and-get-more-done-by-dick-axelrod-emily-axelrod--65131062https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241827 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Stop Meeting Like This: Tools to Save Time and Get More Done Author: Dick Axelrod, Emily Axelrod Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 4, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Instead of being boring and time-wasting, meetings can be places where participants and leaders can get their work done productively, efficiently, and happily. It is not an impossible dream. This book shows how.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241827Mon, 04 Aug 2014 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241827 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Stop Meeting Like This: Tools to Save Time and Get More Done Author: Dick Axelrod, Emily Axelrod Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241827 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Stop Meeting Like This: Tools to Save Time and Get More Done Author: Dick Axelrod, Emily Axelrod Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 4, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Instead of being boring and time-wasting, meetings can be places where participants and leaders can get their work done productively, efficiently, and happily. It is not an impossible dream. This book shows how.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-art-of-explanation-making-your-ideas-products-and-services-easier-to-understand-by-lee-lefever--65131122https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213748 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Explanation: Making Your Ideas, Products, and Services Easier to Understand Author: Lee Lefever Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 1, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Your guide to becoming an explanation specialist. You've done the hard work. Your product or service works beautifully - but something is missing. People just don't see the big idea - and it's keeping you from being successful. Your idea has an explanation problem. The Art of Explanation is for business people, educators and influencers who want to improve their explanation skills and start solving explanation problems. Author Lee LeFever is the founder of Common Craft, a company known around the world for making complex ideas easy to understand through short animated videos. He is your guide to helping audiences fall in love with your ideas, products or services through better explanations in any medium. You will learn to: Plan: Learn explanation basics, what causes them to fail and how to diagnose explanation problems. Package: Using simple elements, create an explanation strategy that builds confidence and motivates your audience. Present: Produce remarkable explanations with visuals and media. The Art of Explanation is your invitation to become an explanation specialist and see why explanation is now a fundamental skill for professionals.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213748Tue, 01 Jul 2014 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213748 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Explanation: Making Your Ideas, Products, and Services Easier to Understand Author: Lee Lefever Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213748 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Explanation: Making Your Ideas, Products, and Services Easier to Understand Author: Lee Lefever Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 1, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Your guide to becoming an explanation specialist. You've done the hard work. Your product or service works beautifully - but something is missing. People just don't see the big idea - and it's keeping you from being successful. Your idea has an explanation problem. The Art of Explanation is for business people, educators and influencers who want to improve their explanation skills and start solving explanation problems. Author Lee LeFever is the founder of Common Craft, a company known around the world for making complex ideas easy to understand through short animated videos. He is your guide to helping audiences fall in love with your ideas, products or services through better explanations in any medium. You will learn to: Plan: Learn explanation basics, what causes them to fail and how to diagnose explanation problems. Package: Using simple elements, create an explanation strategy that builds confidence and motivates your audience. Present: Produce remarkable explanations with visuals and media. The Art of Explanation is your invitation to become an explanation specialist and see why explanation is now a fundamental skill for professionals.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bargaining-for-advantage-negotiation-strategies-for-reasonable-people-by-g-richard-shell--65131081https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213528 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bargaining for Advantage: Negotiation Strategies for Reasonable People Author: G. Richard Shell Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.76 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: As director of the renowned Wharton Executive Negotiation Workshop, Professor G. Richard Shell has taught thousands of business leaders, administrators, and other professionals how to survive and thrive in the sometimes rough-and-tumble world of negotiation. His systematic, step-by-step approach comes to life in this book, which is available in over ten foreign editions and combines lively storytelling, proven tactics, and reliable insights gleaned from the latest negotiation research. This updated edition includes: A brand-new 'Negotiation I.Q.' test designed by Shell and used by executives at the Wharton workshop that reveals each reader's unique strengths and weaknesses as a negotiator A concise manual on how to avoid the perils and pitfalls of online negotiations involving e-mail and instant messaging A detailed look at how gender and cultural differences can derail negotiations, and advice for putting talks back on track]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213528Tue, 01 Jul 2014 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213528 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bargaining for Advantage: Negotiation Strategies for Reasonable People Author: G. Richard Shell Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213528 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bargaining for Advantage: Negotiation Strategies for Reasonable People Author: G. Richard Shell Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.76 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: As director of the renowned Wharton Executive Negotiation Workshop, Professor G. Richard Shell has taught thousands of business leaders, administrators, and other professionals how to survive and thrive in the sometimes rough-and-tumble world of negotiation. His systematic, step-by-step approach comes to life in this book, which is available in over ten foreign editions and combines lively storytelling, proven tactics, and reliable insights gleaned from the latest negotiation research. This updated edition includes: A brand-new 'Negotiation I.Q.' test designed by Shell and used by executives at the Wharton workshop that reveals each reader's unique strengths and weaknesses as a negotiator A concise manual on how to avoid the perils and pitfalls of online negotiations involving e-mail and instant messaging A detailed look at how gender and cultural differences can derail negotiations, and advice for putting talks back on track]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/good-for-you-great-for-me-finding-the-trading-zone-and-winning-at-win-win-negotiation-by-lawrence-susskind--65131123https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212524 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good For You, Great For Me: Finding the Trading Zone and Winning at Win-Win Negotiation Author: Lawrence Susskind Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 3, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Thirty years ago, Roger Fisher and Bill Ury wrote the groundbreaking book Getting to Yes. It established the mutual gains approach to negotiation, or what the popular media likes to call 'win-win negotiation.' But there are few, if any, negotiating situations in which everyone can get everything they want. In reality, most people want to win at win-win negotiation. And the way to win is to come up with a proposed agreement that is 'good' for the other side and 'great' for you. Good For You, Great For Me provides the missing operational guidelines for winning negotiations in business, family disputes, international relations, or public affairs without undermining trust or ruining relationships. It provides not just new principles but new tools—six operational steps to take after you've found your way into the trading zone—to ensure you get as large a share of the pie as possible.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212524Tue, 03 Jun 2014 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212524 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good For You, Great For Me: Finding the Trading Zone and Winning at Win-Win Negotiation Author: Lawrence Susskind Narrator: Sean Runnette Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212524 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good For You, Great For Me: Finding the Trading Zone and Winning at Win-Win Negotiation Author: Lawrence Susskind Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 3, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Thirty years ago, Roger Fisher and Bill Ury wrote the groundbreaking book Getting to Yes. It established the mutual gains approach to negotiation, or what the popular media likes to call 'win-win negotiation.' But there are few, if any, negotiating situations in which everyone can get everything they want. In reality, most people want to win at win-win negotiation. And the way to win is to come up with a proposed agreement that is 'good' for the other side and 'great' for you. Good For You, Great For Me provides the missing operational guidelines for winning negotiations in business, family disputes, international relations, or public affairs without undermining trust or ruining relationships. It provides not just new principles but new tools—six operational steps to take after you've found your way into the trading zone—to ensure you get as large a share of the pie as possible.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/when-buyers-say-no-essential-strategies-for-keeping-a-sale-moving-forward-by-ben-katt-tom-hopkins--65131077https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208464 to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Buyers Say No: Essential Strategies for Keeping a Sale Moving Forward Author: Ben Katt, Tom Hopkins Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: This is a complete and practical guide which highlights the authors' new strategic approaches to selling when the buyer initially declines or is resistant on a sales opportunity. Hopkins and Katt explain that most sales reps take a traditional linear approach to selling, but that the trick in closing is in taking a more creative and circular approach. That's the key. It all starts with how the buyer initially says, 'No.' Too many sales reps don't pay close attention as to how that's presented. Hopkins and Katt point out that 'no' may suggest all sorts of other options -- avenues that can eventually lead to the buyer actually saying yes. The authors introduce a novel concept called the Circle of Persuasion which offers sales reps a new approach in this potentially tricky process. Along the way, WHEN BUYERS SAY NO details prescriptive steps and even sample dialogues that will instruct and guide sales professionals on how to best cultivate buyer-seller relationships. There's particular emphasis on how to establish the kind of rapport that ultimately leads to a successful close.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208464Tue, 01 Apr 2014 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208464 to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Buyers Say No: Essential Strategies for Keeping a Sale Moving Forward Author: Ben Katt, Tom Hopkins Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208464 to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Buyers Say No: Essential Strategies for Keeping a Sale Moving Forward Author: Ben Katt, Tom Hopkins Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: This is a complete and practical guide which highlights the authors' new strategic approaches to selling when the buyer initially declines or is resistant on a sales opportunity. Hopkins and Katt explain that most sales reps take a traditional linear approach to selling, but that the trick in closing is in taking a more creative and circular approach. That's the key. It all starts with how the buyer initially says, 'No.' Too many sales reps don't pay close attention as to how that's presented. Hopkins and Katt point out that 'no' may suggest all sorts of other options -- avenues that can eventually lead to the buyer actually saying yes. The authors introduce a novel concept called the Circle of Persuasion which offers sales reps a new approach in this potentially tricky process. Along the way, WHEN BUYERS SAY NO details prescriptive steps and even sample dialogues that will instruct and guide sales professionals on how to best cultivate buyer-seller relationships. There's particular emphasis on how to establish the kind of rapport that ultimately leads to a successful close.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/say-anything-to-anyone-anywhere-5-keys-to-successful-cross-cultural-communication-by-gayle-cotton--65131101https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say Anything to Anyone, Anywhere: 5 Keys to Successful Cross-Cultural Communication Author: Gayle Cotton Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 7, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Differences are the spice of life! But cultural differences can also be the source of embarrassing gaffes and miscommunication for business and social travelers alike. No one wants to make a cross-cultural blunder-- especially one that could have consequences for crucial partnerships or even your entire organization. But when you seek to understand the origins of these cultural distinctions and develop strategies to cope with them, you'll find that you can navigate any culture-- whether virtually or in person-- with ease. Say Anything to Anyone, Anywhere offers five simple guidelines to successful selling, negotiating, and managing multiculturally. It teaches how to be proactive, not reactive, in your cross-cultural communications and how to use simple rapport tools to build trust with cultures you work with or travel to. Discover interpersonal communication skills and virtual strategies that build strong relationships. Say Anything to Anyone, Anywhere shares quick, accessible examples and clear guidelines about how to bridge cultural gaps, including strategies to: --Create proactive cross-cultural communication and avoid reactive communication --Manage preexisting cultural perceptions --Understand cultural sensitivities and avoid conflict --Build rapport in person, on the phone, and by e-mail --Understand how words, tonality, and body language vary with every culture --Increase self-awareness and adapt your style You'll also find a helpful collection of common business jargon that crosses cultures, cultural do's and taboos, and an entertaining collection of cultural bloopers from those who have stumbled before you. This step-by-step guide to cross-cultural business will help you build strong relationships, manage successfully-- and learn to enjoy and appreciate the cultural nuances that help to define all of us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206566Fri, 07 Feb 2014 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say Anything to Anyone, Anywhere: 5 Keys to Successful Cross-Cultural Communication Author: Gayle Cotton Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Say Anything to Anyone, Anywhere: 5 Keys to Successful Cross-Cultural Communication Author: Gayle Cotton Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 7, 2014 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Differences are the spice of life! But cultural differences can also be the source of embarrassing gaffes and miscommunication for business and social travelers alike. No one wants to make a cross-cultural blunder-- especially one that could have consequences for crucial partnerships or even your entire organization. But when you seek to understand the origins of these cultural distinctions and develop strategies to cope with them, you'll find that you can navigate any culture-- whether virtually or in person-- with ease. Say Anything to Anyone, Anywhere offers five simple guidelines to successful selling, negotiating, and managing multiculturally. It teaches how to be proactive, not reactive, in your cross-cultural communications and how to use simple rapport tools to build trust with cultures you work with or travel to. Discover interpersonal communication skills and virtual strategies that build strong relationships. Say Anything to Anyone, Anywhere shares quick, accessible examples and clear guidelines about how to bridge cultural gaps, including strategies to: --Create proactive cross-cultural communication and avoid reactive communication --Manage preexisting cultural perceptions --Understand cultural sensitivities and avoid conflict --Build rapport in person, on the phone, and by e-mail --Understand how words, tonality, and body language vary with every culture --Increase self-awareness and adapt your style You'll also find a helpful collection of common business jargon that crosses cultures, cultural do's and taboos, and an entertaining collection of cultural bloopers from those who have stumbled before you. This step-by-step guide to cross-cultural business will help you build strong relationships, manage successfully-- and learn to enjoy and appreciate the cultural nuances that help to define all of us.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-art-of-negotiation-how-to-improvise-agreement-in-a-chaotic-world-by-michael-wheeler--65131133https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Negotiation: How to Improvise Agreement in a Chaotic World Author: Michael Wheeler Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “Michael Wheeler has written a new business classic. He presents powerful negotiation strategies and techniques for managers in any industry.” —Henry McGee, former president, HBO Home EntertainmentA member of the world-renowned Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School introduces the powerful next-generation approach to negotiation.For many years, two approaches to negotiation have prevailed: the “win-win” method exemplified in Getting to Yes by Roger Fisher, William Ury, and Bruce Patton; and the hard-bargaining style of Herb Cohen’s You Can Negotiate Anything. Now award-winning Harvard Business School professor Michael Wheeler provides a dynamic alternative to one-size-fits-all strategies that don’t match real world realities.The Art of Negotiation shows how master negotiators thrive in the face of chaos and uncertainty. They don’t trap themselves with rigid plans. Instead they understand negotiation as a process of exploration that demands ongoing learning, adapting, and influencing. Their agility enables them to reach agreement when others would be stalemated.Michael Wheeler illuminates the improvisational nature of negotiation, drawing on his own research and his work with Program on Negotiation colleagues. He explains how the best practices of diplomats such as George J. Mitchell, dealmaker Bruce Wasserstein, and Hollywood producer Jerry Weintraub apply to everyday transactions like selling a house, buying a car, or landing a new contract. Wheeler also draws lessons on agility and creativity from fields like jazz, sports, theater, and even military science.For more information, visit the author’s website at www.michaelwheeler.com.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199066Tue, 08 Oct 2013 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Negotiation: How to Improvise Agreement in a Chaotic World Author: Michael Wheeler Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199066 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Negotiation: How to Improvise Agreement in a Chaotic World Author: Michael Wheeler Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “Michael Wheeler has written a new business classic. He presents powerful negotiation strategies and techniques for managers in any industry.” —Henry McGee, former president, HBO Home EntertainmentA member of the world-renowned Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School introduces the powerful next-generation approach to negotiation.For many years, two approaches to negotiation have prevailed: the “win-win” method exemplified in Getting to Yes by Roger Fisher, William Ury, and Bruce Patton; and the hard-bargaining style of Herb Cohen’s You Can Negotiate Anything. Now award-winning Harvard Business School professor Michael Wheeler provides a dynamic alternative to one-size-fits-all strategies that don’t match real world realities.The Art of Negotiation shows how master negotiators thrive in the face of chaos and uncertainty. They don’t trap themselves with rigid plans. Instead they understand negotiation as a process of exploration that demands ongoing learning, adapting, and influencing. Their agility enables them to reach agreement when others would be stalemated.Michael Wheeler illuminates the improvisational nature of negotiation, drawing on his own research and his work with Program on Negotiation colleagues. He explains how the best practices of diplomats such as George J. Mitchell, dealmaker Bruce Wasserstein, and Hollywood producer Jerry Weintraub apply to everyday transactions like selling a house, buying a car, or landing a new contract. Wheeler also draws lessons on agility and creativity from fields like jazz, sports, theater, and even military science.For more information, visit the author’s website at www.michaelwheeler.com.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/well-said-presentations-and-conversations-that-get-results-by-darlene-price--65131108https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225984 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Well Said!: Presentations and Conversations That Get Results Author: Darlene Price Narrator: Darlene Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 14 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Whether you're making a formal presentation, wooing a client, closing a sale, or proposing an idea, persuasive communication can make the difference between success and failure. 'Well Said!' shows listeners how to put themselves in their audience's shoes and tailor their message to the needs of decision makers. It reveals simple but powerful techniques anyone can use to prioritize, organize, and economize their words so that their communications are concise, clear, and - most importantly - convincing. Complete with real-life examples illustrating the concepts in action, this handy guide teaches listeners how to: • use the words and phrases that get people to listen • capture and hold attention • gain instant credibility with decision makers • optimize body language; handle Q&A with finesse • connect with the audience • shine with or without PowerPoint • perfect their elevator pitch and much more. Engaging and practical, 'Well Said!' is the one book on presentation skills every professional should own.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225984Tue, 01 Oct 2013 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225984 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Well Said!: Presentations and Conversations That Get Results Author: Darlene Price Narrator: Darlene Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/225984 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Well Said!: Presentations and Conversations That Get Results Author: Darlene Price Narrator: Darlene Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 14 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Whether you're making a formal presentation, wooing a client, closing a sale, or proposing an idea, persuasive communication can make the difference between success and failure. 'Well Said!' shows listeners how to put themselves in their audience's shoes and tailor their message to the needs of decision makers. It reveals simple but powerful techniques anyone can use to prioritize, organize, and economize their words so that their communications are concise, clear, and - most importantly - convincing. Complete with real-life examples illustrating the concepts in action, this handy guide teaches listeners how to: • use the words and phrases that get people to listen • capture and hold attention • gain instant credibility with decision makers • optimize body language; handle Q&A with finesse • connect with the audience • shine with or without PowerPoint • perfect their elevator pitch and much more. Engaging and practical, 'Well Said!' is the one book on presentation skills every professional should own.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/winning-from-within-a-breakthrough-method-for-leading-living-and-lasting-change-by-erica-ariel-fox--65131127https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196962 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning from Within: A Breakthrough Method for Leading, Living, and Lasting Change Author: Erica Ariel Fox Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Whether you run a Fortune 500 company or serve as CEO of your household, negotiating effectively is crucial to leading wisely and living well. Leading and living are a series of constant negotiations. Consider what goes on during your typical week: Can you influence your client to accept your proposal? Will you persuade colleagues to give you the resources you need to finish your project? How will you ask your neighbor to switch carpool days so that you will finally have time to get to the gym? According to conventional wisdom, a ''win-win'' outcome is the hallmark of success. However, until now, advice on getting there has overlooked one crucial element. It turns out that the most important negotiations you have, the ones that drive the impact of your leadership and the quality of your life, are the ones you have with yourself. What does negotiating with yourself mean? It's what happens when you want to stay at the office, but also want to keep your promise to the family to get home in time for dinner. Or when one side of you votes to roll the dice and go for your dream job, while another worries about paying the mortgage. It's what you do when one part of you wants to give your relationship every chance to work, while another knows that this time it's really over. When you're of more than one mind about what to do, negotiating with yourself is an essential skill. Should you say yes or no, or should you stall for time? Offer an olive branch or lay down the law? Speak your mind or hold your peace? When you know how to win the tug-of-wars inside of you, then you can ''get to yes'' in lasting and transformational ways. With honesty, humor, and fresh ideas, Winning from Within gives you a clear road map for knowing your inner world and a method for sorting yourself out. Whether you're struggling with a difficult customer or arguing with your spouse, by understanding what leadership and negotiation expert Erica Ariel Fox calls your ''inner negotiators,'' you'll learn to turn breakdowns into breakthroughs. With the insight and tools to get out of your own way, you'll find new avenues to realizing your dreams.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196962Tue, 24 Sep 2013 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196962 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning from Within: A Breakthrough Method for Leading, Living, and Lasting Change Author: Erica Ariel Fox Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196962 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning from Within: A Breakthrough Method for Leading, Living, and Lasting Change Author: Erica Ariel Fox Narrator: Tavia Gilbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Whether you run a Fortune 500 company or serve as CEO of your household, negotiating effectively is crucial to leading wisely and living well. Leading and living are a series of constant negotiations. Consider what goes on during your typical week: Can you influence your client to accept your proposal? Will you persuade colleagues to give you the resources you need to finish your project? How will you ask your neighbor to switch carpool days so that you will finally have time to get to the gym? According to conventional wisdom, a ''win-win'' outcome is the hallmark of success. However, until now, advice on getting there has overlooked one crucial element. It turns out that the most important negotiations you have, the ones that drive the impact of your leadership and the quality of your life, are the ones you have with yourself. What does negotiating with yourself mean? It's what happens when you want to stay at the office, but also want to keep your promise to the family to get home in time for dinner. Or when one side of you votes to roll the dice and go for your dream job, while another worries about paying the mortgage. It's what you do when one part of you wants to give your relationship every chance to work, while another knows that this time it's really over. When you're of more than one mind about what to do, negotiating with yourself is an essential skill. Should you say yes or no, or should you stall for time? Offer an olive branch or lay down the law? Speak your mind or hold your peace? When you know how to win the tug-of-wars inside of you, then you can ''get to yes'' in lasting and transformational ways. With honesty, humor, and fresh ideas, Winning from Within gives you a clear road map for knowing your inner world and a method for sorting yourself out. Whether you're struggling with a difficult customer or arguing with your spouse, by understanding what leadership and negotiation expert Erica Ariel Fox calls your ''inner negotiators,'' you'll learn to turn breakdowns into breakthroughs. With the insight and tools to get out of your own way, you'll find new avenues to realizing your dreams.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/reading-everyday-body-language-become-a-human-lie-detector-by-sanjay-burman--65131096https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251483 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reading Everyday Body Language: Become A Human Lie Detector Author: Sanjay Burman Narrator: Sanjay Burman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: 'We all have wondered if we are being told the truth. Well now you no longer have to wonder. Success requires trust in those who surround us and they are speaking to us without even talking, if we know how to read the signs. Three quarters of our communication is non-verbal. Reading Everyday Body Language contains scientifically proven psychological techniques that can be applied to all sorts of everyday situations. Determine if a person is being honest, whether your date likes you or not and how to know if someone lacks confidence. In this practical guide, author Sanjay Burman teaches us how to read body language and micro-gestures. He explains the meaning of a scratch of the chin, the wringing of hands, a wrinkle of the nose or a hard swallow. With these techniques the listener will be able to uncover the true meaning behind these and other gestures to confirm what others are saying, and of their truthfulness. Learn how your body language reading can be used to persuade people to buy your product, vote your way or believe what you want. The benefits to understanding body language and how it can be used to persuade people are limitless, it will increase your commissions, help you communicate more effectively with others, and understand the truth behind people's words.”]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251483Tue, 30 Apr 2013 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251483 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reading Everyday Body Language: Become A Human Lie Detector Author: Sanjay Burman Narrator: Sanjay Burman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251483 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reading Everyday Body Language: Become A Human Lie Detector Author: Sanjay Burman Narrator: Sanjay Burman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 30, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: 'We all have wondered if we are being told the truth. Well now you no longer have to wonder. Success requires trust in those who surround us and they are speaking to us without even talking, if we know how to read the signs. Three quarters of our communication is non-verbal. Reading Everyday Body Language contains scientifically proven psychological techniques that can be applied to all sorts of everyday situations. Determine if a person is being honest, whether your date likes you or not and how to know if someone lacks confidence. In this practical guide, author Sanjay Burman teaches us how to read body language and micro-gestures. He explains the meaning of a scratch of the chin, the wringing of hands, a wrinkle of the nose or a hard swallow. With these techniques the listener will be able to uncover the true meaning behind these and other gestures to confirm what others are saying, and of their truthfulness. Learn how your body language reading can be used to persuade people to buy your product, vote your way or believe what you want. The benefits to understanding body language and how it can be used to persuade people are limitless, it will increase your commissions, help you communicate more effectively with others, and understand the truth behind people's words.”]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/own-the-room-discover-your-signature-voice-to-master-your-leadership-presence-by-amy-jen-sue-muriel-maignan-wilkins--65131093https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174747 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Own The Room: Discover Your Signature Voice to Master Your Leadership Presence Author: Amy Jen Sue, Muriel Maignan Wilkins Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: People are drawn to, and influenced by, leaders who communicate authentically, connect with people, and have immediate impact. So how do you become one? How can you learn to “own the room?” This book will help you develop your leadership presence. The authors offer a simple and compelling framework as well as practices for developing your 'signature voice.' Wherever you sit in an organization, you can develop presence if you are able to do two things well: demonstrate your authentic value and distinction; and connect to others in a positive way. Leaders who are able to be authentic while connecting with and impacting others have what the authors call a signature voice—a means of self-expression that is uniquely and distinctly your own. Once you embrace and express this invaluable skill, you won’t believe the tremendous impact you can have on those around you. Filled with real-life stories and examples, Own the Room will demystify the notion of presence and provide practical advice on how you can develop it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174747Sun, 07 Apr 2013 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174747 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Own The Room: Discover Your Signature Voice to Master Your Leadership Presence Author: Amy Jen Sue, Muriel Maignan Wilkins Narrator: Karen Saltus...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/174747 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Own The Room: Discover Your Signature Voice to Master Your Leadership Presence Author: Amy Jen Sue, Muriel Maignan Wilkins Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: People are drawn to, and influenced by, leaders who communicate authentically, connect with people, and have immediate impact. So how do you become one? How can you learn to “own the room?” This book will help you develop your leadership presence. The authors offer a simple and compelling framework as well as practices for developing your 'signature voice.' Wherever you sit in an organization, you can develop presence if you are able to do two things well: demonstrate your authentic value and distinction; and connect to others in a positive way. Leaders who are able to be authentic while connecting with and impacting others have what the authors call a signature voice—a means of self-expression that is uniquely and distinctly your own. Once you embrace and express this invaluable skill, you won’t believe the tremendous impact you can have on those around you. Filled with real-life stories and examples, Own the Room will demystify the notion of presence and provide practical advice on how you can develop it.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-customer-rules-the-39-essential-rules-for-delivering-sensational-service-by-lee-cockerell--65131126https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166749 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Rules: The 39 Essential Rules for Delivering Sensational Service Author: Lee Cockerell Narrator: Lee Cockerell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The former Executive Vice President of Walt Disney World shares indispensible Rules for serving customers with consistency, efficiency, creativity, sincerity, and excellence.  Lee Cockerell knows that success in business--any business--depends upon winning and keeping customers. In 39 digestible, bite-sized chapters, Lee shares everything he has learned in his 40+ year career in the hospitality industry about creating an environment that keeps customers coming back for more. Here, Lee not only shows why the customer always rules, but also the Rules for serving customers so well they'll never want to do business with anyone but you. For example: Rule #1: Customer Service Is Not a Department Rule #3: Great Service Follows the Laws of Gravity Rule #5: Ask Yourself 'What Would Mom Do?' Rule #19: Be a Copycat Rule #25. Treat Every Customer like a Regular Rule #39: Don’t Try Too Hard As simple as they are profound, these principles have been shown to work in companies as large as Disney and as small as a local coffee shop; from businesses selling cutting-edge technologies like computer tablets to those selling products as timeless as shoes and handbags; at corporations as long-standing as Ford Motors and those as nascent as a brand new start-up. And they have been proven indispensible at all levels of a company, from managers responsible for hiring and training employees, setting policies and procedures, and shaping the company culture to front line staff who deal directly with clients and customers Chock-full of universal advice, applicable online and off, The Customer Rules is the essential handbook for service excellence everywhere.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166749Tue, 05 Mar 2013 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166749 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Rules: The 39 Essential Rules for Delivering Sensational Service Author: Lee Cockerell Narrator: Lee Cockerell Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/166749 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Rules: The 39 Essential Rules for Delivering Sensational Service Author: Lee Cockerell Narrator: Lee Cockerell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: March 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The former Executive Vice President of Walt Disney World shares indispensible Rules for serving customers with consistency, efficiency, creativity, sincerity, and excellence.  Lee Cockerell knows that success in business--any business--depends upon winning and keeping customers. In 39 digestible, bite-sized chapters, Lee shares everything he has learned in his 40+ year career in the hospitality industry about creating an environment that keeps customers coming back for more. Here, Lee not only shows why the customer always rules, but also the Rules for serving customers so well they'll never want to do business with anyone but you. For example: Rule #1: Customer Service Is Not a Department Rule #3: Great Service Follows the Laws of Gravity Rule #5: Ask Yourself 'What Would Mom Do?' Rule #19: Be a Copycat Rule #25. Treat Every Customer like a Regular Rule #39: Don’t Try Too Hard As simple as they are profound, these principles have been shown to work in companies as large as Disney and as small as a local coffee shop; from businesses selling cutting-edge technologies like computer tablets to those selling products as timeless as shoes and handbags; at corporations as long-standing as Ford Motors and those as nascent as a brand new start-up. And they have been proven indispensible at all levels of a company, from managers responsible for hiring and training employees, setting policies and procedures, and shaping the company culture to front line staff who deal directly with clients and customers Chock-full of universal advice, applicable online and off, The Customer Rules is the essential handbook for service excellence everywhere.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rich-dad-advisors-writing-winning-business-plans-how-to-prepare-a-business-plan-that-investors-will-want-to-read-and-invest-in-by-garret--65131095https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rich Dad Advisors: Writing Winning Business Plans: How To Prepare A Business Plan That Investors Will Want To Read ? And Invest In Series: Part of Rich Dad's Advisors Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Steve Stratton, Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 29, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: To win in business requires a winning business plan. To write a winning business plan requires listening to Garrett Sutton's dynamic audiobook on the topic. Writing Winning Business Plans provides the insights and the direction on how to do it well and do it right. Rich Dad/Poor Dad author Robert Kiyosaki says, 'The first step in business is a great business plan. It must be a page turner that hooks and holds a potential investor. Garrett Sutton's Writing Winning Business Plans is THE book for key strategies on preparing winning plans for both business and real estate ventures.' Crisply told and featuring real life illustrative stories, Writing Winning Business Plans discusses all the key elements for a successful plan. Topics include focusing your business vision, understanding your financials and analyzing your competition. Also covered are how to really use your business plan as a tool and how to attract funding for your new or existing businesses. As business plan competitions become more popular around the world Writing Winning Business Plans also discusses how to enter and how to win these ever more lucrative contests.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160035Tue, 29 Jan 2013 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rich Dad Advisors: Writing Winning Business Plans: How To Prepare A Business Plan That Investors Will Want To Read ? And Invest In Series: Part of Rich...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rich Dad Advisors: Writing Winning Business Plans: How To Prepare A Business Plan That Investors Will Want To Read ? And Invest In Series: Part of Rich Dad's Advisors Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Steve Stratton, Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 29, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: To win in business requires a winning business plan. To write a winning business plan requires listening to Garrett Sutton's dynamic audiobook on the topic. Writing Winning Business Plans provides the insights and the direction on how to do it well and do it right. Rich Dad/Poor Dad author Robert Kiyosaki says, 'The first step in business is a great business plan. It must be a page turner that hooks and holds a potential investor. Garrett Sutton's Writing Winning Business Plans is THE book for key strategies on preparing winning plans for both business and real estate ventures.' Crisply told and featuring real life illustrative stories, Writing Winning Business Plans discusses all the key elements for a successful plan. Topics include focusing your business vision, understanding your financials and analyzing your competition. Also covered are how to really use your business plan as a tool and how to attract funding for your new or existing businesses. As business plan competitions become more popular around the world Writing Winning Business Plans also discusses how to enter and how to win these ever more lucrative contests.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/quiet-the-power-of-introverts-in-a-world-that-can-t-stop-talking-by-susan-cain--65131115https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293447 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can't Stop Talking Author: Susan Cain Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 3, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. SUSAN CAIN'S NEW BOOK, BITTERSWEET, IS AVAILABLE TO PRE-ORDER NOW Quiet, the Sunday Times and New York Times Bestseller by Susan Cain, will permanently change how we see introverts - and how you see yourself. Our lives are driven by a fact most of us can't name and don't understand: whether we're an introvert or an extrovert. This defines who our friends and lovers are, which careers we choose, and whether we blush when we're embarrassed. At least a third of us are on the introverted side. Some of the world's most talented people are introverts. Without them, we wouldn't have the Apple computer, the theory of relativity and Van Gogh's sunflowers. Yet extroverts have taken over. Shyness, sensitivity and seriousness are often seen as being negative. Introverts feel reproached for being the way they are. In Quiet, Susan Cain shows how the brain chemistry of introverts and extroverts differs, and how society misunderstands and undervalues introverts. She gives introverts the tools to better understand themselves and take full advantage of their strengths. 'I can't get Quiet out of my head. It is an important book - so persuasive and timely and heartfelt it should inevitably effect change in schools and offices' Jon Ronson, The Guardian 'Susan Cain's Quiet has sparked a quiet revolution...perhaps rather than sitting back and asking people to speak up, managers and company leaders might lean forward and listen' Megan Walsh, The Times 'Quiet is a very timely book...maybe the extrovert ideal is no longer as powerful as it was; perhaps it is time we all stopped to listen to the still, small voice of calm' Daisy Goodwin, The Sunday Times © Susan Cain 2012 (P) Penguin Audio 2013]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293447Thu, 03 Jan 2013 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293447 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can't Stop Talking Author: Susan Cain Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/293447 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can't Stop Talking Author: Susan Cain Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 3, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 25 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. SUSAN CAIN'S NEW BOOK, BITTERSWEET, IS AVAILABLE TO PRE-ORDER NOW Quiet, the Sunday Times and New York Times Bestseller by Susan Cain, will permanently change how we see introverts - and how you see yourself. Our lives are driven by a fact most of us can't name and don't understand: whether we're an introvert or an extrovert. This defines who our friends and lovers are, which careers we choose, and whether we blush when we're embarrassed. At least a third of us are on the introverted side. Some of the world's most talented people are introverts. Without them, we wouldn't have the Apple computer, the theory of relativity and Van Gogh's sunflowers. Yet extroverts have taken over. Shyness, sensitivity and seriousness are often seen as being negative. Introverts feel reproached for being the way they are. In Quiet, Susan Cain shows how the brain chemistry of introverts and extroverts differs, and how society misunderstands and undervalues introverts. She gives introverts the tools to better understand themselves and take full advantage of their strengths. 'I can't get Quiet out of my head. It is an important book - so persuasive and timely and heartfelt it should inevitably effect change in schools and offices' Jon Ronson, The Guardian 'Susan Cain's Quiet has sparked a quiet revolution...perhaps rather than sitting back and asking people to speak up, managers and company leaders might lean forward and listen' Megan Walsh, The Times 'Quiet is a very timely book...maybe the extrovert ideal is no longer as powerful as it was; perhaps it is time we all stopped to listen to the still, small voice of calm' Daisy Goodwin, The Sunday Times © Susan Cain 2012 (P) Penguin Audio 2013]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-negotiator-in-you-sales-by-joshua-n-weiss--65131148https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: Sales Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Joshua N. Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2013 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The Negotiator in You: Sales is an audiobook specifically geared to people who sell anything and everything. Salespeople negotiate constantly with prospective and existing clients, and internally with bosses and representatives of other divisions. Moreover, salespeople are vulnerable to external forces that either enhance or severely limit their efforts during negotiations. In this audiobook, salespeople will learn to overcome the following key challenges: short-term gratification (making the sale) vs. long-term (building the relationship); giving away more than necessary; taking lessons from one negotiation and transferring them; negotiating up, down, and sideways; mapping the players and getting alignment; ensuring that an agreement makes sense for you and your company; retaining your profit margin and still getting the deal done; and dealing with difficult customers—while still making the sale.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157974Tue, 01 Jan 2013 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: Sales Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Joshua N. Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: Sales Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Joshua N. Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2013 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The Negotiator in You: Sales is an audiobook specifically geared to people who sell anything and everything. Salespeople negotiate constantly with prospective and existing clients, and internally with bosses and representatives of other divisions. Moreover, salespeople are vulnerable to external forces that either enhance or severely limit their efforts during negotiations. In this audiobook, salespeople will learn to overcome the following key challenges: short-term gratification (making the sale) vs. long-term (building the relationship); giving away more than necessary; taking lessons from one negotiation and transferring them; negotiating up, down, and sideways; mapping the players and getting alignment; ensuring that an agreement makes sense for you and your company; retaining your profit margin and still getting the deal done; and dealing with difficult customers—while still making the sale.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/crucial-conversations-audiobook-recognition-prioritization-implementation-by-deaver-brown-harvard-ab-mba--65131136https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173391 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crucial Conversations Audiobook: Recognition, Prioritization, Implementation Author: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Narrator: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 6, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.56 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Crucial Conversations: Recognition, Priorities & Implementation Audiobook focuses on these 3 issues, recognition being the major one. Crucial conversations inevitably happen at inconvenient times; your challenge is to respond appropriately. This audiobook encourages you to have your antennae up with family, friends, spouses, peers, colleagues & others. We all have opportunities; the question is did we recognize them? This helps you to do that.The right potential spouse becomes available but your are deeply involved with another person. Similarly, you have a great career opportunity just when a bit more time in your current job would pay off handsomely. You have a chance to make a great investment when you have little cash. And so on and so on. This audiobook helps you analyze just these opportunities. Prioritization is part of the process. Figuring out which matter the most so you can focus on them and not spread yourself around. And finally implementation helps you get it done.Unlike many authors, this author believe recognition is the key--if you recognize opportunity the rest is easier to do; if not, it doesn't matter a whole lot because you will be going down unproductive paths, though possibly at great speed. Relisten when you think a big opportunity came your way. Then figure out what to do.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173391Thu, 06 Sep 2012 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173391 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crucial Conversations Audiobook: Recognition, Prioritization, Implementation Author: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Narrator: Deaver Brown, Harvard...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173391 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crucial Conversations Audiobook: Recognition, Prioritization, Implementation Author: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Narrator: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 6, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.56 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Crucial Conversations: Recognition, Priorities & Implementation Audiobook focuses on these 3 issues, recognition being the major one. Crucial conversations inevitably happen at inconvenient times; your challenge is to respond appropriately. This audiobook encourages you to have your antennae up with family, friends, spouses, peers, colleagues & others. We all have opportunities; the question is did we recognize them? This helps you to do that.The right potential spouse becomes available but your are deeply involved with another person. Similarly, you have a great career opportunity just when a bit more time in your current job would pay off handsomely. You have a chance to make a great investment when you have little cash. And so on and so on. This audiobook helps you analyze just these opportunities. Prioritization is part of the process. Figuring out which matter the most so you can focus on them and not spread yourself around. And finally implementation helps you get it done.Unlike many authors, this author believe recognition is the key--if you recognize opportunity the rest is easier to do; if not, it doesn't matter a whole lot because you will be going down unproductive paths, though possibly at great speed. Relisten when you think a big opportunity came your way. Then figure out what to do.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiate-anything-with-anyone-by-deaver-brown-harvard-ab-mba--65131147https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173598 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiate Anything with Anyone Author: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Narrator: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: August 21, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiate Anything with Anyone assists you to negotiate enough but not too much, an important balance to achieve in any discussion, especially one involving negotiating. Focuses on negotiating on the merits & separating people from the problem. Suggests numerous tips & helpful guidelines to avoid getting stuck & improve your odds of getting what you want in your personal & work life. A must listen whenever engaged in a new negotiation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173598Tue, 21 Aug 2012 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173598 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiate Anything with Anyone Author: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Narrator: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173598 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiate Anything with Anyone Author: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Narrator: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: August 21, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiate Anything with Anyone assists you to negotiate enough but not too much, an important balance to achieve in any discussion, especially one involving negotiating. Focuses on negotiating on the merits & separating people from the problem. Suggests numerous tips & helpful guidelines to avoid getting stuck & improve your odds of getting what you want in your personal & work life. A must listen whenever engaged in a new negotiation.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/there-is-an-i-in-team-what-elite-athletes-and-coaches-really-know-about-high-performance-by-mark-de-rond--65131041https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Is an I in Team: What Elite Athletes and Coaches Really Know About High Performance Author: Mark de Rond Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 2, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: We’ve all worked with one—a smart and immensely talented individual who brings enormous value to the organization. The problem? He’s an awful teammate. So as a leader, do you consider this key player toxic or irreplaceable? There Is an I in Team explores the relationship between individual and team—asking the question, How can we harness the talent of individual performers into a cohesive, productive team that creates overall value? And why are so many of our assumptions about teams wrong? Business challenges like this one mimic many of the issues facing sports teams, though admittedly the sports metaphors most commonly used in business are trite and superficial comparisons. What’s needed are real and substantial lessons that managers actually can take from the world of high-performance sports and use in an everyday work environment. This audiobook meets that need. University of Cambridge professor Mark de Rond has combined cutting-edge social and psychological research with rich stories from world-class sports teams, coaches, athletes, and even business executives. The result challenges our most popular notions about teams. Equally critical, it teaches an innovative way to transform team potential into measurable business advantage. You’ll learn: • Why there is an I in team—and why that matters • Why an ideal team is rarely comprised of the best individual performers • Why conflict happens even when intentions are perfectly aligned • Why likability can trump competence even in technically sophisticated environments • Why a focus on interpersonal harmony can actually hurt team performance • Why data and sophisticated statistical tools are unlikely to eliminate the role of intuition There Is an I in Team will strengthen your understanding of the issues that permeate teams of high-performers, and it will help you apply these new insights to your own work—giving you and your team an edge over the competition.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247987Mon, 02 Jul 2012 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Is an I in Team: What Elite Athletes and Coaches Really Know About High Performance Author: Mark de Rond Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: There Is an I in Team: What Elite Athletes and Coaches Really Know About High Performance Author: Mark de Rond Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 2, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: We’ve all worked with one—a smart and immensely talented individual who brings enormous value to the organization. The problem? He’s an awful teammate. So as a leader, do you consider this key player toxic or irreplaceable? There Is an I in Team explores the relationship between individual and team—asking the question, How can we harness the talent of individual performers into a cohesive, productive team that creates overall value? And why are so many of our assumptions about teams wrong? Business challenges like this one mimic many of the issues facing sports teams, though admittedly the sports metaphors most commonly used in business are trite and superficial comparisons. What’s needed are real and substantial lessons that managers actually can take from the world of high-performance sports and use in an everyday work environment. This audiobook meets that need. University of Cambridge professor Mark de Rond has combined cutting-edge social and psychological research with rich stories from world-class sports teams, coaches, athletes, and even business executives. The result challenges our most popular notions about teams. Equally critical, it teaches an innovative way to transform team potential into measurable business advantage. You’ll learn: • Why there is an I in team—and why that matters • Why an ideal team is rarely comprised of the best individual performers • Why conflict happens even when intentions are perfectly aligned • Why likability can trump competence even in technically sophisticated environments • Why a focus on interpersonal harmony can actually hurt team performance • Why data and sophisticated statistical tools are unlikely to eliminate the role of intuition There Is an I in Team will strengthen your understanding of the issues that permeate teams of high-performers, and it will help you apply these new insights to your own work—giving you and your team an edge over the competition.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-to-yes-negotiating-an-agreement-without-giving-in-by-william-ury-roger-fisher--65131055https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242465 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes: Negotiating an agreement without giving in Author: William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 7, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: THE WORLD'S BESTSELLING GUIDE TO NEGOTIATION Getting to Yes has been in print for over thirty years. This timeless classic has helped millions of people secure win-win agreements both at work and in their private lives. Founded on principles like: · Don't bargain over positions · Separate the people from the problem and · Insist on objective criteria Getting to Yes simplifies the whole negotiation process, offering a highly effective framework that will ensure success.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242465Thu, 07 Jun 2012 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242465 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes: Negotiating an agreement without giving in Author: William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242465 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes: Negotiating an agreement without giving in Author: William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 7, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: THE WORLD'S BESTSELLING GUIDE TO NEGOTIATION Getting to Yes has been in print for over thirty years. This timeless classic has helped millions of people secure win-win agreements both at work and in their private lives. Founded on principles like: · Don't bargain over positions · Separate the people from the problem and · Insist on objective criteria Getting to Yes simplifies the whole negotiation process, offering a highly effective framework that will ensure success.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/liespotting-proven-techniques-to-detect-deception-by-pamela-meyer--65131103https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liespotting: Proven Techniques to Detect Deception Author: Pamela Meyer Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 9, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: GET TO THE TRUTH People--friends, family members, work colleagues, salespeople--lie to us all the time. Daily, hourly, constantly. None of us is immune, and all of us are victims. According to studies by several different researchers, most of us encounter nearly 200 lies a day. Now there’s something we can do about it. Liespotting links three disciplines--facial recognition training, interrogation training, and a comprehensive survey of research in the field--into a specialized body of information developed specifically to help business leaders detect deception and get the information they need to successfully conduct their most important interactions and transactions. Some of the nation's leading business executives have learned to use these methods to root out lies in high stakes situations. Liespotting for the first time brings years of knowledge--previously found only in the intelligence community, police training academies, and universities--into the corporate boardroom, the manager's meeting, the job interview, the legal proceeding, and the deal negotiation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247974Thu, 09 Feb 2012 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liespotting: Proven Techniques to Detect Deception Author: Pamela Meyer Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liespotting: Proven Techniques to Detect Deception Author: Pamela Meyer Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: February 9, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: GET TO THE TRUTH People--friends, family members, work colleagues, salespeople--lie to us all the time. Daily, hourly, constantly. None of us is immune, and all of us are victims. According to studies by several different researchers, most of us encounter nearly 200 lies a day. Now there’s something we can do about it. Liespotting links three disciplines--facial recognition training, interrogation training, and a comprehensive survey of research in the field--into a specialized body of information developed specifically to help business leaders detect deception and get the information they need to successfully conduct their most important interactions and transactions. Some of the nation's leading business executives have learned to use these methods to root out lies in high stakes situations. Liespotting for the first time brings years of knowledge--previously found only in the intelligence community, police training academies, and universities--into the corporate boardroom, the manager's meeting, the job interview, the legal proceeding, and the deal negotiation.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/quiet-the-power-of-introverts-in-a-world-that-can-t-stop-talking-by-susan-cain--65131117https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119703 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can't Stop Talking Author: Susan Cain Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 24, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 172 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 48 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Experience the book that started the Quiet Movement and revolutionized how the world sees introverts—and how introverts see themselves—by offering validation, inclusion, and inspiration “Superbly researched, deeply insightful, and a fascinating read, Quiet is an indispensable resource for anyone who wants to understand the gifts of the introverted half of the population.”—Gretchen Rubin, author of The Happiness Project ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—People, O: The Oprah Magazine, Christian Science Monitor, Inc., Library Journal, Kirkus Reviews What are the advantages of being an introvert? They make up at least one-third of the people we know. They are the ones who prefer listening to speaking; who innovate and create but dislike self-promotion; who favor working on their own over working in teams. It is to introverts—Rosa Parks, Chopin, Dr. Seuss, Steve Wozniak—that we owe many of the great contributions to society.   In Quiet, Susan Cain argues that we dramatically undervalue introverts and shows how much we lose in doing so. She charts the rise of the Extrovert Ideal throughout the twentieth century and explores how deeply it has come to permeate our culture. She also introduces us to successful introverts—from a witty, high-octane public speaker who recharges in solitude after his talks, to a record-breaking salesman who quietly taps into the power of questions. Passionately argued, impeccably researched, and filled with indelible stories of real people, Quiet has the power to permanently change how you see yourself.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119703Tue, 24 Jan 2012 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119703 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can't Stop Talking Author: Susan Cain Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/119703 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can't Stop Talking Author: Susan Cain Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 24, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 172 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 48 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • Experience the book that started the Quiet Movement and revolutionized how the world sees introverts—and how introverts see themselves—by offering validation, inclusion, and inspiration “Superbly researched, deeply insightful, and a fascinating read, Quiet is an indispensable resource for anyone who wants to understand the gifts of the introverted half of the population.”—Gretchen Rubin, author of The Happiness Project ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR—People, O: The Oprah Magazine, Christian Science Monitor, Inc., Library Journal, Kirkus Reviews What are the advantages of being an introvert? They make up at least one-third of the people we know. They are the ones who prefer listening to speaking; who innovate and create but dislike self-promotion; who favor working on their own over working in teams. It is to introverts—Rosa Parks, Chopin, Dr. Seuss, Steve Wozniak—that we owe many of the great contributions to society.   In Quiet, Susan Cain argues that we dramatically undervalue introverts and shows how much we lose in doing so. She charts the rise of the Extrovert Ideal throughout the twentieth century and explores how deeply it has come to permeate our culture. She also introduces us to successful introverts—from a witty, high-octane public speaker who recharges in solitude after his talks, to a record-breaking salesman who quietly taps into the power of questions. Passionately argued, impeccably researched, and filled with indelible stories of real people, Quiet has the power to permanently change how you see yourself.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-negotiator-in-you-negotiation-tips-to-help-you-get-the-most-out-of-every-interaction-at-home-work-and-in-life-by-joshua-n-weiss--65131119https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132417 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: Negotiation Tips to Help You Get the Most out of Every Interaction at Home, Work, and in Life Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Joshua N. Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Like it or not, every one of us negotiates every single day of our lives—at work, with loved ones, and in other personal interactions. Whether you're buying a TV, deciding on a vacation spot, getting your children to do their homework, or asking for a raise, your negotiating skills are continually put to the test. This book shows you how to master the process of negotiation in a very short time. Did you ever think it possible to negotiate with your boss? Do you dread planning holidays with your in-laws? Do salary discussions make your stomach turn? Escape second guessing and selling yourself short by finding the Negotiator in You!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132417Sun, 01 Jan 2012 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132417 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: Negotiation Tips to Help You Get the Most out of Every Interaction at Home, Work, and in Life Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/132417 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: Negotiation Tips to Help You Get the Most out of Every Interaction at Home, Work, and in Life Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Joshua N. Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Like it or not, every one of us negotiates every single day of our lives—at work, with loved ones, and in other personal interactions. Whether you're buying a TV, deciding on a vacation spot, getting your children to do their homework, or asking for a raise, your negotiating skills are continually put to the test. This book shows you how to master the process of negotiation in a very short time. Did you ever think it possible to negotiate with your boss? Do you dread planning holidays with your in-laws? Do salary discussions make your stomach turn? Escape second guessing and selling yourself short by finding the Negotiator in You!]]>184cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-negotiator-in-you-in-life-tips-to-help-you-get-the-most-of-every-interaction-by-joshua-n-weiss--65131033https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301396 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: In Life: Tips to Help You Get the Most of Every Interaction Series: Part of The Negotiator in You Series Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Joshua N. Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 1, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiating is a skill people need to use every day. In this audio companion, learn the negotiation skills required to navigate difficult work, home, and personal terrain. By the end of this course, you’ll learn how to “get to yes.”]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301396Sun, 01 Jan 2012 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301396 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: In Life: Tips to Help You Get the Most of Every Interaction Series: Part of The Negotiator in You Series Author: Joshua N. Weiss...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/301396 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: In Life: Tips to Help You Get the Most of Every Interaction Series: Part of The Negotiator in You Series Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Joshua N. Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 1, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiating is a skill people need to use every day. In this audio companion, learn the negotiation skills required to navigate difficult work, home, and personal terrain. By the end of this course, you’ll learn how to “get to yes.”]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-negotiator-in-you-at-work-tips-to-help-you-get-the-most-out-of-every-interaction-by-joshua-n-weiss--65131010https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330856 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: At Work: Tips to Help You Get the Most Out of Every Interaction Series: Part of The Negotiator in You Series Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Joshua N. Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 1, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The Negotiator in You is an introduction to negotiation specifically for people who don’t tend to view themselves as negotiators. Joshua N. Weiss, PhD, cofounder of the Global Negotiation Initiative at Harvard University, gives us the tools and skills required to navigate difficult situations at work. Weiss coaches us how to effectively negotiate externally with our customers and internally with our boss, colleagues, and subordinates. In a downturned economy, we are more burdened than ever, and it is increasingly important to identify the red flags that signal a negotiation is about to commence. Weiss pays special attention to salary negotiations and finding value among many other factors currently facing everyone in organizations. Did you ever think it possible to negotiate with your boss? Do salary discussions make your stomach turn? Escape second guessing and selling yourself short by finding the negotiator in you.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330856Sun, 01 Jan 2012 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330856 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: At Work: Tips to Help You Get the Most Out of Every Interaction Series: Part of The Negotiator in You Series Author: Joshua N....https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330856 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: At Work: Tips to Help You Get the Most Out of Every Interaction Series: Part of The Negotiator in You Series Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Joshua N. Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 1, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The Negotiator in You is an introduction to negotiation specifically for people who don’t tend to view themselves as negotiators. Joshua N. Weiss, PhD, cofounder of the Global Negotiation Initiative at Harvard University, gives us the tools and skills required to navigate difficult situations at work. Weiss coaches us how to effectively negotiate externally with our customers and internally with our boss, colleagues, and subordinates. In a downturned economy, we are more burdened than ever, and it is increasingly important to identify the red flags that signal a negotiation is about to commence. Weiss pays special attention to salary negotiations and finding value among many other factors currently facing everyone in organizations. Did you ever think it possible to negotiate with your boss? Do salary discussions make your stomach turn? Escape second guessing and selling yourself short by finding the negotiator in you.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-negotiator-in-you-at-home-tips-to-help-you-get-the-most-of-every-interaction-by-joshua-n-weiss--65130991https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330855 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: At Home: Tips to Help You Get the Most of Every Interaction Series: Part of The Negotiator in You Series Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Joshua N. Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 1, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiating is a skill people need to use every day. In this audio companion, learn the negotiation skills required to navigate difficult work, home, and personal terrain. By the end of this course, you’ll learn how to “get to yes.”]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330855Sun, 01 Jan 2012 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330855 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: At Home: Tips to Help You Get the Most of Every Interaction Series: Part of The Negotiator in You Series Author: Joshua N. Weiss...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330855 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Negotiator in You: At Home: Tips to Help You Get the Most of Every Interaction Series: Part of The Negotiator in You Series Author: Joshua N. Weiss Narrator: Joshua N. Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 1, 2012 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Negotiating is a skill people need to use every day. In this audio companion, learn the negotiation skills required to navigate difficult work, home, and personal terrain. By the end of this course, you’ll learn how to “get to yes.”]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-storytelling-captivate-convince-or-convert-any-business-audience-using-stories-from-top-ceos-by-jim-holtje--65131134https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122945 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Storytelling: Captivate, Convince, or Convert Any Business Audience Using Stories from Top CEOs Author: Jim Holtje Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.81 of Total 84 Ratings of Narrator: 3.4 of Total 10 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A guide to crafting unforgettable, attention-grabbing business communications – from speeches and letters to business plans - using stories from the world's top business leaders. The world's foremost business leaders are also great storytellers. For example, industry titan Jack Welch has told how his mother instilled enough tough love and confidence in him to overcome the fact that he was the shortest kid in his class and had a severe stutter. Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon.com, often tells a story of setting up the company's first office in a converted garage. The Power of Storytelling collects the best of these stories, which listeners can use to strengthen their own communication. It's great for anyone who needs to lead, inspire, and motivate an audience in a business setting, whether they're writing speeches, pep talks, interview talking points, employee letters, or Op- Eds. With anecdotes from Bill Gates, Sam Walton, Ted Turner, Steve Jobs, and many more, this is an inspiring and immensely useful audiobook.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122945Mon, 19 Dec 2011 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122945 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Storytelling: Captivate, Convince, or Convert Any Business Audience Using Stories from Top CEOs Author: Jim Holtje Narrator: Sean Pratt...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/122945 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Storytelling: Captivate, Convince, or Convert Any Business Audience Using Stories from Top CEOs Author: Jim Holtje Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 19, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.81 of Total 84 Ratings of Narrator: 3.4 of Total 10 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: A guide to crafting unforgettable, attention-grabbing business communications – from speeches and letters to business plans - using stories from the world's top business leaders. The world's foremost business leaders are also great storytellers. For example, industry titan Jack Welch has told how his mother instilled enough tough love and confidence in him to overcome the fact that he was the shortest kid in his class and had a severe stutter. Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon.com, often tells a story of setting up the company's first office in a converted garage. The Power of Storytelling collects the best of these stories, which listeners can use to strengthen their own communication. It's great for anyone who needs to lead, inspire, and motivate an audience in a business setting, whether they're writing speeches, pep talks, interview talking points, employee letters, or Op- Eds. With anecdotes from Bill Gates, Sam Walton, Ted Turner, Steve Jobs, and many more, this is an inspiring and immensely useful audiobook.]]>184cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/persuade-54-ways-to-do-so-by-deaver-brown-harvard-ab-mba--65131130https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173620 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuade: 54 Ways to Do So Author: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Narrator: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Persuade suggests 5 categories of persuasion and 54 elements that will work magically to persuade people of your points as long as you have a basic foundation of authenticity in your point of view as well as truthfulness in your beliefs.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173620Thu, 01 Sep 2011 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173620 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuade: 54 Ways to Do So Author: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Narrator: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/173620 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Persuade: 54 Ways to Do So Author: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Narrator: Deaver Brown, Harvard AB & MBA Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Persuade suggests 5 categories of persuasion and 54 elements that will work magically to persuade people of your points as long as you have a basic foundation of authenticity in your point of view as well as truthfulness in your beliefs.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/3-d-negotiation-powerful-tools-for-changing-the-game-in-your-most-important-deals-by-james-sebenius-david-lax--65131024https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257000 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 3-D Negotiation: Powerful Tools for Changing the Game in Your Most Important Deals Author: James Sebenius, David Lax Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Stuck in a 'win-win versus win-lose' mind-set, most negotiators focus on the face-to-face process at the table. In 3-D Negotiation, David Lax and James Sebenius urge bargainers to look beyond tactics at the table. Persuasive tactics are only the 'first dimension' of the authors' path-breaking approach, developed from their decades of doing deals and analyzing great dealmakers. Through moves in the 'second dimension', deal design, 3-D negotiators know how to unlock economic and noneconomic value by systematically envisioning and creatively structuring agreements. But what really sets the 3-D approach apart, is its 'third dimension', is setup. Before showing up at a bargaining session, 3-D negotiators 'set the table' by arranging the most promising possible situation - laying the groundwork for adroit tactical interplay later. Acting away from the table, the bargainers ensure that the right parties have been approached in the right sequence, to deal with the right issues, engaging the right set of interests, at the right table, at the right time, under the right expectations, and facing the right no-deal options. This new arsenal of moves away from the table often exerts the greatest impact on the negotiated outcome. Packed with practical steps and engaging examples, 3-D Negotiation enables you to reach remarkable agreements once you arrive at the table - deals that would be unattainable by standard tactics, no matter how skilful.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257000Mon, 08 Aug 2011 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257000 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 3-D Negotiation: Powerful Tools for Changing the Game in Your Most Important Deals Author: James Sebenius, David Lax Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257000 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 3-D Negotiation: Powerful Tools for Changing the Game in Your Most Important Deals Author: James Sebenius, David Lax Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: August 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Stuck in a 'win-win versus win-lose' mind-set, most negotiators focus on the face-to-face process at the table. In 3-D Negotiation, David Lax and James Sebenius urge bargainers to look beyond tactics at the table. Persuasive tactics are only the 'first dimension' of the authors' path-breaking approach, developed from their decades of doing deals and analyzing great dealmakers. Through moves in the 'second dimension', deal design, 3-D negotiators know how to unlock economic and noneconomic value by systematically envisioning and creatively structuring agreements. But what really sets the 3-D approach apart, is its 'third dimension', is setup. Before showing up at a bargaining session, 3-D negotiators 'set the table' by arranging the most promising possible situation - laying the groundwork for adroit tactical interplay later. Acting away from the table, the bargainers ensure that the right parties have been approached in the right sequence, to deal with the right issues, engaging the right set of interests, at the right table, at the right time, under the right expectations, and facing the right no-deal options. This new arsenal of moves away from the table often exerts the greatest impact on the negotiated outcome. Packed with practical steps and engaging examples, 3-D Negotiation enables you to reach remarkable agreements once you arrive at the table - deals that would be unattainable by standard tactics, no matter how skilful.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/read-this-before-our-next-meeting-how-we-can-get-more-done-by-al-pittampalli--65131125https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read This Before Our Next Meeting: How We Can Get More Done Author: Al Pittampalli Narrator: Al Pittampalli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: August 3, 2011 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Traditional meetings are a weapon of mass interruption. Long live the Modern Meeting! The average American office worker spends eleven hours in meetings every week. Yet all that time sitting around a conference table hasn’t made us more productive. If anything, meetings have made work worse. Traditional meetings reduce efficiency, kill urgency, and breed compromise and complacency. Worst of all, our dysfunctional meeting culture changes how we focus, what we focus on, and what decisions we make. But there is a solution, a way to have fewer, shorter, more purposeful meetings. It’s called the Modern Meeting Standard. By following its eight simple but radical principles you may never have to attend a useless meeting again. Read This Before Our Next Meeting is the call to action you (and your boss) need.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146579Wed, 03 Aug 2011 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read This Before Our Next Meeting: How We Can Get More Done Author: Al Pittampalli Narrator: Al Pittampalli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Read This Before Our Next Meeting: How We Can Get More Done Author: Al Pittampalli Narrator: Al Pittampalli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: August 3, 2011 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Traditional meetings are a weapon of mass interruption. Long live the Modern Meeting! The average American office worker spends eleven hours in meetings every week. Yet all that time sitting around a conference table hasn’t made us more productive. If anything, meetings have made work worse. Traditional meetings reduce efficiency, kill urgency, and breed compromise and complacency. Worst of all, our dysfunctional meeting culture changes how we focus, what we focus on, and what decisions we make. But there is a solution, a way to have fewer, shorter, more purposeful meetings. It’s called the Modern Meeting Standard. By following its eight simple but radical principles you may never have to attend a useless meeting again. Read This Before Our Next Meeting is the call to action you (and your boss) need.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-to-yes-how-to-negotiate-agreement-without-giving-in-by-william-ury-roger-fisher--65131116https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96622 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes: How To Negotiate Agreement Without Giving In Author: William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 3, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 209 Ratings of Narrator: 4.31 of Total 16 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Getting to Yes offers a concise, step-by-step, proven strategy for coming to mutually acceptable agreements in every sort of conflict—whether it involves parents and children, neighbors, bosses and employees, customers or corporations, tenants or diplomats. Based on the work of the Harvard Negotiation Project, a group that deals continually with all levels of negotiation and conflict resolution from domestic to business to international, Getting to Yes tells listeners how to: • Separate the people from the problem • Focus on interests, not positions • Work together to create options that will satisfy both parties • Negotiate successfully with people who are more powerful, refuse to play by the rules, or resort to “dirty tricks”]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96622Tue, 03 May 2011 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96622 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes: How To Negotiate Agreement Without Giving In Author: William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/96622 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Yes: How To Negotiate Agreement Without Giving In Author: William Ury, Roger Fisher Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 3, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 209 Ratings of Narrator: 4.31 of Total 16 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Getting to Yes offers a concise, step-by-step, proven strategy for coming to mutually acceptable agreements in every sort of conflict—whether it involves parents and children, neighbors, bosses and employees, customers or corporations, tenants or diplomats. Based on the work of the Harvard Negotiation Project, a group that deals continually with all levels of negotiation and conflict resolution from domestic to business to international, Getting to Yes tells listeners how to: • Separate the people from the problem • Focus on interests, not positions • Work together to create options that will satisfy both parties • Negotiate successfully with people who are more powerful, refuse to play by the rules, or resort to “dirty tricks”]]>184cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/perfect-positive-thinking-by-lynn-williams--65131109https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Positive Thinking Author: Lynn Williams Narrator: Jilly Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 7, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Perfect Positive Thinking is essential reading for anyone who wants to feel optimistic and enthusiastic. Written by a professional life coach, with years of experience in the field, it gives practical advice on how to overcome negative feelings, explains how to deal with problems like anxiety and self-doubt, and provides helpful tips on how to gain energy, motivation and a sense of purpose. Covering everything from exercising to eating, and from stretching to sleep, Perfect Positive Thinking has all you need to feel happy and confident. The Perfect series is a range of practical guides that give clear and straightforward advice on everything from getting your first job to choosing your baby's name. Written by experienced authors offering tried-and-tested tips, each book contains all you need to get it right first time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237128Thu, 07 Apr 2011 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Positive Thinking Author: Lynn Williams Narrator: Jilly Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 7,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237128 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Positive Thinking Author: Lynn Williams Narrator: Jilly Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 7, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Perfect Positive Thinking is essential reading for anyone who wants to feel optimistic and enthusiastic. Written by a professional life coach, with years of experience in the field, it gives practical advice on how to overcome negative feelings, explains how to deal with problems like anxiety and self-doubt, and provides helpful tips on how to gain energy, motivation and a sense of purpose. Covering everything from exercising to eating, and from stretching to sleep, Perfect Positive Thinking has all you need to feel happy and confident. The Perfect series is a range of practical guides that give clear and straightforward advice on everything from getting your first job to choosing your baby's name. Written by experienced authors offering tried-and-tested tips, each book contains all you need to get it right first time.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/salary-tutor-learn-the-salary-negotiation-secrets-no-one-ever-taught-you-by-jim-hopkinson--65131107https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234129 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Salary Tutor: Learn the Salary Negotiation Secrets No One Ever Taught You Author: Jim Hopkinson Narrator: Jim Hopkinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In this easy-to-follow, 10-step program, marketing expert Jim Hopkinson will help you get the the raise you deserve. Using this book, you will be able to confidently and effectively negotiate your salary. With helpful tips and questions throughout, this book gives readers the tools to conquer "the evil HR lady." While other books or websites might list a few standard bullet points on the subject from an expert in the HR field, Jim takes a "novel approach," weaving interesting stories, case studies, graphs, humor, and personal experience to make the topic come alive. The book also educates the reader on:   - Discovering the two simple - but vital - questions you need to answer for success - Harnessing your social media network to gather valuable information - Mastering successful FBI negotiation techniques to your advantage - Creating a one-of-a-kind document to secure the highest salary range - Using Jim's "Right back at Ya" Method to regain control of an interview]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234129Fri, 01 Apr 2011 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234129 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Salary Tutor: Learn the Salary Negotiation Secrets No One Ever Taught You Author: Jim Hopkinson Narrator: Jim Hopkinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234129 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Salary Tutor: Learn the Salary Negotiation Secrets No One Ever Taught You Author: Jim Hopkinson Narrator: Jim Hopkinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In this easy-to-follow, 10-step program, marketing expert Jim Hopkinson will help you get the the raise you deserve. Using this book, you will be able to confidently and effectively negotiate your salary. With helpful tips and questions throughout, this book gives readers the tools to conquer "the evil HR lady." While other books or websites might list a few standard bullet points on the subject from an expert in the HR field, Jim takes a "novel approach," weaving interesting stories, case studies, graphs, humor, and personal experience to make the topic come alive. The book also educates the reader on:   - Discovering the two simple - but vital - questions you need to answer for success - Harnessing your social media network to gather valuable information - Mastering successful FBI negotiation techniques to your advantage - Creating a one-of-a-kind document to secure the highest salary range - Using Jim's "Right back at Ya" Method to regain control of an interview]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/enchantment-the-art-of-changing-hearts-minds-and-actions-by-guy-kawasaki--65131086https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201820 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enchantment: The Art of Changing Hearts, Minds, and Actions Author: Guy Kawasaki Narrator: Ellen Archer, Guy Kawasaki, Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Enchantment, as defined by bestselling business guru Guy Kawasaki, is not about manipulating people. It transforms situations and relationships. It converts hostility into civility and civility into affinity. It changes the skeptics and cynics into the believers and the undecided into the loyal. Enchantment can happen during a retail transaction, a high-level corporate negotiation, or a Facebook update. And when done right, it's more powerful than traditional persuasion, influence, or marketing techniques.Kawasaki argues that in business and personal interactions, your goal is not merely to get what you want but to bring about a voluntary, enduring, and delightful change in other people. By enlisting their own goals and desires, by being likable and trustworthy, and by framing a cause that others can embrace, you can change hearts, minds, and actions. For instance, enchantment is what enabled . . .* A Peace Corps volunteer to finesse a potentially violent confrontation with armed guerrillas.* A small cable channel (E!) to win the TV broadcast rights to radio superstar Howard Stern.??* A seemingly crazy new running shoe (Vibram Five Fingers) to methodically build a passionate customer base.??* A Canadian crystal maker (Nova Scotian Crystal) to turn observers into buyers.This book explains all the tactics you need to prepare and launch an enchantment campaign; to get the most from both push and pull technologies; and to enchant your customers, your employees, and even your boss. It shows how enchantment can turn difficult decisions your way, at times when intangibles mean more than hard facts. It will help you overcome other people's entrenched habits and defy the not-always-wise 'wisdom of the crowd.'Kawasaki's lessons are drawn from his tenure at one of the most enchanting organizations of all time, Apple, as well as his decades of experience as an entrepreneur and venture capitalist. There are few people in the world more qualified to teach you how to enchant people.As Kawasaki writes, 'Want to change the world? Change caterpillars into butterflies? This takes more than run-of-the-mill relationships. You need to convince people to dream the same dream that you do.' That's a big goal, but one that's possible for all of us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201820Tue, 08 Mar 2011 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201820 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enchantment: The Art of Changing Hearts, Minds, and Actions Author: Guy Kawasaki Narrator: Ellen Archer, Guy Kawasaki, Dan John Miller Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201820 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enchantment: The Art of Changing Hearts, Minds, and Actions Author: Guy Kawasaki Narrator: Ellen Archer, Guy Kawasaki, Dan John Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Enchantment, as defined by bestselling business guru Guy Kawasaki, is not about manipulating people. It transforms situations and relationships. It converts hostility into civility and civility into affinity. It changes the skeptics and cynics into the believers and the undecided into the loyal. Enchantment can happen during a retail transaction, a high-level corporate negotiation, or a Facebook update. And when done right, it's more powerful than traditional persuasion, influence, or marketing techniques.Kawasaki argues that in business and personal interactions, your goal is not merely to get what you want but to bring about a voluntary, enduring, and delightful change in other people. By enlisting their own goals and desires, by being likable and trustworthy, and by framing a cause that others can embrace, you can change hearts, minds, and actions. For instance, enchantment is what enabled . . .* A Peace Corps volunteer to finesse a potentially violent confrontation with armed guerrillas.* A small cable channel (E!) to win the TV broadcast rights to radio superstar Howard Stern.??* A seemingly crazy new running shoe (Vibram Five Fingers) to methodically build a passionate customer base.??* A Canadian crystal maker (Nova Scotian Crystal) to turn observers into buyers.This book explains all the tactics you need to prepare and launch an enchantment campaign; to get the most from both push and pull technologies; and to enchant your customers, your employees, and even your boss. It shows how enchantment can turn difficult decisions your way, at times when intangibles mean more than hard facts. It will help you overcome other people's entrenched habits and defy the not-always-wise 'wisdom of the crowd.'Kawasaki's lessons are drawn from his tenure at one of the most enchanting organizations of all time, Apple, as well as his decades of experience as an entrepreneur and venture capitalist. There are few people in the world more qualified to teach you how to enchant people.As Kawasaki writes, 'Want to change the world? Change caterpillars into butterflies? This takes more than run-of-the-mill relationships. You need to convince people to dream the same dream that you do.' That's a big goal, but one that's possible for all of us.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-more-how-you-can-negotiate-to-succeed-in-work-and-life-by-stuart-diamond--65131069https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234252 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting More: How You Can Negotiate to Succeed in Work and Life Author: Stuart Diamond Narrator: Colin Mace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Getting More by Stuart Diamond, read by Colin Mace. You're always negotiating. Whether making a business deal, talking to friends or booking a holiday, negotiation is going on. And most of us are terrible at it. Experts tell us to negotiate as if we live in a rational world. But people can be angry, fearful and irrational. To achieve your goals you have to be able to deal with the unpredictable. In Getting More, negotiation expert Stuart Diamond reveals the real secrets behind getting more in any negotiation - whatever more means to you. Getting More is accessible, jargon-free, innovative ... and it works. About the author: Stuart Diamond runs the most popular course at Wharton, often ranked as the world's best business school. He has advised leading companies and organisations - from Google to the UN - on how to make deals. His unique negotiating process has settled thousands of disputes, including the Hollywood Writers' Strike.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234252Sat, 01 Jan 2011 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234252 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting More: How You Can Negotiate to Succeed in Work and Life Author: Stuart Diamond Narrator: Colin Mace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/234252 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting More: How You Can Negotiate to Succeed in Work and Life Author: Stuart Diamond Narrator: Colin Mace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Getting More by Stuart Diamond, read by Colin Mace. You're always negotiating. Whether making a business deal, talking to friends or booking a holiday, negotiation is going on. And most of us are terrible at it. Experts tell us to negotiate as if we live in a rational world. But people can be angry, fearful and irrational. To achieve your goals you have to be able to deal with the unpredictable. In Getting More, negotiation expert Stuart Diamond reveals the real secrets behind getting more in any negotiation - whatever more means to you. Getting More is accessible, jargon-free, innovative ... and it works. About the author: Stuart Diamond runs the most popular course at Wharton, often ranked as the world's best business school. He has advised leading companies and organisations - from Google to the UN - on how to make deals. His unique negotiating process has settled thousands of disputes, including the Hollywood Writers' Strike.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/presenting-by-martin-manser--65131022https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319655 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presenting Series: Part of Collins Business Secrets Author: Martin Manser Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 29, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The presenting secrets that experts and top professionals use. Get results fast with this quick, easy guide to the fundamentals of Presenting. Includes how to: • Enjoy presenting and approach it with confidence • Assess your audience and their reactions • Prepare presentations for maximum impact • Use your voice and body to make your point • Use visual aids and handle questions]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319655Thu, 29 Apr 2010 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319655 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presenting Series: Part of Collins Business Secrets Author: Martin Manser Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/319655 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presenting Series: Part of Collins Business Secrets Author: Martin Manser Narrator: Business Secrets Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 40 minutes Release date: April 29, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: The presenting secrets that experts and top professionals use. Get results fast with this quick, easy guide to the fundamentals of Presenting. Includes how to: • Enjoy presenting and approach it with confidence • Assess your audience and their reactions • Prepare presentations for maximum impact • Use your voice and body to make your point • Use visual aids and handle questions]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/know-what-makes-them-tick-how-to-successfully-negotiate-almost-any-situation-by-g-f-lichtenberg-max-siegel--65131146https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231834 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What Makes Them Tick: How to Successfully Negotiate Almost Any Situation Author: G.F. Lichtenberg, Max Siegel Narrator: Clifton Duncan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 16, 2010 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “Siegel shows us how to successfully navigate situations that may arise at work, in the home, or in personal relationships. More, he shows how, if the cards are played right, everyone walks away a winner—an empowering feeling if ever there was one.” — Chris Gardner, author of The Pursuit of Happyness and Start Where You Are “Winners attract winners and smart leaders attract smart followers…. If you want to grow both personally and professionally, then join the winners and leaders who find wisdom with Max Siegel.'' — Chuck Wielgus, CEO of USA Swimming From highly innovative and successful business executive Max Siegel comes a straightforward and original self-help book that will give readers the upper hand in almost any kind of negotiation process.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231834Tue, 16 Feb 2010 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231834 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What Makes Them Tick: How to Successfully Negotiate Almost Any Situation Author: G.F. Lichtenberg, Max Siegel Narrator: Clifton Duncan Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/231834 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What Makes Them Tick: How to Successfully Negotiate Almost Any Situation Author: G.F. Lichtenberg, Max Siegel Narrator: Clifton Duncan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 16, 2010 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “Siegel shows us how to successfully navigate situations that may arise at work, in the home, or in personal relationships. More, he shows how, if the cards are played right, everyone walks away a winner—an empowering feeling if ever there was one.” — Chris Gardner, author of The Pursuit of Happyness and Start Where You Are “Winners attract winners and smart leaders attract smart followers…. If you want to grow both personally and professionally, then join the winners and leaders who find wisdom with Max Siegel.'' — Chuck Wielgus, CEO of USA Swimming From highly innovative and successful business executive Max Siegel comes a straightforward and original self-help book that will give readers the upper hand in almost any kind of negotiation process.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/perfect-confidence-by-jan-ferguson--65131094https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237129 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Confidence Author: Jan Ferguson Narrator: Jane Wittenshaw Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: December 17, 2009 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Perfect Confidence is the ideal companion for anyone who wants to boost their self-esteem. Covering everything from communicating clearly to handling conflict, it explains exactly why confidence matters and equips you with the skills you need to become more assertive. Whether you need to get ahead in the workplace or learn how to balance the demands of friends and family, Perfect Confidence has all you need to meet challenges head on. The Perfect series is a range of practical guides that give clear and straightforward advice on everything from getting your first job to choosing your baby's name. Written by experienced authors offering tried-and-tested tips, each book contains all you need to get it right first time. © Jan Ferguson 2009 (P) Penguin Audio 2009]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237129Thu, 17 Dec 2009 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237129 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Confidence Author: Jan Ferguson Narrator: Jane Wittenshaw Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: December 17, 2009...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237129 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perfect Confidence Author: Jan Ferguson Narrator: Jane Wittenshaw Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: December 17, 2009 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Perfect Confidence is the ideal companion for anyone who wants to boost their self-esteem. Covering everything from communicating clearly to handling conflict, it explains exactly why confidence matters and equips you with the skills you need to become more assertive. Whether you need to get ahead in the workplace or learn how to balance the demands of friends and family, Perfect Confidence has all you need to meet challenges head on. The Perfect series is a range of practical guides that give clear and straightforward advice on everything from getting your first job to choosing your baby's name. Written by experienced authors offering tried-and-tested tips, each book contains all you need to get it right first time. © Jan Ferguson 2009 (P) Penguin Audio 2009]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/never-make-the-first-offer-and-other-wisdom-no-dealmaker-should-be-without-by-donald-dell-john-boswell--65131042https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124500 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Make the First Offer: And Other Wisdom No Dealmaker Should Be Without Author: Donald Dell, John Boswell Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 15, 2009 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Donald Dell is a legend in professional sports. As one of the first agents to represent athletes, he's been negotiating mega-deals for almost forty years with a hugely successful record on behalf of stars like Arthur Ashe, Michael Jordan, Jimmy Connors, Patrick Ewing, Stan Smith, and Boomer Esiason. Now Dell shares behind-the-scenes stories of his dealings with some of the most powerful sports owners and executives. He brings the inner workings of the negotiating room to life and offers lessons that listeners can apply to their own tough situations. A sample: • Never make the first offer: You're not seeking an offer at all; you are seeking information. • Business is emotional: If you are less than genuine. people will pick up on it, which is much worse than losing your temper every now and then. • Know your audience: I finally figured out the key to Jimmy Connors-play to his stubbornness. Don't force Jimmy to do something and he just might do it. • Decide what's important: Something extremely important to the other side may be trivial to you, in which case you can gain leverage by giving it to them.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124500Thu, 15 Oct 2009 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124500 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Make the First Offer: And Other Wisdom No Dealmaker Should Be Without Author: Donald Dell, John Boswell Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124500 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Make the First Offer: And Other Wisdom No Dealmaker Should Be Without Author: Donald Dell, John Boswell Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 15, 2009 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Donald Dell is a legend in professional sports. As one of the first agents to represent athletes, he's been negotiating mega-deals for almost forty years with a hugely successful record on behalf of stars like Arthur Ashe, Michael Jordan, Jimmy Connors, Patrick Ewing, Stan Smith, and Boomer Esiason. Now Dell shares behind-the-scenes stories of his dealings with some of the most powerful sports owners and executives. He brings the inner workings of the negotiating room to life and offers lessons that listeners can apply to their own tough situations. A sample: • Never make the first offer: You're not seeking an offer at all; you are seeking information. • Business is emotional: If you are less than genuine. people will pick up on it, which is much worse than losing your temper every now and then. • Know your audience: I finally figured out the key to Jimmy Connors-play to his stubbornness. Don't force Jimmy to do something and he just might do it. • Decide what's important: Something extremely important to the other side may be trivial to you, in which case you can gain leverage by giving it to them.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-together-building-relationships-as-we-negotiate-by-scott-brown-roger-fisher--65131132https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146514 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Together: Building Relationships As We Negotiate Author: Scott Brown, Roger Fisher Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 15, 2009 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Expanding on the principles, insights, and wisdom that made Getting to Yes a worldwide bestseller, Roger Fisher and Scott Brown offer a straightforward approach to creating relationships that can deal with difficulties as they arise. Getting Together takes you step-by-step through initiating, negotiating, and sustaining enduring relationships—in business, in government, between friends, and in the family.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146514Tue, 15 Sep 2009 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146514 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Together: Building Relationships As We Negotiate Author: Scott Brown, Roger Fisher Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/146514 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Together: Building Relationships As We Negotiate Author: Scott Brown, Roger Fisher Narrator: Jim Bond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 15, 2009 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Expanding on the principles, insights, and wisdom that made Getting to Yes a worldwide bestseller, Roger Fisher and Scott Brown offer a straightforward approach to creating relationships that can deal with difficulties as they arise. Getting Together takes you step-by-step through initiating, negotiating, and sustaining enduring relationships—in business, in government, between friends, and in the family.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-hamster-revolution-for-meetings-how-to-meet-less-and-get-more-done-by-tim-burress-vicki-halsey-mike-song--65131114https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hamster Revolution for Meetings: How to Meet Less and Get More Done Author: Tim Burress, Vicki Halsey, Mike Song Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 20, 2009 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Meetings have changed. They’re more frequent, virtual, and informal. Yet, most professionals haven’t upgraded their meeting skills. It’s no wonder that 43% of meeting time is wasted, due to: 1. Meeting overload: Professionals waste twenty-four days a year in useless meetings. 2. Missing success ingredients: Ninety percent of all professionals attend meetings that lack a clearly stated objective and agenda. 3. Virtual-meeting chaos: Disinterested participants + endless technical glitches= huge amounts of wasted time. 4. Agenda adrift: Goals are missed when meetings veer off course. 5. Action distraction: Incomplete action items result in delayed projects and missed deadlines. Good news- Help is on the way! Meet Iris, a sales manager so overwhelmed by meetings she feels like a hamster on a wheel. Just in time, Iris finds a coach—a meeting efficiency and etiquette expert with a simple plan that helps her to meet less, make better use of meeting technology, and get more done.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211977Mon, 20 Jul 2009 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hamster Revolution for Meetings: How to Meet Less and Get More Done Author: Tim Burress, Vicki Halsey, Mike Song Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211977 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hamster Revolution for Meetings: How to Meet Less and Get More Done Author: Tim Burress, Vicki Halsey, Mike Song Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 20, 2009 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Meetings have changed. They’re more frequent, virtual, and informal. Yet, most professionals haven’t upgraded their meeting skills. It’s no wonder that 43% of meeting time is wasted, due to: 1. Meeting overload: Professionals waste twenty-four days a year in useless meetings. 2. Missing success ingredients: Ninety percent of all professionals attend meetings that lack a clearly stated objective and agenda. 3. Virtual-meeting chaos: Disinterested participants + endless technical glitches= huge amounts of wasted time. 4. Agenda adrift: Goals are missed when meetings veer off course. 5. Action distraction: Incomplete action items result in delayed projects and missed deadlines. Good news- Help is on the way! Meet Iris, a sales manager so overwhelmed by meetings she feels like a hamster on a wheel. Just in time, Iris finds a coach—a meeting efficiency and etiquette expert with a simple plan that helps her to meet less, make better use of meeting technology, and get more done.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiate-your-way-to-riches-how-to-convince-others-to-give-you-what-you-want-by-peter-wink--65131139https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiate Your Way to Riches: How to Convince Others to Give You What You Want Author: Peter Wink Narrator: Peter Wink Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 28, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Unlike any negotiating book you’ve ever heard! If you buy or sell anything personally or professionally, this audio book can make or save you a fortune! This complete guide to negotiating great deals gives you step-by-step instructions to get anything you want for personal or business use for a fraction of the asking price…or, better yet, no money at all! Peter Wink, a recognized master negotiator, will teach you: • How to develop the 'negotiator's mindset' • How to negotiate the best price on every personal or business purchase • Thirty-six specialized negotiation tactics you can use immediately • Ways to expose the other side’s open and hidden agendas • Five of the most unethical negotiation tactics that can be used against you • Eleven tips for excellent communication during negotiations • Eight common causes of conflict during negotiations, and how to avoid them • How to tell if the “other side” is bluffing • Nine types of power you can use in any negotiation • How to get people to trust you • A seating arrangement that automatically gives you the advantage during negotiations • How to use different types of discounts to your financial advantage • How to predict the other side’s next move by reading them like a children¹s book • Step-by-step instructions to negotiate for salaries, raises, benefits, and other perks And much more!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124486Tue, 28 Apr 2009 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiate Your Way to Riches: How to Convince Others to Give You What You Want Author: Peter Wink Narrator: Peter Wink Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiate Your Way to Riches: How to Convince Others to Give You What You Want Author: Peter Wink Narrator: Peter Wink Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 28, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Unlike any negotiating book you’ve ever heard! If you buy or sell anything personally or professionally, this audio book can make or save you a fortune! This complete guide to negotiating great deals gives you step-by-step instructions to get anything you want for personal or business use for a fraction of the asking price…or, better yet, no money at all! Peter Wink, a recognized master negotiator, will teach you: • How to develop the 'negotiator's mindset' • How to negotiate the best price on every personal or business purchase • Thirty-six specialized negotiation tactics you can use immediately • Ways to expose the other side’s open and hidden agendas • Five of the most unethical negotiation tactics that can be used against you • Eleven tips for excellent communication during negotiations • Eight common causes of conflict during negotiations, and how to avoid them • How to tell if the “other side” is bluffing • Nine types of power you can use in any negotiation • How to get people to trust you • A seating arrangement that automatically gives you the advantage during negotiations • How to use different types of discounts to your financial advantage • How to predict the other side’s next move by reading them like a children¹s book • Step-by-step instructions to negotiate for salaries, raises, benefits, and other perks And much more!]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ecological-awareness-dailogues-on-ecological-intelligence-by-daniel-goleman-dara-o-rourke--65131138https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ecological Awareness: Dailogues on Ecological Intelligence Author: Daniel Goleman, Dara O'Rourke Narrator: Gregory Norris, Michael Lerner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 1, 2009 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Expanding on the ideas in Ecological Intelligence, Goleman and other leading ecological thinkers offer us a guide for consumers and businesses alike in how to be more effective in "being green". Delving into the ideas of life-cycle assessment, consumer transparency, and individual and collective holistic healing, this 3-CD set gives us all tools for better understanding the environmental impacts of our buying habits and way of doing business.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128502Thu, 01 Jan 2009 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ecological Awareness: Dailogues on Ecological Intelligence Author: Daniel Goleman, Dara O'Rourke Narrator: Gregory Norris, Michael Lerner Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/128502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ecological Awareness: Dailogues on Ecological Intelligence Author: Daniel Goleman, Dara O'Rourke Narrator: Gregory Norris, Michael Lerner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 1, 2009 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Expanding on the ideas in Ecological Intelligence, Goleman and other leading ecological thinkers offer us a guide for consumers and businesses alike in how to be more effective in "being green". Delving into the ideas of life-cycle assessment, consumer transparency, and individual and collective holistic healing, this 3-CD set gives us all tools for better understanding the environmental impacts of our buying habits and way of doing business.]]>184cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-art-of-conversation-a-guided-tour-of-a-neglected-pleasure-by-catherine-blyth--65131106https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201077 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Conversation: A Guided Tour of a Neglected Pleasure Author: Catherine Blyth Narrator: Catherine Blyth Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 26, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Abridged CDs * 2 CDs, 2 hours A wide-ranging, exhortatory look at the pleasures of great conversation, including strategies for how to bring it about, from the witty pen of an Englishwoman wise in its ways.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201077Fri, 26 Dec 2008 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201077 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Conversation: A Guided Tour of a Neglected Pleasure Author: Catherine Blyth Narrator: Catherine Blyth Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201077 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Conversation: A Guided Tour of a Neglected Pleasure Author: Catherine Blyth Narrator: Catherine Blyth Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 26, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Abridged CDs * 2 CDs, 2 hours A wide-ranging, exhortatory look at the pleasures of great conversation, including strategies for how to bring it about, from the witty pen of an Englishwoman wise in its ways.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-your-point-communicating-effectively-with-audiences-of-one-to-one-million-by-david-bartlett--65131149https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191388 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Your Point: Communicating Effectively with Audiences of One to One Million Author: David Bartlett Narrator: Jonathan Coleman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 10, 2008 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Making Your Point provides the secrets of sharper, better, and more influential speaking and writing tips from leading strategic communications expert David Bartlett. We all need to speak, write and communicate more effectively. Dave Bartlett shares his decades of experience as a strategic communications consultant in an accessible, easy to apply guide to help anybody--students, business people, public speakers, or politicians--improve their speaking and presenting skills. The tricks are as old as Aristotle and as new as The Daily Show: know how to appeal to each specific audience through research and thoughtful planning, and then use appropriate content and style. Bartlett's advice is common sense backed by dozens of real-world examples. Learn: -How to devise a simple strategic goal for every interview, meeting, or speech -How to give your audience your message, but in the way they will be the most receptive to -How to make messages positive, concrete, and empathetic -How to use blogs, podcasts and YouTube to promote your message -How to reach your audience one person at a time]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191388Tue, 10 Jun 2008 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191388 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Your Point: Communicating Effectively with Audiences of One to One Million Author: David Bartlett Narrator: Jonathan Coleman Format: Abridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191388 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Your Point: Communicating Effectively with Audiences of One to One Million Author: David Bartlett Narrator: Jonathan Coleman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 10, 2008 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Making Your Point provides the secrets of sharper, better, and more influential speaking and writing tips from leading strategic communications expert David Bartlett. We all need to speak, write and communicate more effectively. Dave Bartlett shares his decades of experience as a strategic communications consultant in an accessible, easy to apply guide to help anybody--students, business people, public speakers, or politicians--improve their speaking and presenting skills. The tricks are as old as Aristotle and as new as The Daily Show: know how to appeal to each specific audience through research and thoughtful planning, and then use appropriate content and style. Bartlett's advice is common sense backed by dozens of real-world examples. Learn: -How to devise a simple strategic goal for every interview, meeting, or speech -How to give your audience your message, but in the way they will be the most receptive to -How to make messages positive, concrete, and empathetic -How to use blogs, podcasts and YouTube to promote your message -How to reach your audience one person at a time]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-point-of-the-deal-how-to-negotiate-when-yes-is-not-enough-by-danny-ertel-mark-gordon--65131144https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124445 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Point of the Deal: How to Negotiate When Yes Is Not Enough Author: Danny Ertel, Mark Gordon Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Why do so many deals that look good on paper end up in tatters? Deal makers often treat the handshake or signed contract - getting to 'yes' - as the final destination in their bargaining journey rather than the start of a cooperative venture. Even worse, most companies reward negotiators on the basis of the number and size of the deals they're signing, giving them no incentive to negotiate deals that actually work. In The Point of the Deal, Danny Ertel and Mark Gordon explain how to transition from a deal-maker mentality (focusing on making the agreement) to an implementation mind-set (ensuring the deal generates value for your company after the ink on the contract has dried). The authors show you how to: Treat the deal as a means, not an end, by asking what you need from your counterpart over and above a 'yes'. Consult stakeholders, determining whom you'll need to get to 'yes' and beyond Set precedents that will help guide joint behavior after you've signed the deal Air your concerns - in ways that still get you to 'yes' and beyond Help your counterparts avoid overcommitting - maximizing the likelihood they'll be able to deliver on their part of the bargain Run past the finish line - by articulating how you'll get from 'yes' to your final destination With a wealth of examples from multiple industries, countries, and functions, the authors illustrate how their approach to instilling an implementation mind-set works in all kinds of familiar contexts for business deals - including mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, alliances, outsourcing arrangements, and customer and supplier relationships. The Point of the Deal not only offers crucial advice for individual negotiators and teams, it also enables managers to treat negotiation as a critical business process that drives real value for their organizations]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124445Tue, 15 Jan 2008 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124445 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Point of the Deal: How to Negotiate When Yes Is Not Enough Author: Danny Ertel, Mark Gordon Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124445 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Point of the Deal: How to Negotiate When Yes Is Not Enough Author: Danny Ertel, Mark Gordon Narrator: Erik Synnestvedt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 15, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Why do so many deals that look good on paper end up in tatters? Deal makers often treat the handshake or signed contract - getting to 'yes' - as the final destination in their bargaining journey rather than the start of a cooperative venture. Even worse, most companies reward negotiators on the basis of the number and size of the deals they're signing, giving them no incentive to negotiate deals that actually work. In The Point of the Deal, Danny Ertel and Mark Gordon explain how to transition from a deal-maker mentality (focusing on making the agreement) to an implementation mind-set (ensuring the deal generates value for your company after the ink on the contract has dried). The authors show you how to: Treat the deal as a means, not an end, by asking what you need from your counterpart over and above a 'yes'. Consult stakeholders, determining whom you'll need to get to 'yes' and beyond Set precedents that will help guide joint behavior after you've signed the deal Air your concerns - in ways that still get you to 'yes' and beyond Help your counterparts avoid overcommitting - maximizing the likelihood they'll be able to deliver on their part of the bargain Run past the finish line - by articulating how you'll get from 'yes' to your final destination With a wealth of examples from multiple industries, countries, and functions, the authors illustrate how their approach to instilling an implementation mind-set works in all kinds of familiar contexts for business deals - including mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, alliances, outsourcing arrangements, and customer and supplier relationships. The Point of the Deal not only offers crucial advice for individual negotiators and teams, it also enables managers to treat negotiation as a critical business process that drives real value for their organizations]]>184cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/negotiation-boot-camp-how-to-resolve-conflict-satisfy-customers-and-make-better-deals-by-ed-brodow--65131131https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Boot Camp: How to Resolve Conflict, Satisfy Customers, and Make Better Deals Author: Ed Brodow Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 26, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: We find ourselves engaged in various kinds of negotiations every day, from trying to land a new account or win a promotion at work, to buying a house or a car, or bargaining down a cell phone bill, or settling a dispute with a friend or spouse. In this groundbreaking book, negotiation expert Ed Brodow shows us how to settle conflicts amicably to reach a win-win solution every time. Using the no-nonsense, results-oriented boot camp approach, Brodow drills listeners on the basic skills needed to master the art of negotiation. With a wealth of examples from real-life encounters, Brodow demonstrates how to negotiate for things most listeners never knew were negotiable. He reveals how to develop the skills and the confidence we need to negotiate successfully and achieve our goals at work and in our personal lives.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211527Tue, 26 Dec 2006 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Boot Camp: How to Resolve Conflict, Satisfy Customers, and Make Better Deals Author: Ed Brodow Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211527 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiation Boot Camp: How to Resolve Conflict, Satisfy Customers, and Make Better Deals Author: Ed Brodow Narrator: John H. Mayer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 26, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: We find ourselves engaged in various kinds of negotiations every day, from trying to land a new account or win a promotion at work, to buying a house or a car, or bargaining down a cell phone bill, or settling a dispute with a friend or spouse. In this groundbreaking book, negotiation expert Ed Brodow shows us how to settle conflicts amicably to reach a win-win solution every time. Using the no-nonsense, results-oriented boot camp approach, Brodow drills listeners on the basic skills needed to master the art of negotiation. With a wealth of examples from real-life encounters, Brodow demonstrates how to negotiate for things most listeners never knew were negotiable. He reveals how to develop the skills and the confidence we need to negotiate successfully and achieve our goals at work and in our personal lives.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-persuasive-speaker-by-elayne-snyder--65131128https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157736 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Persuasive Speaker Author: Elayne Snyder Narrator: Elaine Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 5, 2006 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: If you have a cause to promote, a service or product to sell, a speech to present, or you simply want to give the world a piece of your mind, this audiobook will help you do it with ease, confidence, and results. Discover how to deliver your message with a persuasive punch that will ensure your listeners remember all that you have to say. The Persuasive Speaker will help you:    • Know your audience    • Prepare a speech with purpose (to educate, inspire, impress, entertain)    • Understand the power of body language    • Get over nervousness and be confident An audiobook for anyone who can't afford not to be a persuasive speaker.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157736Tue, 05 Dec 2006 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157736 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Persuasive Speaker Author: Elayne Snyder Narrator: Elaine Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 5,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/157736 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Persuasive Speaker Author: Elayne Snyder Narrator: Elaine Snyder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 5, 2006 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: If you have a cause to promote, a service or product to sell, a speech to present, or you simply want to give the world a piece of your mind, this audiobook will help you do it with ease, confidence, and results. Discover how to deliver your message with a persuasive punch that will ensure your listeners remember all that you have to say. The Persuasive Speaker will help you:    • Know your audience    • Prepare a speech with purpose (to educate, inspire, impress, entertain)    • Understand the power of body language    • Get over nervousness and be confident An audiobook for anyone who can't afford not to be a persuasive speaker.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/beyond-reason-using-emotions-as-you-negotiate-by-daniel-shapiro-roger-fisher--65131124https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201424 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Reason: Using Emotions as You Negotiate Author: Daniel Shapiro, Roger Fisher Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 6, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In Getting to Yes, renowned educator and negotiator Roger Fisher presented a universally applicable method for effectively negotiating personal and professional disputes. Building on his work as director of the Harvard Negotiation Project, Fisher now teams with Harvard psychologist Daniel Shapiro, an expert on the emotional dimension of negotiation. In Beyond Reason, they show readers how to use emotions to turn a disagreement-big or small, professional or personal-into an opportunity for mutual gain.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201424Thu, 06 Oct 2005 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201424 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Reason: Using Emotions as You Negotiate Author: Daniel Shapiro, Roger Fisher Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201424 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Reason: Using Emotions as You Negotiate Author: Daniel Shapiro, Roger Fisher Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 6, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In Getting to Yes, renowned educator and negotiator Roger Fisher presented a universally applicable method for effectively negotiating personal and professional disputes. Building on his work as director of the Harvard Negotiation Project, Fisher now teams with Harvard psychologist Daniel Shapiro, an expert on the emotional dimension of negotiation. In Beyond Reason, they show readers how to use emotions to turn a disagreement-big or small, professional or personal-into an opportunity for mutual gain.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/guerrilla-negotiating-unconventional-weapons-and-tactics-to-get-what-you-want-by-mark-s-a-smith-orvel-ray-wilson-jay-conrad-levinson--65131129https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/133157 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guerrilla Negotiating: Unconventional Weapons and Tactics to Get What You Want Author: Mark S. A. Smith, Orvel Ray Wilson, Jay Conrad Levinson Narrator: Edward Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 24, 2005 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In this sequel to the successful Guerrilla Selling, listeners learn insider secrets such as the ten most common mistakes made in negotiation, one hundred negotiating weapons, and twenty things you can expect to gain in a negotiation. Guerrilla Selling® tactics help you get the most out of any negotiation.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/133157Fri, 24 Jun 2005 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/133157 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guerrilla Negotiating: Unconventional Weapons and Tactics to Get What You Want Author: Mark S. A. Smith, Orvel Ray Wilson, Jay Conrad Levinson...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/133157 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guerrilla Negotiating: Unconventional Weapons and Tactics to Get What You Want Author: Mark S. A. Smith, Orvel Ray Wilson, Jay Conrad Levinson Narrator: Edward Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: June 24, 2005 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: In this sequel to the successful Guerrilla Selling, listeners learn insider secrets such as the ten most common mistakes made in negotiation, one hundred negotiating weapons, and twenty things you can expect to gain in a negotiation. Guerrilla Selling® tactics help you get the most out of any negotiation.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/blog-understanding-the-information-reformation-by-hugh-hewitt--65130997https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blog: Understanding The Information Reformation Author: Hugh Hewitt Narrator: Hugh Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 15, 2005 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: 'Blogs' are fast replacing traditional media as the source for reliable information, and now Hugh Hewitt, who The Wall Street Journal calls the 'unofficial historian of the blogging movement,' shares practical ways you or your business can benefit from a presence in the blogosphere. 'Blog' is short for 'Web log'—an online site with time-dated postings, maintained by one or more posters, that features links and commentary. But that is like saying a car is a means of transportation featuring four wheels. Millions are changing their habits when it comes to information acquisition, and the blogosphere has appeared so suddenly as to surprise even the most sophisticated of analysts. In Blog, bestselling author Hugh Hewitt helps you catch up with and get ahead of this phenomenon. Up until now no influential blogger has written a definitive book about this phenomenon. Since Hugh Hewitt's blog site—HughHewitt—was launched in early 2002, more than 10 million people have visited this site. Why does this visitor traffic matter? People’s attentions are up for grabs. If you depend upon the steady trust of others, suddenly you have an audience waiting to hear from you. The race is underway, though, to gain mindspace and to be part of the blogosphere readers’ habits and to position yourself as well as your business or organization at the forefront of this information movement.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341091Sat, 15 Jan 2005 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blog: Understanding The Information Reformation Author: Hugh Hewitt Narrator: Hugh Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blog: Understanding The Information Reformation Author: Hugh Hewitt Narrator: Hugh Hewitt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 15, 2005 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: 'Blogs' are fast replacing traditional media as the source for reliable information, and now Hugh Hewitt, who The Wall Street Journal calls the 'unofficial historian of the blogging movement,' shares practical ways you or your business can benefit from a presence in the blogosphere. 'Blog' is short for 'Web log'—an online site with time-dated postings, maintained by one or more posters, that features links and commentary. But that is like saying a car is a means of transportation featuring four wheels. Millions are changing their habits when it comes to information acquisition, and the blogosphere has appeared so suddenly as to surprise even the most sophisticated of analysts. In Blog, bestselling author Hugh Hewitt helps you catch up with and get ahead of this phenomenon. Up until now no influential blogger has written a definitive book about this phenomenon. Since Hugh Hewitt's blog site—HughHewitt—was launched in early 2002, more than 10 million people have visited this site. Why does this visitor traffic matter? People’s attentions are up for grabs. If you depend upon the steady trust of others, suddenly you have an audience waiting to hear from you. The race is underway, though, to gain mindspace and to be part of the blogosphere readers’ habits and to position yourself as well as your business or organization at the forefront of this information movement.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-talk-to-anyone-anytime-anywhere-the-secrets-of-good-communication-by-larry-king--65131099https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Talk To Anyone, Anytime, Anywhere: The Secrets of Good Communication Author: Larry King Narrator: Larry King Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 20 minutes Release date: August 6, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 11 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Some find talking to others uncomfortable, difficult, or intimidating. Here is a way to overcome these communication challenges. How to Talk to Anyone, Anytime, Anywhere is the key to building confidence and improving communication skills. Written by Larry King, this guide provides simple and practical advice to help make communication easier, more successful, and even more enjoyable. Anecdotes from a life spent talking--on television, radio, and in person,--add to the fun and value of the book. Learn what famous talkers say and how the way they say it makes them so successful. Lessons include: • How to overcome shyness and put other people at ease • How to choose an appropriate conversation topic for any situation • How to ace a job interview, run a meeting, and mingle at a cocktail party • What the most successful conversationalists have in common • The one great question you can ask to enhance your conversation with anyone, anytime, anywhere]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241034Tue, 06 Aug 2002 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Talk To Anyone, Anytime, Anywhere: The Secrets of Good Communication Author: Larry King Narrator: Larry King Format: Abridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Talk To Anyone, Anytime, Anywhere: The Secrets of Good Communication Author: Larry King Narrator: Larry King Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 20 minutes Release date: August 6, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4.82 of Total 11 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Some find talking to others uncomfortable, difficult, or intimidating. Here is a way to overcome these communication challenges. How to Talk to Anyone, Anytime, Anywhere is the key to building confidence and improving communication skills. Written by Larry King, this guide provides simple and practical advice to help make communication easier, more successful, and even more enjoyable. Anecdotes from a life spent talking--on television, radio, and in person,--add to the fun and value of the book. Learn what famous talkers say and how the way they say it makes them so successful. Lessons include: • How to overcome shyness and put other people at ease • How to choose an appropriate conversation topic for any situation • How to ace a job interview, run a meeting, and mingle at a cocktail party • What the most successful conversationalists have in common • The one great question you can ask to enhance your conversation with anyone, anytime, anywhere]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/secrets-of-the-baby-whisperer-for-toddlers-by-melinda-blau-tracy-hogg--65131140https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of the Baby Whisperer For Toddlers Author: Melinda Blau, Tracy Hogg Narrator: Tracy Hogg Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 29, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Unnerved by the ceaseless demands of your toddler? Concerned that your two-year-old isn’t developing on schedule? You clearly need to spend some time with Tracy Hogg. Nicknamed the “baby whisperer” by grateful parents because of her extraordinary gift for understanding and connecting with children, Tracy became internationally famous after the smashing success of her New York Times bestseller Secrets of the Baby Whisperer. Now Tracy is back with the same winning blend of common sense, uncanny intuition, and results-getting guidance in her new book, Secrets of the Baby Whisperer for Toddlers. Yes, the toddler years have their stresses and challenges for both parents and children–but with Tracy at your side, you’ll find that this can also be the most fascinating and rewarding stretch of parenthood. As in her hugely popular first book, Tracy brings her vast experience to bear on the issues and dilemmas with which all parents grapple during toddlerhood. Starting with the simple but essential premise that there is no such thing as a “typical” child, Tracy guides you through her unique programs, including: • H.E.L.P. (Hold back, Explain, Limit, Praise): the mantra that will remind you of the four elements that are critical to fostering your child’s growth and independence. • Using T.L.C. (Talk, Listen, Clarify) to communicate with your toddler, to figure out what she is really thinking, and to best help her express herself. • R&R: the Routines and Rituals that give structure and predictability to daily life and a sense of continuity to holidays and special occasions. • Rehearsals for Change: ways of preparing your toddler for new experiences by encouraging her to practice her skills in the safe, controlled setting of your family. • Conscious Discipline: a way of teaching your toddler how to behave and manage his emotions, while being mindful of the lessons you teach with your own behavior. Tracy knows that your child is special–a one-of-a-kind individual with her own gifts and needs–and she has dedicated this marvelous new book to helping you appreciate and respect your child’s uniqueness. Whether it’s making new friends, mastering potty training, or eating at the family dinner table, your child will do it in her own way and at his own pace. With Tracy as your guide, you can share in the achievements of toddlerhood every step of the way. Practical, reassuring, and written with wit and energy and boundless enthusiasm for real children and their everyday behavior, this book will be your constant companion during the magical, challenging toddler years.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160427Tue, 29 Jan 2002 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of the Baby Whisperer For Toddlers Author: Melinda Blau, Tracy Hogg Narrator: Tracy Hogg Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160427 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of the Baby Whisperer For Toddlers Author: Melinda Blau, Tracy Hogg Narrator: Tracy Hogg Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 29, 2002 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Unnerved by the ceaseless demands of your toddler? Concerned that your two-year-old isn’t developing on schedule? You clearly need to spend some time with Tracy Hogg. Nicknamed the “baby whisperer” by grateful parents because of her extraordinary gift for understanding and connecting with children, Tracy became internationally famous after the smashing success of her New York Times bestseller Secrets of the Baby Whisperer. Now Tracy is back with the same winning blend of common sense, uncanny intuition, and results-getting guidance in her new book, Secrets of the Baby Whisperer for Toddlers. Yes, the toddler years have their stresses and challenges for both parents and children–but with Tracy at your side, you’ll find that this can also be the most fascinating and rewarding stretch of parenthood. As in her hugely popular first book, Tracy brings her vast experience to bear on the issues and dilemmas with which all parents grapple during toddlerhood. Starting with the simple but essential premise that there is no such thing as a “typical” child, Tracy guides you through her unique programs, including: • H.E.L.P. (Hold back, Explain, Limit, Praise): the mantra that will remind you of the four elements that are critical to fostering your child’s growth and independence. • Using T.L.C. (Talk, Listen, Clarify) to communicate with your toddler, to figure out what she is really thinking, and to best help her express herself. • R&R: the Routines and Rituals that give structure and predictability to daily life and a sense of continuity to holidays and special occasions. • Rehearsals for Change: ways of preparing your toddler for new experiences by encouraging her to practice her skills in the safe, controlled setting of your family. • Conscious Discipline: a way of teaching your toddler how to behave and manage his emotions, while being mindful of the lessons you teach with your own behavior. Tracy knows that your child is special–a one-of-a-kind individual with her own gifts and needs–and she has dedicated this marvelous new book to helping you appreciate and respect your child’s uniqueness. Whether it’s making new friends, mastering potty training, or eating at the family dinner table, your child will do it in her own way and at his own pace. With Tracy as your guide, you can share in the achievements of toddlerhood every step of the way. Practical, reassuring, and written with wit and energy and boundless enthusiasm for real children and their everyday behavior, this book will be your constant companion during the magical, challenging toddler years.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/difficult-conversations-how-to-discuss-what-matters-most-by-sheila-heen-douglas-stone-bruce-patton--65131141https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203259 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Difficult Conversations: How to Discuss What Matters Most Author: Sheila Heen, Douglas Stone, Bruce Patton Narrator: Douglas Stone Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 87 Ratings of Narrator: 3.17 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Dealing with your ex-husband, who can't seem to show up reliably for weekends with the kids; navigating a workplace fraught with office politics or racial tensions; saying "I'm sorry" or "I love you". We all have difficult conversations, no matter how confident or competent we are. And too often, no matter what we try, things don't go well. Should you say what you're thinking and risk starting a fight? Swallow your views and feel like a doormat? Or should you let them have it? But--what if you're wrong? Difficult Conversations shows you a way out of this dilemma; it teaches you how to handle even the toughest conversations more effectively and with less anxiety. Based on fifteen years of work at Harvard Negotiation Project and consultations with thousands of people, the authors answer the question: When people confront the conversations they dread the most, what works? Difficult Conversations walks you through a proven, concrete, step-by-step approach for understanding and conducting tough conversations. It shows you how to get ready, how to start the conversations in ways that reduce defensiveness, and how to keep the conversation on a constructive track regardless of how the other person responds. Whether you're dealing with your baby-sitter or biggest client, your boss or your brother-in-law, Difficult Conversations can help.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203259Wed, 05 Jul 2000 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203259 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Difficult Conversations: How to Discuss What Matters Most Author: Sheila Heen, Douglas Stone, Bruce Patton Narrator: Douglas Stone Format: Abridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203259 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Difficult Conversations: How to Discuss What Matters Most Author: Sheila Heen, Douglas Stone, Bruce Patton Narrator: Douglas Stone Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 40 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.47 of Total 87 Ratings of Narrator: 3.17 of Total 6 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: Dealing with your ex-husband, who can't seem to show up reliably for weekends with the kids; navigating a workplace fraught with office politics or racial tensions; saying "I'm sorry" or "I love you". We all have difficult conversations, no matter how confident or competent we are. And too often, no matter what we try, things don't go well. Should you say what you're thinking and risk starting a fight? Swallow your views and feel like a doormat? Or should you let them have it? But--what if you're wrong? Difficult Conversations shows you a way out of this dilemma; it teaches you how to handle even the toughest conversations more effectively and with less anxiety. Based on fifteen years of work at Harvard Negotiation Project and consultations with thousands of people, the authors answer the question: When people confront the conversations they dread the most, what works? Difficult Conversations walks you through a proven, concrete, step-by-step approach for understanding and conducting tough conversations. It shows you how to get ready, how to start the conversations in ways that reduce defensiveness, and how to keep the conversation on a constructive track regardless of how the other person responds. Whether you're dealing with your baby-sitter or biggest client, your boss or your brother-in-law, Difficult Conversations can help.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-past-no-negotiating-in-difficult-situations-by-william-ury--65131135https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160941 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Past No: Negotiating in Difficult Situations Author: William Ury Narrator: William Ury Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.86 of Total 84 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “Getting Past No is the most elegant handbook on the challenge of difficult negotiation and difficult people.”—Leonard A. Lauder, president, Estée Lauder Companies “Bill Ury has a remarkable ability to get to the heart of a dispute and find simple but innovative ways to resolve it.”—President Jimmy Carter   WINNER OF THE BOOK PRIZE OF THE CENTER FOR PUBLIC RESOURCES   We all want to get to yes, but what happens when the other person keeps saying no? How can you negotiate successfully with a stubborn boss, an irate customer, or a deceitful coworker? In Getting Past No, William Ury of Harvard Law School’s Program on Negotiation and author of Possible, offers a proven breakthrough strategy for turning adversaries into negotiating partners. You’ll learn how to: • Stay in control under pressure • Defuse anger and hostility • Find out what the other side really wants • Counter dirty tricks • Use power to bring the other side back to the table • Reach agreements that satisfies both sides’ needs Getting Past No is the state-of-the-art book on negotiation for the twenty-first century that will help you deal with tough times, tough people, and tough negotiations. You don’t have to get mad or get even. Instead, you can get what you want!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160941Tue, 04 Jul 2000 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160941 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Past No: Negotiating in Difficult Situations Author: William Ury Narrator: William Ury Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/160941 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting Past No: Negotiating in Difficult Situations Author: William Ury Narrator: William Ury Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 4, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.86 of Total 84 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: “Getting Past No is the most elegant handbook on the challenge of difficult negotiation and difficult people.”—Leonard A. Lauder, president, Estée Lauder Companies “Bill Ury has a remarkable ability to get to the heart of a dispute and find simple but innovative ways to resolve it.”—President Jimmy Carter   WINNER OF THE BOOK PRIZE OF THE CENTER FOR PUBLIC RESOURCES   We all want to get to yes, but what happens when the other person keeps saying no? How can you negotiate successfully with a stubborn boss, an irate customer, or a deceitful coworker? In Getting Past No, William Ury of Harvard Law School’s Program on Negotiation and author of Possible, offers a proven breakthrough strategy for turning adversaries into negotiating partners. You’ll learn how to: • Stay in control under pressure • Defuse anger and hostility • Find out what the other side really wants • Counter dirty tricks • Use power to bring the other side back to the table • Reach agreements that satisfies both sides’ needs Getting Past No is the state-of-the-art book on negotiation for the twenty-first century that will help you deal with tough times, tough people, and tough negotiations. You don’t have to get mad or get even. Instead, you can get what you want!]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/smart-negotiating-by-james-c-freund--65131113https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smart Negotiating Author: James C. Freund Narrator: James C. Freund Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 1993 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: DEAL YOURSELF A WINNING HAND! Whether you're closing a multi-million dollar acquisition or the purchase of a new family home, securing a raise from a tough minded boss or reaching an agreement with a partner, the pitfalls of negotiating are the same. Now the brilliant strategist behind some of the business world's toughest negotiations tells you how to avoid these pitfalls and achieve your goals -- without being a bully or a wimp. Attorney James C. Freund forged hard-won victories in many of the major corporate takeover battles of the 1980s -- from TWA to Federated Department Stores. In Smart Negotiating, he offers a 'game-plan' approach that will help you strike a balance between striving for advantage and compromising too quickly. You will learn how to: * Determine in advance your realistic expectations on key bargaining issues * Deal with bluffs and other gambits * Motivate the other side * Use leverage and information to your advantage * Formulate the terms of the ultimate compromise A fresh, straight forward audio program that brings you right into simulated negotiations with vivid real-world examples, Smart Negotiating will help you succeed at closing a deal.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151689Mon, 01 Mar 1993 02:29:40 +0000Harley WelchPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smart Negotiating Author: James C. Freund Narrator: James C. Freund Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 1993...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/151689 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smart Negotiating Author: James C. Freund Narrator: James C. Freund Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 1993 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.39 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Communication Skills Publisher's Summary: DEAL YOURSELF A WINNING HAND! Whether you're closing a multi-million dollar acquisition or the purchase of a new family home, securing a raise from a tough minded boss or reaching an agreement with a partner, the pitfalls of negotiating are the same. Now the brilliant strategist behind some of the business world's toughest negotiations tells you how to avoid these pitfalls and achieve your goals -- without being a bully or a wimp. Attorney James C. Freund forged hard-won victories in many of the major corporate takeover battles of the 1980s -- from TWA to Federated Department Stores. In Smart Negotiating, he offers a 'game-plan' approach that will help you strike a balance between striving for advantage and compromising too quickly. You will learn how to: * Determine in advance your realistic expectations on key bargaining issues * Deal with bluffs and other gambits * Motivate the other side * Use leverage and information to your advantage * Formulate the terms of the ultimate compromise A fresh, straight forward audio program that brings you right into simulated negotiations with vivid real-world examples, Smart Negotiating will help you succeed at closing a deal.]]>185cleanfull